THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 IN MEMORY OF 
 
 PROFESSOR WILLIAM MERRILL 
 
 AND 
 MRS. IMOGENE MERRILL 
 

 r 
 
STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR 
 
 FOR BEGINNERS IN LATIN 
 
 BY 
 
 GEORGE W. WAITE, A.M. 
 
 SUPERINTENDENT OBERLIN PUBLIC SCHOOLS 
 
 GEORGE H. WHITE, A.M. 
 
 PRINCIPAL OBBRLIN COLLEGE PREPARATORY SCHOOL 
 
 BOSTON, U.S.A. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY 
 
 1892 
 
GIFT 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1891, 
 BY GEORGE W. WAITE AND GEORGE H. WHITE. 
 
 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 
 
 TYPOGRAPHY BY J. 8. GUSHING & Co., BOSTON, U.S.A. 
 
 PRESSWORK BY GINN & Co., BOSTON, U.S.A. 
 
M/56- 
 
 To 
 OUR BRETHREN 
 
 of the 
 NORTH-EASTERN OHIO TEACHERS ASSOCIATION 
 
 This Book is 
 
 with their consent 
 
 RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED 
 
 M68459 
 
 r-o*> 
 
PEE FACE. 
 
 THE aim of this book is indicated by the title. Caesar is properly the 
 first Latin author read by American students, for no writer illustrates 
 more clearly the spirit and principles of the language. A mastery of 
 Caesar is the best possible foundation for Latin scholarship. 
 
 But Caesar is too difficult to be read freely and enthusiastically with- 
 out definite preparation. The road to Caesar should be as direct arid easy 
 as a Roman road ; it must, however, be long enough to carry the traveller 
 not merely within sight of the city, but to the golden milestone in its very 
 centre. 
 
 Our plan includes : 
 
 1. An abundance of easy sentences, both English and Latin, for transla- 
 
 tion. The Latin is to be learned by constant and rapid translation, 
 both Latin-English and English-Latin. The grammar-work is essen- 
 tial ; but the grammar is quoted to explain the sentences, not the 
 sentences to illustrate the grammar. The work begins with the sen- 
 tence and is developed by sentences, so easy at first, and increasing 
 in difficulty so gradually, that the hour of recitation is filled with the 
 rapid practical use of the language. 
 
 2. The inductive method, used with moderation. The pupil first sees the 
 
 Latin word in sentences, and, in the earlier part of the book, in 
 all its case-forms ; then, and not till then, he is called upon to learn 
 the paradigm. The rules of syntax are developed in a similar way. 
 There is thus, in every moment of study, the " joy of discovery," the 
 " scientific method," laboratory practice. Words, as truly as rocks 
 and flowers, are products of nature ; and their right study should 
 cultivate the observing faculties of the young as successfully, and in 
 a very important direction. 
 
 3. The use of Caesar's vocabulary and of sentences taken from Caesar. In 
 
 the choice of words for the earlier pages, we were obliged to take into 
 account not only the frequency of their occurrence in Caesar, but as 
 well, their availability for both paradigms and sentences. We can 
 hardly expect that the amount of labor expended upon this portion 
 of our book will be appreciated by any who have not attempted the 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 same thing. Our words are, with but two or three exceptions, Caesa- 
 rian, and the sentences, as soon as the extent of the pupil's vocabulary 
 allows, are largely taken from Caesar without essential change of 
 form. We find, on concluding the work with classes, that the out- 
 line of thought in the First Book of Caesar, and a considerable por- 
 tion of the difficult expressions, have become familiar to our pupils, 
 so that their first days in Caesar are not, as has too often been the 
 case, the most discouraging of their whole Latin course. And we 
 regard it as of some importance that pupils should receive their first 
 impressions of Latin not from such sentences as, The rose is red, but 
 from Roman expressions like those of Caesar. 
 
 4. Systematic arrangement, and such constant repetition of all the previous 
 
 work to the very end of the book, not through repeated references to 
 the grammar, but through the construction of sentences, that term- 
 reviews are not necessary, but that the pupil may constantly and 
 safely move forward. Words are given so many times in the exer- 
 cise where they first occur, and called up so regularly afterwards, that 
 the pupil need never go to the lexicon for them a second time, and is 
 able, thus, to give his full thought to the inflectional endings. And 
 yet, toward the end, new words are freely introduced, that the pupil 
 may have practice in the rapid acquisition of words. Equal care has 
 been expended in arranging the principles of syntax ; new rules are 
 called up so regularly that they cannot pass out of mind. 
 
 5. Provision for the most thorough drill upon paradigms. No new method 
 
 can secure substantial progress without such drill. All our paradigms 
 are divided into syllables and accented, that there may be no possi- 
 bility of mistake. It is hoped that the arrangements made for carry- 
 ing the whole sentence through a paradigm may have some value. 
 
 6. Adequate means for teaching pronunciation correctly from the beginning. 
 
 The first few days are all-important for this. We have not only 
 given a key to the sounds and carried this as a foot-note for several 
 pages, but have divided words into syllables arid marked the accents 
 for fifteen pages, and have throughout marked vowels known to be 
 long. 
 
 7. The least possible use of the verb before the verb paradigms are given. Not 
 
 many verbs are given at first, and these are used only in the third 
 person of the present, imperfect, and future indicative. This is no 
 burden to the pupil, yet it gives a good insight into the verb as Caesar 
 employs it, and makes the study of the verb comparatively easy when 
 it is reached. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 8. Prominence to rules, not to exceptions. If rules are acquired, exceptions 
 
 are noticed as exceptions when they occur, and this is sufficient in the 
 early stages of language study. 
 
 9. Adequate emphasis upon the third declension of nouns, the pronouns, 
 
 and the third conjugation of verbs. 
 
 10. No division into Lessons ; the teacher being left free to divide the 
 
 work according to his judgment. 
 
 Our reason for attempting to add another to the list of First Latin 
 Books now before a long-suffering public, is that, after trying many books, 
 we have not found among those in use one which exactly meets our 
 needs. All with which we are acquainted demand a solid year of work, 
 and do not enable the pupil even then to enter Caesar with comfort. We 
 have found, by repeated trials, that good classes will accomplish this book 
 and a large portion of the First Book of Caesar, in thirty-six weeks, each 
 of five one-hour recitations. Many teachers if many teachers do us 
 the honor to use this book will prefer to devote the whole thirty-six 
 weeks to the mastery of the book alone. Others may think it wise to 
 introduce the pupils to Caesar when they have reached RESULT CLAUSES, 
 p. 144, and to take the remainder of this book in connection with the study 
 of Caesar. This we have sometimes done. 
 
 We desire to express our thanks to Miss Mary L. Atwood and Miss 
 Frances J. Hosford, of the Oberlin College Preparatory School, and to 
 Miss Grace Safford of the Oberlin Public High School, for their patient 
 and appreciative use of our exercises, while we were experimenting with 
 trial-editions. 
 
 OBERLIN, July, 1891. 
 
viii TO THE PUPIL. 
 
 TO THE PUPIL. 
 
 THE Latin language is very different from the English. Observe atten- 
 tively the following points : 
 
 1. It is not enough in Latin to know words ; it is equally important to 
 
 know the endings of words. In the sentence, Puer (the boy} capit 
 (captures} latronem (the robber}, puer is the subject of the verb ; but 
 in Latro capit puerum, the word puerum is marked as the object 
 by its suffix. To say Latro capit puer is no more correct than to say 
 in English, Her don't want we; us don't belong to she. 
 
 2. (See Gradatim, p. 19, published by Ginn & Co., Boston, 1889.) In 
 
 English, the meaning depends upon the order of the words. 
 
 The boy captures the robber 
 means one thing ; 
 
 The robber captures the boy 
 
 means quite another thing. 
 
 But in Latin, 
 
 Puer latronem capit, 
 
 Puer capit latronem, 
 Latronem puer capit, 
 Latronem capit puer, 
 Capit latronem puer, 
 all mean 
 
 The boy captures the robber. 
 
 On the other hand, 
 
 The robber captures the boy 
 may be expressed in Latin, 
 
 Latro puerum capit, 
 
 Latro capit puerum, etc. 
 
 We have an illustration of this in the use of the English personal 
 pronouns, e.g. 
 
 All men praise HIM, 
 and 
 
 HIM all men praise, 
 have the same meaning. 
 
TO THE TEACHER. IX 
 
 3. Many relations which in English are expressed by a preposition, are 
 
 in Latin denoted by a change of ending in a noun, e.g. The boat 
 (scapha) of Sulla, is, in Latin, Scapha Sullae. The correct use or 
 omission of prepositions in Latin is highly important. 
 
 4. The verb in a Latin sentence usually stands last. 
 
 PROGRAM OF A RECITATION. 
 
 [Observe that the major part of the hour is assigned to translation, from Latin to English 
 and from English to Latin.] 
 
 I. Assignment of advance lesson, with advice as to method 
 
 of learning 5 minutes. 
 
 II. Rapid oral review of previous lesson 10 minutes. 
 
 III. Part of the class recite new paradigms, rules, etc. ; part 
 
 write paradigms on the board 10 minutes. 
 
 IV. Oral or blackboard translation of the advance from 
 
 Latin to English 10 minutes. 
 
 V. Part of the class write on the board the advance trans- 
 lation from English to Latin. The rest take drill 
 work, pronunciation, paradigms, translation from 
 dictation. All unite in correcting blackboard work. 20 minutes. 
 
 55 minutes. 
 
 The above plan provides for reciting each lesson twice : once in 
 advance, once in review. This is sufficient. Another plan, which secures 
 at least two recitations of each lesson, would devote the first half-hour 
 to reciting the assigned lesson for the day and the review, and the second 
 half-hour to going over the morrow's lesson ; the teacher supplying the 
 meanings of new words and making suggestions as to the best methods 
 of study. This gives fine scope for the teacher's power, is in accordance 
 with the modern methods of teaching, and will create enthusiasm ; and, 
 if the assigned lesson of each day is recited with thoroughness, the results 
 will be satisfactory. 
 
 The only term-reviews necessary with this book are a few recitations 
 upon the paradigms and rules of syntax. Words and constructions are 
 so graded and repeated that there is no occasion for reviewing the sen- 
 tences at the end of the term. 
 
TO THE TEACHER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 
 
 1. That the pupil be required to pronounce each Latin and English 
 sentence before translating. 
 
 2. That for the first ten recitations the teacher pronounce each Latin 
 sentence before requiring the pupil to do so. 
 
 3. That the class frequently read Latin in concert. 
 
 4. That halting recitations be not allowed. 
 
 5. That the pupil be required often to translate both English and 
 Latin sentences from the teacher's dictation. 
 
 6. That the endings and paradigms be learned at the places, and in 
 the order, indicated. 
 
 7. That the teacher encourage the pupil to gather the thought in the 
 Latin order of the words. 
 
 8. That the pupil be required to combine rapidity of recitation with 
 thoroughness of work, and that the length of lessons bend to this. 
 
 9. That translation, both Latin-English and English-Latin, be made 
 the chief work of the class-room. 
 
 10. That much written work, outside the class-room, be required ; but 
 that the pupil be not allowed, in the class-room, to lean upon his written 
 work. 
 
 11. That the SUGGESTIONS which precede the Exercises be not com- 
 mitted to memory in place, but carefully read and applied in connection 
 with the study of the Exercises. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Preface v 
 
 To the Pupil viii 
 
 Program of a Recitation ix 
 
 Suggestions x 
 
 Nouns in -a. Nominative and Accusative Cases, Singular Number . 1 
 
 Genitive, Dative, Vocative, and Ablative Cases, Singular Number . 2 
 
 Nominative and Accusative Cases, Plural Number .... 4 
 
 Other Cases, Plural Number 5 
 
 Recapitulation, Imperfect and Future Tenses 7 
 
 Nouns in -us. All Cases, Singular Number 8 
 
 Nouns in -us, Plural Number ........ 9 
 
 Nouns in -er, -ir, and -ius. All Cases, Singular and Plural Num- 
 bers 10 
 
 Nouns in -um. All Cases, Singular and Plural Numbers . . .12 
 The Change from the Active to the Passive Voice . . . .15 
 Adjectives in -us, -a, -um, Singular Number. Passive Voice, 
 
 Other Tenses 16 
 
 Adjectives in -us, -a, -um, Plural Number 17 
 
 Attributive and Predicate Adjectives 19 
 
 Genitive with Adjectives ......... 20 
 
 Dative with Adjectives 21 
 
 Ablative with Adjectives 23 
 
 Adjectives in -er . .24 
 
 Adjectives used as Nouns 26 
 
 Recapitulation, with New Nouns of the First Declension . . .27 
 
 Recapitulation, with New Nouns of the Second Declension . . 28 
 Nouns in -or, Masculine Gender, Singular Number . . . .29 
 
 Nouns in -or, Plural Number 30 
 
 Nouns in -io, Feminine Gender ........ 31 
 
 Nouns in -as, Feminine Gender 33 
 
 Nouns in -do (gen. -inis), Feminine Gender. Also homo and 
 
 Caesar 34 
 
 Nouns in -6 (gen. -onis), Masculine Gender 36 
 
 xi 
 
Xll TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Nouns in -1. Also frater . 37 
 
 Nouns in -es, Masculine Gender. Also prlnceps . . . .38 
 Nouns in -us, Feminine Gender. Also laus and custos . . .40 
 
 Nouns in -x, Feminine Gender 41 
 
 Nouns in -es. Also urbs and plebs (i-stems). Feminine Gender . 42 
 Nouns in -is (i-stems continued). Also cohors. Feminine Gender 44 
 Nouns in -is (i-stems continued). Feminine Gender . . .45 
 Nouns in -is (i-stems continued). Feminine Gender. Also liger 
 
 andArar 46 
 
 Nouns in -e and -al (i-stems continued). Neuter Gender . . .48 
 Adjectives in -is (i-stems), Third Declension, Two Terminations . 49 
 Adjectives in -is (i-stems continued), Two Terminations. Also the 
 
 nouns genus and iter, Neuter Gender 50 
 
 Adjectives in -er (i-stems continued), Three Terminations . . 52 
 Recapitulation, with New Nouns of the Third Declension . . .54 
 Recapitulation, with New Nouns, Proper Names . . . .55 
 
 Bellum Helvetiorum 56 
 
 The War with Ariovistus 57 
 
 Adjectives in -x, One Termination 58 
 
 Adjectives and Participles in -ns, One Termination , . . .59 
 Adjectives with os-stems, Two Terminations. Comparatives . . 61 
 Comparative with quam, and with the Ablative . . . .62 
 
 Comparatives (continued) 63 
 
 Superlatives 64 
 
 Irregular Comparison 66 
 
 Irregular and Defective Comparison 67 
 
 Irregular and Defective Comparison (continued) . . . .68 
 Irregular and Defective Comparison (continued) . . . .70 
 
 Comparison of Adverbs 71 
 
 Nouns of the Fourth Declension. Masculine Gender . . .73 
 
 Nouns of the Fourth Declension (continued) 74 
 
 Nouns of the Fifth Declension. Feminine Gender . . . .76 
 Demonstrative Pronouns, is, ea, id, Singular Number . . .78 
 
 is, ea, id, Plural Number 79 
 
 hie, haec, hoc 80 
 
 ille, ilia, illud 81 
 
 is, hie, and ille as Substantive Pronouns 83 
 
 ipse, iste, idem 84 
 
 alius, null us, unus, alter 86 
 
 The Reflexive sul 88 
 
 The Relative qui, quae, quod, Singular Number . . . .89 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. Xlll 
 
 PAGE 
 
 quT, quae, quod, Plural Number 90 
 
 The Interrogati ves, quis, and qui ; ne, nonne, num ... 92 
 
 The Departure of the Helvetians 93 
 
 sum, I am, Present Indicative. The Personal Pronouns ego and tu. 
 
 Simple Conditions .......... 95 
 
 sum, Imperfect Indicative. Simple Conditions .... 97 
 
 sum, Future Indicative. Future Conditions 98 
 
 sum, Perfect Indicative. Simple Conditions ..... 100 
 
 sum, Pluperfect Indicative 101 
 
 sum, Future Perfect Indicative. Future Conditions, More Vivid . 102 
 sum, Present Subjunctive. Future Conditions, Less Vivid . . 103 
 sum, Imperfect Subjunctive. Conditions Contrary to Fact, Pres- 
 ent Time 104 
 
 sum, Perfect Subjunctive. Future Conditions, Less Vivid . . 105 
 sum, Pluperfect Subjunctive. Conditions Contrary to Fact, Past 
 
 Time 106 
 
 Recapitulation of Conditional Sentences 107 
 
 Recapitulation (continued) 108 
 
 sum, Imperatives, Infinitives, Participle 109 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Present Tense Ill 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Imperfect Tense 113 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Future Tense 115 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Perfect Tense 116 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Pluperfect Tense 118 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood, 
 
 Future Perfect Tense 119 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Subjunctive Mood, 
 
 Present Tense . 121 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Subjunctive Mood, 
 
 Imperfect Tense 122 
 
 First Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Subjunctive Mood, 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses ....... 123 
 
 First Conjugation. Imperatives, Infinitives ..... 125 
 
 First Conjugation. Participles, Ablative Absolute .... 127 
 
 First Conjugation. The Gerundive 129 
 
 First Conjugation, The Gerund 131 
 
XIV TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Second Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Indicative Mood. 
 
 Tenses with Present Stem ........ 132 
 
 Second Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Remaining Tenses 
 
 of the Indicative Mood . . . . . . . . 135 
 
 Second Conjugation, Active and Passive Voices. Subjunctive 
 
 Mood. Sequence of Tenses. Clauses of Pure Purpose . . 137 
 Purpose Clauses, Relative and Substantive. Abridged Conditions. 
 
 Sequence of Tenses . . . 140 
 
 Second Conjugation, Both Voices, Imperative and o Infinitive 
 
 Moods, Participles, Gerunds, and Supines 141 
 
 Result Clauses 144 
 
 Third Conjugation, Both Voices, Indicative Mood, Tenses with 
 
 Present Stem : 145 
 
 Third Conjugation, Both Voices, Indicative Mood, Remaining 
 
 Tenses 147 
 
 Third Conjugation, Both Voices, Subjunctive, Imperative, and In- 
 finitive Moods, Participles, Gerunds, and Supines .... 149 
 
 Verbs in -io, Third Conjugation 152 
 
 Fourth Conjugation, Both Voices, Indicative Mood . . . 157 
 
 Fourth Conjugation, Remaining Moods arid Forms . . . 160 
 
 possum, volo, n615, malo 163 
 
 Impersonal Verbs. Historical Infinitives 171 
 
 fero, eo, fio 173 
 
 Questions and Imperative Forms in Direct Discourse. Future 
 
 Passive Infinitives . . . . . . . . . .182 
 
 Periphrastic Conjugations 183 
 
 Vocabularies. 
 
A STEAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAK. 
 
 NOUNS. FIRST OR ^4-DECLENSION. 
 
 NOMINATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE CASES. SINGULAR 
 
 NUMBER. 
 
 ILLUSTRATION. Sul'la fe'minam lau'dat, 
 Sulla praises the woman. 
 
 In the above sentence, Sul'la is in the nominative case, 
 fe'minam in the accusative (English objective). 
 
 The sign of the nominative is the case-ending -a ; of the 
 accusative, the case-ending -am. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Latin has no article. Supply a, aw, or the in Eng- 
 lish when necessary, as in the above illustration. 
 
 2. The words long and short when used of English vowels refer to quality ; 
 e.g. note, not. When used of Latin vowels they refer to quantity only, a 
 long syllable occupying more time in pronunciation than a short syllable, as 
 indicated in the schedule below. 
 
 3. In this book, vowels long by nature are marked with the macron (-) . 
 Diphthongs are long. 
 
 . 
 
 1. Sul'la Gal 'bam vo'cat. 2. Gal'ba Sul'lam vo'cat. 3. Fe'mina 
 fi'liam iu'vat. 4. Fi'lia fe'minam iu'vat. 5. Cot'ta sca'pham 
 lau'dat. 6. Fe'mina Miner'vam lau'dat. 7. Miner'va fi'liam' 
 lau'dat. 8. Gal'ba Sul'lam iu'vat. 9. Sul'la fe'minam iu'vat. 
 10. Cot'ta Mi ner'va??i vo'cat. 11. Mi ner'va Cot 'tarn vo'cat. 
 12. Fi'lia Gal 'bam lau'dat. 
 
 NOTE. Pronounce the Latin according to the following schedule : 
 a, a, papa ; o, o, oho ; u, u, full moon ; e, e, vacation (e nearly the sound 
 of e in met) ; i, machine ; i, holiness ; ce, ay ; ce, \>oy ; au, now ; eu, fetid ; 
 ei, veil ; ui, we ; c, come ; g, go ; i consonant, yes ; s, yes ; t, time ; v (w con- 
 sonant} , we; qu, gwart ; ch, #ing ; th, /jick; ph, /un; 6s, like ps ; other 
 consonants as in English. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 DIRECTION. Apply the following statements to the words in 
 the above Exercise : 
 
 a. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case. 
 
 6. A finite verb agrees with its subject in number and person. 
 
 c. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative 
 case. 
 
 Commit these statements carefully to memory. 
 
 2. 
 
 1. Minerva summons the woman. 2. Sulla summons the 
 daughter. 3. The daughter assists Sulla. 4. Cotta assists 
 Minerva. 5. Minerva praises the boat. 6. Galba praises the 
 daughter. 7. Cotta summons Galba. 8. Sulla assists the 
 daughter. 9. Minerva summons Sulla. 10. The woman assists 
 Cotta. 11. The daughter praises the woman. 12. Galba praises 
 Sulla. 
 
 GENITIVE, DATIVE, VOCATIVE, AND ABLATIVE CASES. 
 SINGULAR NUMBER. 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS. Sul'la sca'phaw Gal'bae (genitive case) 
 lau'dat, Sulla praises the boat of Galba, or, Sulla praises 
 Galba's boat. 
 
 Sul'la Gal'bae (dative case) sca'pham dat, Sulla gives the 
 boat to Galba, or, Sulla gives G-alba the boat. 
 
 Sul'la, Gal'ba (vocative case), sca'phaw lau'dat, (O) Galba, 
 Sulla praises the boat. 
 
 Sul'la Gal/bam sca'pha (ablative case) iu'vat, Sulla assists 
 Galba with a boat. 
 
 Fe'mina, fi'li a (apposition) Gal'bae, Cot'tam iu'vat, A 
 woman, the daughter of Galba, assists Gotta. 
 
 The Latin case-endings given above, and their equivalents, 
 are 
 
 a, a, papa ; 6, 5, oho ; u, u, full moon ; e, e, vacation ; i, machine ; I, hoH- 
 ness ; ce, ay ; oe, "boy ; aw, now; ; en, feud ; ei, veil ; MI, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 LATIN. ENGLISH. 
 
 Genitive, -ae, Objective with of, or the possessive case, 
 
 Dative, -ae, Objective with to (or for) , 
 
 Vocative, -a, Nominative of address, 
 
 Ablative, -a, Objective with by, from, with, in, etc. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Cum (in 8 below) is a preposition governing the abla- 
 tive. 
 
 2. The vocative generally stands after one or more words in its sentence 
 (as in 5 below). 
 
 3. 
 
 1. Miner'va sca'pham Cot'tae lau'dat. 2. Cot'ta Miner'vae 
 sca'pham dat. 3. Gal'ba ga 'learn Sul'lae lau'dat. 4. Sul'la 
 Gal'bae ga'leam dat. 5. Sul'la, Cot'ta (vocative), fi'li am Gal'- 
 bae vo'cat. 6. Fi'li a Gal'bae Mi ner'vaw vo'cat. 7. Sul'la cum 
 fe'mi na Mi ner'vara iu'vat. 8. Fi'li a Gal'bae cum Mi ner'va 
 Sul'lam iu'vat. 9. Sul'la fi'li am Gal'bae sca'pha iu'vat. 10. Fe'- 
 mi na, fi'li a Sul'lae, Gal'bam pecu'nid iu'vat. 11. Gal'ba cum 
 fi'li a Sul'lae Mi ner'vam lau'dat. 12. Miner'va fe'mi nae pecu'- 
 ni am et sca'pham dat. 
 
 Learn and repeat the following paradigms, and all given 
 hereafter, till they are as familiar as the alphabet : 
 
 BOAT (F.) MINERVA (F.) WOMAN (F.) HELMET (F.) 
 
 Sing. Nom. sca'pha Miner'va fe'mi na ga'lea 
 
 Gen. sca'phae Miner'vae fe'mi nae ga'leae 
 
 Dat. sca'phae Miner'vae fe'mi nae ga'leae 
 
 Ace. sca'pham Mi ner'vam fe'mi nam ga'leam 
 
 Voc. sca'pha Miner'va fe'mi na ga'lea 
 
 Abl. sca'pha Miner'va fe'mi na ga'lea 
 
 Like sca'pha, decline Cot'ta, G-al'ba, and Sul'la; like ga'lea, 
 fi'li a and pecu'nia. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Use, occasionally, the progressive form of the 
 verb, e.g. is praising for praises. 
 
 c, come ; g, go ; i consonant, ?/es ; s, yes ; t, ime ; v (u consonant), we ; 
 qu, gwart ; c/i, &ing; ih, thick. ; ph, /un ; 6s, like ps. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 2. Apply and learn the following statements : 
 a. Any noun which, modifies another noun and does not denote 
 the same person or thing, is in the genitive. 
 
 6. The indirect object of an action is in the dative. 
 
 c. The vocative is used for direct address. 
 
 d. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the 
 ablative. 
 
 e. A noun which modifies another noun and denotes the same 
 person or thing, agrees with it in case. This agreement is called 
 apposition. 
 
 4. 
 
 1. Sulla summons Galba's daughter. 2. Galba, with [his] 
 daughter, is assisting Sulla. 3. Sulla praises Minerva's daughter. 
 4. Minerva gives Galba the boat. 5. Galba is giving a boat to 
 Sulla's daughter. 6. Galba summons the woman's daughter. 
 7. The woman, with [her] daughter, is assisting Galba. 8. The 
 daughter of Galba gives money to Minerva. 9. Galba is giving 
 Sulla a helmet. 10. Sulla assists Galba with money and a boat. 
 11. Minerva, with the daughter of Galba, assists Sulla. 12. The 
 woman, daughter of Galba, gives a boat to Sulla. 
 
 NOMINATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE CASES. PLURAL 
 NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Nominative case-ending, -ae ; accusative, -as. 
 2. The personal ending -t of the verb in the singular number becomes -nt 
 in the plural. 
 
 1. Sul'la fi'lias Gal'bae vo'cat. 2. Fi'liae Sul'lae (dative) 
 pecu'niam dant. 3. Gal'ba cum Miner'va fe'minas iu'vat. 
 
 4. Fe'mina, cum fi'lia Cot'tae, Miner'vae ga'le as demon 'strat. 
 
 5. Fi'liae Gal'bae fe'minas vo'cant. 6. Fe'minae fi'lias Gal'bae 
 
 a, a, papa ; 6, 5, oho ; u, ii,, f wll moon ; e, e, vacation ; i, machine ; i, holi- 
 ness ; ce, ay ; ce, looy ; aw, now ; eu, feud ; ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 iu'vant. 7. Mi ner'va et Cot'ta ga'le as Sul'lae lau'dant. 8. Fe'- 
 mi nae Sul'lae (dative) sca'phds Gal'bae de mon'strant. 9. Fl'li ae 
 Sul'lae Miner'vae (dative) ga'le as dant. 10. Sul'la et Miner'va 
 fi'li as Cot'tae pe cu'ni a iu'vant. 
 
 6. 
 
 1. The woman praises Sulla's helmets. 2. The women, daugh- 
 ters of Sulla, praise Galba's boats. 3. Sulla is showing [his] 
 helmets and boats to Minerva. 4. Minerva assists the women, 
 daughters of Galba, with money. 5. The women summon the 
 daughters of Gotta. 6. Galba's daughters are assisting Sulla 
 with a boat. 7. The women give the daughter of Galba money 
 and boats. 8. Galba gives helmets and boats to Sulla. 9. The 
 woman, daughter of Galba, assists Sulla. 10. The daughters of 
 Galba and of Sulla are showing Minerva the boats. 
 
 OTHER CASES, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Genitive case-ending, -arum; dative, -is; vocative, -ae; 
 ablative, -Is. The dative and ablative plural of fl'lia. is/Hia'bus. 
 
 7. 
 
 1. Per'fu ga cum nau't^s est in Ger ma'ni a. 2. Gal'ba per'fu- 
 gis pe cu'ni am dat. 3. Nau'ta per'fu gam sca'plus iu'vat. 4. Fe'- 
 mi nae cum filia'Zms Sul'lam iu'vant. 5. Miner'va filidTws 
 Gal'bae ga'le as dat. 6. Gal'ba fe'mi ms sca'phas per fu ga'rwm 
 demon'strat. 7. Nau'tae cum per'fu gis sunt in Ger ma'ni a. 
 
 8. Ei'liae per'fu gae sunt in Ita'lia, et nau'tis pe cu'ni am dant. 
 
 9. Pe cu'ni a filia'rwm est in sca'pha. 10. Fe'mi nae sunt in 
 sca'phfs et fi'lias iu'vant. 11. Ga'le ae perfuga'rwm et sca'- 
 phae nauta'rwm in Gal'lia sunt. 12. Fe'mi nae et nau'tae et 
 per'fu gae sunt in sca'plus. 
 
 c, come ; g, go ; i consonant, yes ; , yes ; t, time ; v (u consonant) we ; 
 qu, quart ; ch, king ; th, thick ; ph, /un ; bs, like ps. 
 
6 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 DIRECTION. Apply and learn the following statement : 
 Most nouns of the first declension are feminine; but, in all 
 declensions, names of male beings, and of rivers, winds, months, 
 and mountains, are masculine; and names of female beings, and 
 of countries, cities, plants, and trees, are feminine. 
 
 BOATS (F.) WOMEN (F.) HELMETS (F.) 
 
 Plur. Nom. sca'phae fe'minae ga'leae 
 
 Gen. sea pha'rum fe mi na'rum ga le a'rum 
 
 Dat. sca'plus fe'minis ga'leis 
 
 Ace. sca'phas fe'minas ga'leas 
 
 Voc. sca'phae fe'minae ga'leae 
 
 Abl. sea 'phis fe'minis ga'leis 
 
 Combine these paradigms with the corresponding singulars 
 (Exercise 3) and commit all thoroughly to memory. Like 
 sca'pha decline nau'ta; like fe'mina, per'fuga; likega'lea, 
 pe cu'ni a and (in the singular) G-al'li a, Ger md'ni a and 
 Ita'lia. Fl'lia is declined like ga'lea, but has filid'bus 
 (notfi'liis) in the dative and ablative plural. 
 
 8. 
 
 1. Galba's daughter is in the boat with the women. 2. Galba 
 is in Italy and is assisting the deserters with boats. 3. Sulla 
 gives the deserters money. 4. The woman is in Germany with 
 the daughters of Sulla. 5. Minerva summons the sailor's daugh- 
 ters. 6. The sailors' daughters assist Galba with money. 7. Gal- 
 ba gives Sulla's daughters a boat. 8. The deserters are showing 
 helmets to the women. 9. Minerva assists the women with 
 boats. 10. The money of the daughters is in the boats. 11. Galba 
 gives helmets to the deserters. 12. The sailors' money is in the 
 helmet, the helmet in the boat. 
 
 a, a, papa ; o, o, oho ; w, w, full moon ; e, e, vacation ; I, machine ; 2, holi- 
 ness ; ce, ay; ce, bo?/ ; aw, now? j e, feud ; ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 RECAPITULATION, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE TENSES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The imperfect tense has -ba before the personal end- 
 ings -t and -nt ; e.g. lau da'bat, he was praising ; lau dd'bant, they were 
 praising. 
 
 2. The future tense has -bi (singular), -bu (plural) before the endings 
 -t and -nt; e.g. lau dd'bit, he will praise ; lau dd'bunt, they will praise. When 
 the letter before -ba or -bi is a (or a before the personal endings, e.g. lau'- 
 dat, lau'dani), the verb is said to be of the first conjugation. A is generally 
 long before -ba, -bi, -bu ; but is short in da'Toat, da'bit, etc. 
 
 3. The imperfects e'rat, he was, e'rant, they were ; and the futures e'rit, 
 he will be, e'runt, they will be ; are irregularly formed. 
 
 9. 
 
 1. Fe'mi na e'rat fi'li a Cot'tae. 2. Sul'la nau'ta (appositive) 
 e'rit in sca'pha. 3. Fi'li a Cot'tae (dative) sca'pham Gal'bae 
 per'fu gae de mon stra'bit. 4. Per'fu ga Sul'lam nau'tam vo ca'- 
 bat. 5. Cot'ta Gal'bam iuva'bit et per'fu gae (dative) pe cu'- 
 ni am Sul'lae da'bit. 6. Gal'ba per'fu ga sca'pham Sullae et 
 ga'le am Cot'tae lau da/bat. 7. Fe'mi nae e'rant fi'li ae nauta'- 
 rum. 8. Nau'tae fi li a'bus pe cu'ni am et sca'phas da'bant. 9. Fi'- 
 li ae cum nau'tis e'runt in sca'plws. 10. Per'fu gae, Cot'ta et Gal'ba 
 (appositives), sca'phas filia'rum lau da'bant. 11. Nau'tae cum 
 filia'&ws Cot'tam et Gal'bam per'fu gas iuva'bant. 12. Fi'liae 
 per'fu gis pe cu'ni am et ga'le as da'bunt. 13. Pe cu'ni a fili a'rum 
 e'rat in ga'le is, ga'le ae in sca'plus. 14. Fi'liae perfuga'rwm 
 fi'li as nau ta'rum iu va'bunt. 
 
 10. 
 
 1. The deserter was in Gaul with Sulla. 2. The sailor will 
 give money to the daughter of Sulla. 3. The women will assist 
 the deserters with Sulla's boat. 4. Cotta's daughter will show 
 Sulla's boat to a deserter. 5. Galba, the deserter, is giving 
 money to the sailor's daughters. 6. The sailors were in the boat 
 with the deserters. 7. The sailors were assisting the deserters. 
 
 c, come ; g, go ; i consonant, yes ; s, yes ; t, time ; v (u consonant) ice ; 
 qu, quart ; ch, king ; th, thick. ; ph, /un ; 6s, like ps. 
 
8 A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 8. The deserters were praising the sailors. 9. The money of 
 Galba, the deserter, was in a sailor's helmet. 10. The boats of 
 the sailors and the money of the deserters were in Italy. 
 
 NOUNS. SECOND OR O-DECLENSION. 
 
 NOUNS IN -US. ALL CASES, SINGULAR NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Nominative case-ending, -us; genitive, -T; dative, -6;. 
 accusative, -um ; vocative, -e ; ablative, -6. 
 
 2. Notice that here alone the vocative of Latin nouns differs from the nom- 
 inative. 
 
 3. Nouns of the second declension in -us are, as a rule, masculine. But, 
 in all declensions, apply first the Direction in Exercise 7. 
 
 11. 
 
 1. Bru'tws do'mi m et ser'vt a mi'cws e'rat. 2. Do'mi nws e'rat 
 cap tl'vl ami'cws. 3. Do'mi nus ser'vwm a mi'ci lau da/bit. 4. Cap- 
 ti'vws, ami'ce, do'mi no e'qimw da'bat. 5. Do'mi uus ser'vo e'qimm 
 da'bit. 6. Do'mi nus e'qui e'rat cap ti'vus. 7. Cap ti'vus et e'qu?*s 
 e'rant in Gal'li a. 8. Do'mi nws cum cap ti'vo et ser'vo e'rit in 
 Germa'nia. 9. Ser'vws cum do'mi no et ami'co, Bru'to, capti'vwm 
 iuva'bat. 10. Ser'vws do'mi num vo ca'bit. 11. Ser'vus, Bru'te, 
 e'rit aml'cws. 
 
 SLAVE (M.) CAPTIVE (M.) MASTER (itf. ) 
 
 Sing. Nom. ser'vus cap tl'vus do'mi nus 
 
 Gen. ser'vi cap tT'vi do'mi ni 
 
 Dat. ser'vo captT'vo do'mi no 
 
 Ace. ser'vum captl'vum do'mi num 
 
 Voc. ser've captl've do'mi ne 
 
 Abl. ser'vo capti'vo do'mi no 
 
 Like ser'vus decline Bril'tus and e'quus; like cap ti'vus, 
 
 a, a, papa ; o, o, oho ; w, w, fwll moon ; e, e, vacation ; z, machine ; i, 
 iss ; &, ay; ce, boy ; au, now ; eu, feud ; ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 12. 
 
 1. Slave, [your] master is in Germany with Brutus. 2. The 
 owner of the horse was a friend of Brutus. 3. Brutus gives the 
 captive money and a horse. 4. The captive, in company with 
 [his] friend, was assisting Brutus. 5. The slave is assisting [his] 
 master with a horse and a boat. 6. Brutus, [your] friend is a 
 captive. 7. The slave was praising Brutus, [his] master. 8. The 
 captive is giving a slave to [his] friend Brutus. 9. Brutus was 
 summoning the captive. 10. The friend of Brutus was a captive. 
 
 11. Brutus will summon the slave and give money to the captive. 
 
 12. The master is praising the captive. 
 
 NOUNS IN -US, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Nominative and vocative case-ending, -I ; genitive, -6mm ; 
 dative, -is ; accusative, -6s ; ablative, -is. 
 
 13. 
 
 1. Ser'vi e'rant domino'rww ami'ct. 2. Do'mim sunt servo'- 
 rwmaml'cf. 3. Praefec'ti a mi'cos vo ea'bant. 4. Tribu'm sunt 
 prae fee to'nm ami'ci 5. Tri bu'm praefec'ts e'quos da'bunt, 
 ser'vis non. 6. Prae fec'ti do'mi ms e'quos de mon stra'bant. 
 7. Praefec'ti e'rant capti'vf. 8. Tribu'm praefec'tos et do'mi- 
 nos vo ca'bunt, ser'vos non. 9. Ser'vi tribu'nos non lau da'bunt. 
 10. Do'mi m et ser'vf cum tribu'nis et praefec'tfs e'rant in 
 Italia, 11. Ami'ci tri bu no'rum captivo'rwm ami'cf sunt. 
 12. Do'mi m cap tl'vis et a mi'cFs cap ti vo'rum pe cu'ni am de mon- 
 stra'bunt. 13. Tribu'ni capti'vos e'quis iu'vant. 14. Tribu'n^ 
 oum do'mi ms et ser'vfs et capti'vfs e'rant in Germa'nia. 
 
 SLAVES (M.) 
 
 CAPTIVES (M.) 
 
 MASTERS (M.) 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 ser'vT 
 
 cap ti'vi 
 
 do'mi ni 
 
 Gen. 
 
 servo 'rum 
 
 cap t! vo'rum 
 
 do mi no 'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ser'vis 
 
 cap ti'vis 
 
 do'mi ms 
 
 c, come; g, go; i consonant, yes; s, yes; t, time; v (u consonant}, we; 
 qu, gwart ; ch, king ; th, thick ; ph t fm\ ; bs, like ps. 
 
10 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 SLAVES (M.) 
 
 CAPTIVES (M.) 
 
 MASTERS (M.) 
 
 Plur. Ace. ser'vos 
 
 cap tl'vos 
 
 do'mi nos 
 
 Voc. ser'vi 
 
 cap ti'vi 
 
 do'mi nl 
 
 Abl. ser'vis 
 
 cap ti'vis 
 
 do'mi ills 
 
 Combine these paradigms with those of Exercise 11 ; 
 complete the paradigms of e'quus and amt'cus ; decline also 
 like capti'vus, tribil'nus and praefec'tus. 
 
 14. 
 
 1. The friends of the captives were not slaves. 2. The friends 
 of the slaves were not captives. 3. The captives are friends of 
 the commanders. 4. The tribunes were summoning the slaves 
 and [their] friends. 5. The tribunes will give horses to the 
 slaves and [their] friends. 6. The slaves summon [their] 
 masters, and with [their] friends assist the tribunes. 7. The 
 commanders are friends of the masters and the tribunes. 8. The 
 masters were giving money to the captives. 9. The masters with 
 their slaves will assist the commanders. 10. The masters with 
 the commanders and tribunes were assisting the captives. 11. The 
 captives were giving [their] horses to the masters, not to the 
 commanders. 12. The commanders are with the masters and 
 captives. 
 
 NOUNS IN -ER, -JH, AND -IUS. ALL CASES, SINGULAR 
 AND PLURAL NUMBERS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Nouns in -er and -ir have no case-ending in the nom. 
 and voc. sing. In the other cases, the endings are like those of nouns in -us. 
 
 2. In some of these nouns, e.g. a'ger, e of the nom. and voc. sing, is not 
 found in the other cases ; thus, the gen. sing, is a'grl, not a'ge ri. 
 
 3. Nouns in -ras usually have -I instead of -ft in the genitive singular, e.g. 
 Clau'di and so'ci (3 and 18 below), and in the vocative singular of proper 
 names (also/i'fa'ws), -I instead of -ie, e.g. Clau'di and/i'ZI (17 and 18). 
 
 a, a, papa ; b, o, oho ; u, ii, full moon ; e, e, vacation ; I, machine ; i, holi- 
 ness ; ce, ay ; ce, \>oy ; au, now ; eu, tend ; ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 11 
 
 15. 
 
 1. Fa'ber pu'e rum con fir'mat. 2. Pu'er cum fa'bro est in 
 a'gro. 3. Vir fi'li os Clau'df (-if) ser'vat. 4. Tri bu'nus pu'e TO pe- 
 cu'ni ani da'bat. 5. Ser'vi in a'grfs e'rant cum pu'e YIS. 6. Pu'e rf, 
 fi'li i fa bro 'rum, fi'li as tri bii'm iu va'bunt. 7. Fa'brf sunt a mi'ci 
 pu e id'rum. 8. Do'mi nus vi'rfs et fe'mi ms et li'be rfs pe cu'ni am 
 dat. 9. Vi'r pu'e ros con fir'mant. 10. Sul'la fa'brfs et so'ci is 
 a'gros dat. 11. So'ci i fi'li um Clau'd(-i) con fir ma/bant. 12. Fi'- 
 li us fa r br a mi'cus pu'e 11 est. 13. Ser'vi fa'bros et so'ci os ser'- 
 vant. 14. Sul'la fa'bro a'grwm, pu'e TIS e'quum de mon stra'bit. 
 15. Li'beii cum vi'ris sunt in sca'pha. 16. Fa'ber fe'mi nas 
 iu va'bit, vi'ros et li'be ros, non. 17. Fa'ber, Clau'di, vi'ro ser'vum 
 de mon stra'bat. 18. Bru'tus, fi'lf, est so'ci us, Clau'di us a mi'cus 
 so'cf (-if). 
 
 FIELD (M.) 
 
 BOY (M.) 
 
 ALLY (M.) 
 
 CLAUDIUS (M.) 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 a'ger 
 
 pu'er 
 
 so'ci us 
 
 Clau'di us 
 
 Gen. 
 
 a'gri 
 
 pu'eri 
 
 so'ci (-11) 
 
 Clau'di (-ii) 
 
 Dat. 
 
 a'gro 
 
 pu'e ro 
 
 so'ci 6 
 
 Clau'di 5 
 
 Ace. 
 
 a'grum 
 
 pu'e rum 
 
 so'ci um 
 
 Clau'di um 
 
 Voc. 
 
 a'ger 
 
 pu'er 
 
 so'ci e 
 
 Clau'di 
 
 Abl. 
 
 a'gro 
 
 pu'e r5 
 
 so'ci o 
 
 Clau'di 6 
 
 Sing. MAN (M.) 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 a'gri 
 
 pu'e ri 
 
 so'ci I 
 
 vir 
 
 Gen. 
 
 a'gro 'rum 
 
 pu e ro'rum 
 
 so ci 6 'rum 
 
 vi'ri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 a'gris 
 
 pu'e ris 
 
 so'ci is 
 
 vi'ro 
 
 Ace. 
 
 a'gros 
 
 pu'e ros 
 
 so'ci os 
 
 vi'rum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 a'gri 
 
 pu'e ri 
 
 so'ci I 
 
 vir 
 
 Abl. 
 
 a'gris 
 
 pu'e ris 
 
 so'ci is 
 
 vi'ro 
 
 Like a'ger decline fa'ber ; like pu'er, li'be rl (used only in 
 the plural) ; like Clau'di us and the plural of so'ci us decline 
 fi'li us. Complete vir as follows : Plur. nom. vi'ri, gen. vi ro'- 
 dat. vi'rls, etc. 
 
 c, come ; g, go; i consonant, yes ; s, yes ; t, time ; v (u consonant} we ; 
 qu, gwart ; ch, king ; th, thick. ; ph, /un ; bs, like ps. 
 
12 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 16. 
 
 1. The boys are in the field with the engineers. 2. The 
 engineers are encouraging the boys. 3. The men are protecting 
 the commanders. 4. The engineer was a friend of the boys. 
 5. The boys were sons of engineers. 6. The commanders will 
 give the boys boats, the men horses. 7. A man will be with the 
 boys in the boat. 8. The boys will be with the men in the boats. 
 9. The slave of the man Claudius (appositive) was not the 
 boy's friend. 10. Claudius, Sulla is giving fields to slaves and 
 deserters. 11. Boys, the engineers were allies, not slaves. 
 
 12. To the man, Claudius (appositive), the engineer gives money. 
 
 13. To the boy, the son of Brutus, Claudius was showing [his] 
 helmet. 14. The men are protecting the allies. 
 
 NOUNS IN -UM. ALL CASES, SINGULAR AND PLURAL 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The case-ending of the nominative, accusative, and 
 vocative singular is -urn ; that of the nom., ace., and voc. plural, -a. Other 
 case-endings are as in nouns in -us ; but nouns in -lum usually have -I instead 
 of -ii in the gen. sing. 
 
 2. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. But apply direc- 
 tions (Exercise 7). The neuter vul'guB has no plural, and its case-ending in 
 nom., ace., and voc. is -us. 
 
 3. Est at the beginning of a sentence is to be translated there is ; sunt, 
 there are ; e'rat, there was, etc. 
 
 4. Auxi'lium (singular) means assistance; auxi'lia (plural), auxiliary 
 forces, auxiliaries. 
 
 17. 
 
 1. Con ci'li um de cre'twm pa'rat. 2. Vul'gws prae fec'to de cre'- 
 tum de mon stra'bit. 3. Con ci'li a de cre'ta, prae fec'ti op'pi da, 
 pa'rant. 4. Au xi'li a de cre'ta con ci li o'rum lau da/bant. 5. Au- 
 
 d, d, papa ; 6, o, oho ; u, u, fwll moon ; e, e, vacation ; i, machine ; I, holi- 
 ness ; ce, ay ; ce, boy ; aw, now? ; eu, feud ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 13 
 
 xi'li ww conci'li praesi'dia con fir'mat. 6. Con ci'li urn op'pi do 
 et prae si'di o au xi'li um da'bit. 7. E'qui au xi li o'rum e'rant in 
 ca'stm. 8. Ca'stra et op'pi da et praesi'dia sunt in pe ri'cu Id. 
 
 9. Op'pi dum est in pe ri'cu Id et prae fec'tus bel'lwm pa ra'bit. 
 
 10. A mi'ci ser vo'rum con ci'li o pe ri'cu lum de mon stra'bant. 
 
 11. Tri bu'nus au xi'li a ar'mat. 12. Est bel'lwm et prae fec'tl 
 castro'r?*m so'ci 6s ar'mant. 13. Prae si'di um cum au xi'li s est 
 in op'pi do. 14. Bel 'la et pe ri'cu la bel lo'rum vul'gws non con- 
 fir ma/bunt. 
 
 
 WAR (N.) 
 
 DECREE (N.) 
 
 TOWN (N.) 
 
 COUNCIL (N.) 
 
 Sing. Norn. 
 
 bel'lum 
 
 de ere 'turn 
 
 op'pi dum 
 
 con ci'li um 
 
 Gen. 
 
 bel'H 
 
 de cre'ti 
 
 op'pi di 
 
 con ci'li (-ii) 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bel'16 
 
 de cre'to 
 
 op'pi do 
 
 con ci'li 6 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bel'lum 
 
 de ere 'turn 
 
 op'pi dum 
 
 con ci'li um 
 
 Voc. 
 
 bel'lum 
 
 de cre'tum 
 
 op'pi dum 
 
 con ci'li um 
 
 Abl. 
 
 bel'16 
 
 de cre'to 
 
 op'pi do 
 
 con ci'li 6 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 bel'la 
 
 de cre'ta 
 
 op'pi da 
 
 con ci'li a 
 
 ' Gen. 
 
 bel 16'mm 
 
 de ere to 'rum 
 
 op'pi do'rum 
 
 con ci li 6 'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bel'lis 
 
 de ere 'tis 
 
 op'pi dis 
 
 con ci'li Is 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bel'la 
 
 de cre'ta 
 
 op'pi da 
 
 con ci'li a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 bel'la 
 
 de cre'ta 
 
 op'pi da 
 
 con ci'li a 
 
 Abl. 
 
 bel'lis 
 
 de ere 'tis 
 
 op'pi dis 
 
 con ci'li is 
 
 Like the sing, of bel'lum decline vul'gus, but see Sugges- 
 tion 2, above ; like the plur. of bel'lum, ca'stra ; like op'- 
 pi dum, pe ri'cu lum ; like con ci'li um, au xi'li um and prae- 
 si'di um. 
 
 18. 
 
 1. The council is arming the auxiliary [forces]. 2. The aux- 
 iliary [forces] will be in camp. 3. Claudius with the auxiliaries 
 protects the camp. 4. Italy is in danger, the slaves are pre- 
 paring war. 5. There is war, the women and children are in the 
 town. 6. The tribunes will protect the council of the common 
 people. 7. The common people with the tribune protect the 
 
 c, come ; g, go ; i consonant, yes ; s, yes ; t, time ; v (u consonant) we ; 
 qu, gwart ; ch, king ; th, thick ; ph, /un ; bs, like ps. 
 
14 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 town. 8. The garrison of the town will assist the common 
 people. 9. The commanders arm the auxiliaries and the allies. 
 10. Garrisons of auxiliary [forces] protect the towns. 11. The 
 commander of the camp gives the town assistance. 12. The 
 commanders of the garrison are in the camp. 
 
 LETTERS. 
 
 A, e, i, o, u, y, are vowels ; all other letters are consonants. 
 The combinations ae, au, ei, eu, oe, oi, ui, are diphthongs. P, b, 
 c (k), q, g, t, d, ch, th, are mutes ; I, m, w, r, liquids ; x and z double 
 consonants. / is a consonant before another vowel in the same 
 
 syllable. 
 
 SYLLABICATION. 
 
 1. Make the syllables of a Latin word the same in number as 
 its vowels and diphthongs ; e.g. nau'ta, a ml'cus. 
 
 2. Write a single consonant, or x, or two or more consonants 
 which can be used to begin a word, with the latter of two vowels ; 
 e.g. do'minus, auxi'lium, sca'pha, ca'stra. 
 
 3. Of other two consonants, write one with each vowel; of 
 more than two, join with the latter vowel those which can be 
 used to begin a word; e.g. Sul'la, demon'strat. 
 
 QUANTITY OF VOWELS AND SYLLABLES. 
 
 1. For quantity of vowels, see Exercise 1, Suggestions 2 and 3. 
 
 2. A syllable containing a long vowel or a diphthong is a long 
 syllable; e.g. non, nau'ta (first syllable). 
 
 3. A syllable containing a short vowel is a long syllable 
 when its vowel is followed by two or more consonants or 
 a double consonant, but when the first of two consonants is 
 a mute and the second a liquid, the syllable is common, that is, 
 short in prose, but sometimes long in poetry ; e.g. Cot'ta, a'gri 
 (first syllables). 
 
 a, a, papa ; b, o, oho ; u, u, fwll moon ; e, e, vacation ; i, machine ; i, holi- 
 ness ; ce, ay ; ce, boy ; au, now ; eu, feud ; ei, veil ; ui, we. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 15 
 
 4. Name syllables as indicated by the following word : 
 
 5432 1 
 Pe cu ni a' rum. 
 
 1. Ultima. 2. Penult. 3. Antepenult. 
 
 4. First syllable preceding the antepenult, etc. 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 1. Accent the penult of a word of two syllables; e.g. Gal'ba. 
 
 2. Accent the penult of a word of three or more syllables, if 
 the penult be a long syllable; otherwise, accent the antepenult; 
 e.g. a mt'cus, praefec'tus; fe'mina, do'minus. 
 
 Verify these rules by the preceding Exercises, and apply them 
 hereafter till mastered. 
 
 THE CHANGE FROM THE ACTIVE TO THE PASSIVE 
 
 VOICE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The subject (nominative) of the Active Voice, if a vol- 
 untary agent, is put in the ablative with a, or ab in the Passive; e.g. Brutus 
 in 1 becomes a Bruto in 2. 
 
 2. The object (accusative) of the Active Voice becomes the subject (nomi- 
 native) of the Passive ; e.g. auxilia and socios (aces.) in 9 become auxilia 
 and socii in 10. 
 
 3. The personal endings -t and -nt of the Active Voice become respec- 
 tively -tur and -ntur in the Passive ; e.g. vo'cat, he summons ; vo ca'tur, he 
 is summoned; vo'cant, they summon; vocan'tur, they are summoned. 
 
 4. In translation, such forms as they are summoned (Passive Voice) should 
 be carefully distinguished from they are summoning (Progressive Form, 
 Active Voice). 
 
 19. 
 
 1. Brutus Hberos sociorum vocat et confirmat. 2. Liberi soci- 
 orum a Bruto vocantur et confirmantur. 3. Tribuni servum 
 iuvant. 4. Servus a tribunis iuvatur. 5. Filiae fabri liberos 
 captivorum laudant et iuvant. 6. Liberi captivorum a Jiliabus 
 fabri laudantur et iuvantur. 7. Auxilia castra et oppida servant. 
 8. Castra et oppida ab auxiliis servantur. 9. Praefecti auxilia 
 
16 A STRAIGHT 'BO AD TO CAESAR. 
 
 et socios armant. 10. Auxilia et socil a praefectls armantur. 
 11. Kautae amicum captivorum confirmant. 12. Amicus capti- 
 vorum a nautis confirmatur. 13. Perfuga equos et scaphas parat. 
 14. Equi et scaphae a perfuga parantur. 15. Faber pueris pecu- 
 niam dat. 16. Pecunia pueris a fabro datur. 17. Claudius servo 
 scapham demonstrat. 18. Scapha servo a Claudio demonstratur. 
 
 20. 
 
 1. The commander summons the auxiliaries. 2. Auxiliaries 
 are summoned by the commander. 3. The engineers are prepar- 
 ing a camp. 4. A camp is prepared by the engineers. 5. The 
 council praises the sailors. 6. The sailors are praised by the 
 council. 7. Brutus, the friend of the slave, assists the allies. 
 
 8. The allies are assisted by Brutus, the friend of the slave. 
 
 9. The captive is showing [his] helmet to the tribune. 10. The 
 helmet is shown to the tribune by the captive. 11. Sulla gives 
 the deserters money. 12. Money is given to the deserters by 
 Sulla. 13. The master is encouraging [his] slaves. 14. The 
 slaves are encouraged by the master. 15. The garrisons protect 
 the women and children. 16. The women and children are pro- 
 tected by the garrisons. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -US, -A, -UM, SINGULAR NUMBER. 
 PASSIVE VOICE, OTHER TENSES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Observe that the masculine, feminine, and neuter forms 
 of these adjectives are declined like servus, scapha, and bellum respectively. 
 
 2. Genitives in -i for -ii accent the penult ; e.g. con ci'li. 
 
 3. The letters -ba (imperfect), -bi, -bu (future), are used before the per- 
 sonal ending of the passive, as in the active ; e.g. lau da Toa'tur, he was (being) 
 praised, lau dd'bi tur, he will be praised ; lau da bun' tur, they will be praised. 
 
 21. 
 
 1. Dominws bonws a servo vocatur. 2. Femina bona a filia 
 vocabatur, 3. Concilium bon?m a praefecto vocabitur. 4. Sulla 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAJ) TO CAESAR. 17 
 
 equum domim bom laudat. 5. Puer filiam feminae bonae lauda- 
 bat. 6. Praefectus decretum conciK bom laudabit. 7. Servus 
 domino bond auxilium dat. 8. Nauta feminae bonae scapham 
 dabat. 9. Tribunus concilio bond pecuniam dabit. 10. Praesi- 
 dium dominwm bonww confirmat. 11. Minerva feminaw bonam 
 confirmabat. 12. Galba concilium bomm confirmabit. 13. Galba, 
 domine bone, captivum servat. 14. Sulla, femina bona, liberos 
 servabat. 15. Brutus, conciliwm boimm, praesidium servabit. 
 16. Galba a socio bono servatur. 17. Minerva a femina bona 
 servabatur. 18. Praefectus a concilio bono servabitur. 
 
 22. 
 
 1. The good master encourages [his] slave. 2. The good 
 daughter was encouraging the children. 3. The good garrison 
 will encourage the common people. 4. The master of the good 
 slave was in camp. 5. The money of the good daughter is in 
 the town. 6. The commander of the good garrison will be in 
 Germany. 7. Brutus gives the good slave a horse. 8. The sailor 
 will give [his] good daughter a boat. 9. Galba was giving the 
 good garrison assistance. 10. The master assists [his] good 
 slave. 11. The woman will assist [her] good daughter. 12. The 
 auxiliaries were assisting the good garrison. 13. Good slave, the 
 master will be in camp. 14. Good daughter, Claudius was an 
 ally, not a deserter. 15. Good garrison, the camp is not in 
 danger. 16. The sailor is summoned by the good slave. 17. The 
 boy was summoned by the good daughter. 18. The commanders 
 will be summoned by the good garrison. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -US, -A, -UM, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 23. 
 
 1. Domim bom servos confirmant. 2. Feminae bonae filias con- 
 firmabant. 3. Concilia bona captivos confirmabunt. 4. Equi 
 dominomm bonorim a servls laudantur, 5. Filiae femindrtm 
 
18 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 bonarwra a pueris laudabantur. 6. Decreta conciliomm bonorwm 
 a praefecto laudabuntur. 7. Equi doming boms a servis dantur. 
 8. Scaphae femims boms a nautis dabantur. 9. Decreta con- 
 ciliis boms a praefectis dabuntur. 10. Servl dominos bonos 
 iuvant. 11. Amici feminas bonas iuvabant. 12. Tribun! con- 
 cilia bona iuvabunt. 13. Est bellum, doming bom, in Gallia. 
 14. Liberi, feminae bonae, erant in scapha. 15. In castris, con- 
 cilia bona, auxilia erunt et socii. 16. G-alba cum dominisbonis 
 erit in Gallia. 17. Minerva cum femims boms erat in Germauia. 
 18. Decreta a concilifs bonis servabuntur. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. bo'nus bo'na bo'num Plur. bo'ni bo'nae bo'na 
 
 Gen. bo'ni bo'nae bo'ni bo no'rum bo na' rum bo no 'rum 
 
 Dat. bo'no bo'nae bo'no bo'nis bo'nis bo'nis 
 
 Ace. bo'num bo'nam bo'num bo'nos bo'nas bo'na 
 
 Voc. foo'ne bo'na bo'num bo'ni bo'nae bo'na 
 
 Abl. bo'no bo'na bo'no bo'nis bo'nis bo'nis 
 
 24. 
 
 1. The good slaves were assisting [their] masters. 2. The 
 good daughters are assisting Minerva. 3. The good garrisons 
 will assist the common people. 4. The master of the good slaves 
 is in camp. 5. The friends of the good daughters were in the 
 town. 6. The commanders of the good garrisons will be in 
 Gaul. 7. The tribune gives the good slaves money. 8. The 
 sailor was giving [his] good daughters assistance. 9. The com- 
 mander will give the good garrisons auxiliary [forces]. 10. The 
 masters will praise [their] good slaves. 11. The woman was 
 praising [her] good daughters. 12. The auxiliary [forces] are 
 praising the good garrisons. 13. Good slaves, your master was 
 not in danger. 14. Good daughters, the children are not cap- 
 tives. 15. Good garrisons, the allies will be in camp. 16. The 
 boy is protected by the good slaves. 17. The woman was pro- 
 tected by [her] good daughters. 18. The town will be pro- 
 tected by [means of] good garrisons. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 19 
 
 ATTRIBUTIVE AND PREDICATE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. When a Latin noun is limited by two adjectives, as 
 in 11, below, do not omit the conjunction. 
 
 2. An attributive adjective is applied directly to its noun; e.g. vir bonus, 
 a good man. Adjectives otherwise applied are predicate adjectives; e.g. vir 
 est bonus, the man is good. 
 
 25. 
 
 1. Nauta erat saucius. Scapha erit nova. Concilium est 
 clarum. 2. Filia nautae saucii saepe iuvabatur. 3. Auxilium 
 nrnlturn nautae saucio a tribune claro dabatur. 4. Minerva 
 feminae clarae pecuniam dabit. 5. Socii dominum saucium et 
 filiam claram iuvabant. 6. Praefectus, cum fabro claro, magno 
 in periculo erat. 7. Decretum concili clari erit bonum. 8. Viri 
 multi sunt et clari. Galeae erunt novae. Pericula erant magna. 
 9. Filiae feminarum sauciarum erant clarae. 10. Liberi fabrorum 
 sauciorum sunt multi. 11. Sulla captivis Claris agros multos 
 et magnos dabat. 12. Deer eta nova praefectis demonstrantur. 
 13. Fabri cum viris multis oppidum servabant. 14. Erant in 
 castris captiv! multi et saucii. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Norn, sau'ci us sau'ci a sau'ci um 
 
 Gen. sau'ci i sau'ci ae sau'ci I 
 
 Dat. sau'ci 6 sau'ci ae sau'ci 6 
 
 Ace. sau'ci um sau'ci am sau'ci um 
 
 Voc. sau'ci e sau'ci a sau'ci um 
 
 Abl. sau'ci 5 sau'ci a sau'ci 6 
 
 Plur. Nom. sau'ci I sau'ci ae sau'ci a 
 
 Gen. saucio'rum saucia'rum saucio'rum 
 
 Dat. sau'ci Is sau'ci Is sau'ci Is 
 
 Ace. sau'ci 6s sau'ci as sau'ci a 
 
 Voc. sau'ci I sau'ci ae sau'ci a 
 
 Abl. sau'ci Is sau'ci Is sau'ci Is 
 
 The masculine of sau'ci us is declined like the noun so'ci us 
 with -il instead of -I in the gen. sing. ; the feminine like ga'- 
 le a ; the neuter like con ci'li um. Like bo'nus decline cld'rus, 
 md'ynm, mul'tux, and no'vus. 
 
20 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 26. 
 
 1. The man will be illustrious. The daughter is good. The 
 town was large. 2. The children of the wounded slave are 
 many. 3. The decree of the illustrious council will encourage 
 the garrison. 4. The allies are armed and will give assistance to 
 many wounded slaves. 5. The tribune was giving the illustrious 
 captive money. 6. The commander shows the auxiliary [forces] 
 the new danger. 7. The engineer and the illustrious captive 
 are armed. 8. The auxiliaries with many allies will be in the 
 town. 9. The tribunes are illustrious. The boats were large. 
 The garrisons will be many. 10. The horses of the allies were 
 praised by the auxiliaries. 11. The children of the wounded 
 allies were in great danger. 12. The common people will assist 
 the wounded allies. 13. The engineers are preparing a large 
 camp. 14. The illustrious commander was the son of a great 
 man. 
 
 GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. As a general rule, a noun limiting an adjective is put 
 in the dative. Some adjectives, however, like cupidus and plenus, are 
 followed by the genitive. For the ablative with adjectives, see Exercise 31. 
 
 2. Figures and letters joined to words refer to the Directions at the end 
 of the Exercise. Grammatical sections designated by figures are to be 
 learned ; those designated by letters are to be read and applied. 
 
 27. 
 
 1. Perfugaest auxili 1 cupidus. 2. Bellum erit periculi 1 plenum. 
 3. Captivus saucius belli non erat cupidus. 4. Oppida virorum 
 sauciorum plena erunt. 5. Praef ecti cum socils 2 multis erunt in 
 oppidis. 6. Minerva cum filia 2 clara magno in periculo erat. 
 7. Decretum parabitur et concilio claro demonstrabitur. 8. Con- 
 cilium erit virorum clarorum plenum. 9. Decretum concili bom 
 tribunum saepe iuvabit. 10. Nautae scapharum novarum cupidi 
 erant. 11. Fabri scaphas niultas parabunt. 12. Scapha erat 
 nautarum et liberorum plena. 13. Praesidium equorum multorum 
 est cupidum. 
 
A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAK. 21 
 
 DIRECTION. 
 
 Learn A. & G. 
 
 : ! 218, a ; Rule 18 
 
 (p. 381). 2 2 48, a; 
 
 
 
 Rule 47. 
 
 
 
 H. 
 
 : i 399 and I. , 1,2,3 
 
 ; Rule XVII. (p. 326); 
 
 2 419, 1; Rule XXI V.I. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 cu'pi dus 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 cu'pi dum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cu'pi di 
 
 cu'pi dae 
 
 cu'pi di 
 
 Dat. 
 
 cu'pi do 
 
 cu'pi dae 
 
 cu'pi do 
 
 Ace. 
 
 cu'pi dum 
 
 cu'pi dam 
 
 cu'pi dum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 cu'pi de 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 cu'pi dum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 cu'pi do 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 cu'pi do 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 cu'pi di 
 
 cu'pi dae 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cu pi do 'rum 
 
 cu pi da'rum 
 
 cu pi do 'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 cu'pi dos 
 
 cu'pi das 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 Voc. 
 
 cu'pi di 
 
 cu'pi dae 
 
 cu'pi da 
 
 Abl. 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 cu'pi dis 
 
 Decline ple'nus like bo' nus. 
 
 28. 
 
 1. There is a large garrison in the town. 2. The town will be 
 protected by auxiliary [forces]. 3. The garrison was desirous 
 of new auxiliaries. 4. New auxiliaries are often desirous of war. 
 5. There were many auxiliary [forces] in the camp. 6. The 
 town was full of women and children. 7. The women and chil- 
 dren praise the illustrious garrison. 8. The great council will 
 be full of illustrious men. 9. The council is desirous of new 
 allies and much money. 10. The commander was encouraged by 
 a decree of the council. 11. The allies were desirous of new 
 horses. 12. There were many horses in the fields. 
 
 DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Amicus has thus far been used as a noun with the 
 t genitive. It is properly an adjective, declined like bonus and limited by a 
 noun in the dative. Carefully distinguish these uses. 
 
 2. Inimicus, 7, is the preposition in, compounded with amlcus. In the 
 syllabication of compounds the parts should be separated ; hence, in i ml'cus, 
 not i ni ml'cus. 
 
 3. Et . . . et, as in 4, below, is to be translated both . . . and. 
 
22 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 29. 
 
 1. Servi dominis l saepe sunt amid. 2. Domini saepe sunt ser- 
 vorum amid. 3. Tribunus concilio erat acceptus. 4. Decretum 
 et praesidio et auxilils erit acceptum. 5. Praesidium auxiliis 
 erit amicum. 6. Periculum auxiliorum praesidio erat notum. 
 7. Vulgus bello est inimicum. 8. Praesidium non erat belli cupi- 
 dum. 9. Castra erunt nautarum sauciorum plena. 10. Servus 
 erat et captivorum et perfugarum amicus. 11. Socii captivis sunt 
 amicl, perfugis inimicl. 12. Perfugae sociis erant not!. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. Learn A. & G. : 1 23* and a ; Rule 28. 
 
 H. : !391 and I. ; Rule XIV. 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 a mi'cus 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 a mi'ci 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 a mi'co 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 a ml'cum 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 a mi'ce 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 a mi'co 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ami'cl 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 a ml co 'rum 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 a mi'cis 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 a mi'coa 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 a ml'ci 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 a mi'cia 
 
 F. 
 
 aml'ca 
 a mi'cae 
 a mi'cae 
 a mi 'cam 
 a mi'ca 
 aml'ca 
 
 N. 
 
 a ml'cum 
 ami'cl 
 a mi'co 
 a ml'cum 
 a ml'cum 
 a mi'co 
 
 a mi'cae 
 
 a mi'ca 
 
 a mi ca'rum 
 
 a ml co'rum 
 
 a ml'ciB 
 
 ami'cis 
 
 a mi'cas 
 
 a mi'ca 
 
 a mi'cae 
 
 a mi'ca 
 
 a mi'cis 
 
 a mi'cis 
 
 Like a mi'cus decline accep'tus, also ini mi'cus; decline 
 no'tus like bo'nus. 
 
 30. 
 
 1 . The sailor was well known to the commander. 2. The com- 
 mander is friendly to the children of the sailor. 3. There is 
 danger in camp ; the allies are unfriendly to the tribune. 4. The 
 tribune was not a friend of the allies. 5. Assistance will be 
 acceptable to the tribune. 6. Both the commanders and the 
 tribunes were well known to the allies. 7. The camp was full of 
 deserters. 8. The deserters were not unfriendly to the com- 
 mander of the camp. 9. The commander of the camp was well 
 known to the garrison. 10. Money will be acceptable to the 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 23 
 
 engineers. 11. The engineers are friendly to the sons of Claudius. 
 12. The dangers of war are not acceptable to many men. 
 
 ABLATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. A few adjectives like dignus and indignus are followed 
 by the ablative. 
 
 2. Possessive pronouns are adjectives agreeing with their nouns in gender, 
 number, and case. They also refer to a possessor, expressed or implied ; 
 meus, my; tuus, thy, your, to one possessor; suus, his, her, its, their, to 
 one or more. 
 
 3. Suus refers to the subject of a proposition, as a possessor ; e.g. in 2, 
 below, suo refers to vir, the subject (the possessor} , but agrees with tribune. 
 
 31. 
 
 1. Praefectus est saucius et auxilio 1 tuo dignus. 2. Vir dignus 
 a tribuno suo laudabatur. 3. Castra tua erant fabro tuo indigna. 
 4. Castra mea a fabro tuo non parabantur. 5. Decreta concili 
 tui et multa et accepta erant. 6. Socii tui decretis tuis digni 
 erant. 7. Dominus servo suo pecuniam multam dabat. 8. Ser- 
 vus bonus domino suo erat dignus. 9. Amici tui auxili mei 
 non erunt cupidi. 10. Amici mei a servis suis servabuntur. 
 11. Faber, fill mi, est amicus et tuus et meus. 12. Feminae 
 filiabus suis pecuniam multam dabant. 13. Filiae tuae pecunia 
 tua sunt dignae. 14. Mel libeii filiarum tuarum amici sunt. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. Learn A. & G. : 1 245 and a, 1 ; Rule 42. 
 
 H. : 1 421, III. ; Rule XXVI., III. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. me'us me'a me'um Plur. me'I me'ae me'a 
 
 Gen. me'I me'ae me'I me o'rum me a'rum me 6'rum 
 
 Dat. me'6 me'ae me'o me'is me'is me'is 
 
 Ace. me'um me'am me'um me'os me'as me'a 
 
 Voc. mi me'a me'um me'I me'ae me'a 
 
 Abl. me'6 me'a me'5 me'is me'is mels 
 
 Like me'us decline tu'us and su'us, omitting the vocative ; 
 like bo'nus, dl'gnus ; like aml'cus, indl'gnus. 
 
24 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 32. 
 
 1. The good master was praised by his slave. 2. The slave 
 was not unworthy of his master. 3. My commander is praising 
 his auxiliary [forces]. 4. The auxiliary [forces] are worthy of 
 my commanders. 5. The town was friendly both to your allies 
 and to your auxiliaries. 6. Your allies were not unfriendly to 
 their commanders. 7. My well-known friends are desirous of 
 your boat. 8. Your son will be in the boat with your daughter. 
 9. The daughters of your commanders were in my camp. 10. My 
 commander with his daughters was in your camp. 11. Your 
 commanders are worthy of their friends. 12. Your daughter is 
 not unworthy of her friends. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -ER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The possessive pronouns, noster, our, and veater, 
 your, are adjectives agreeing with their nouns, but they refer to more than 
 one possessor, expressed or implied. 
 
 2. When a noun is limited by an adjective and a noun in the genitive, a 
 common order is, adj., gen., noun. See 7. 
 
 33. 
 
 1. Auxilia nostra 1 vulgus miserum delectant. 2. Vulgus mi- 
 serum ab auxiliis nostris delectatur. 3. Decretum vestrum socils 
 nostris non erit acceptum. 4. Amici nostri scaphis suis delec- 
 tantur. 5. Noster captivus miser non erat cupidus belli. 6. Bel- 
 lum nostrum captivum miserum non delectat. 7. Misera Claud! 
 filia magno in periculo est. 8. Yestri socii not! agros nostros 
 vastant. 9. Agri nostri a socils vestris vastantur. 10. Oppidum 
 nostrorum sociorum miserorum praesidio vastatur. 11. Praesi- 
 dium vestrum oppida nostra vastat. 12. Praefectus nostro cap- 
 tlvo misero equum suum dabit. 13. Amici flliarum vestrarum 
 perfugis auxilium dabunt. 14. Filiae captlvorum nostrorum non 
 sunt in Gallia. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 197 ; Rule 2. 
 
 H. : i 438 and 1 ; Rule XXXIV. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 25 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 no'ster 
 
 no'stra 
 
 no'strum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 no'stri 
 
 no'strae 
 
 no'stri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 no'stro 
 
 no'strae 
 
 no'stro 
 
 Ace. 
 
 no 'strum 
 
 no'stram 
 
 no' strum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 no'ster 
 
 no'stra 
 
 no'strum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 no'stro 
 
 no'stra 
 
 no'stro 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 no'stri 
 
 no'strae 
 
 no'stra 
 
 Gen. 
 
 no stro'rum 
 
 no stra'rum 
 
 no stro'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 no'stris 
 
 no'stris 
 
 no'stris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 no'stros 
 
 no'stras 
 
 no'stra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 no'stri 
 
 no'strae 
 
 no'stra 
 
 Abl. 
 
 no'stris 
 
 no'stris 
 
 no'stris 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 mi'ser 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 mi'se rum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 mi'se ri 
 
 mi'se rae 
 
 mi'se ri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 mi'se ro 
 
 mi'se rae 
 
 mi'se ro 
 
 Ace. 
 
 mi'se rum 
 
 mi'se ram 
 
 mi'se rum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 mi'ser 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 mi'se rum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 mi'se ro 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 mi'se ro 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 mi'se ri 
 
 mi'se rae 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 Gen. 
 
 misero'rum 
 
 mi se ra'rum 
 
 misero'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 mi'se ros 
 
 mi'se ras 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 mi'se ri 
 
 mi'se rae 
 
 mi'se ra 
 
 Abl. 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 mi'se ris 
 
 Like no'ster decline ve'ster. 
 
 34. 
 
 1. Our new boat delights the children. 2. Both sons and 
 daughters are delighted with our boat. 3. Our auxiliary [forces] 
 delight their commander. 4. Our commander is delighted with 
 his auxiliary forces. 5. The fields of our allies are laid waste 
 by the unworthy garrison. 6. The wounded commander was 
 assisted by our friends. 7. The field will be protected by our 
 auxiliaries. 8. The garrisons of your towns were desirous of 
 assistance. 9. Your towns are worthy of good garrisons. 10. The 
 friends of our slaves lay waste many unfortunate towns. 11. In 
 our council there were many illustrious men. 12. The council 
 
26 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 will be friendly to your allies. 13. The unworthy garrison lays 
 waste our unfortunate town. 14. Our unfortunate town is laid 
 waste by the unworthy garrison. 
 
 ADJECTIVES USED AS NOUNS. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Adjectives and possessive pronouns are often used as 
 nouns ; e.g. amicus. a friend. Especially are many masc. and neut. pi. 
 forms thus used; e.g. multi, the many, many, many men ; multa, many 
 things ; bom, the good, good men ; bona, goods nostri, our forces, our 
 men / sui, his (their} forces, his (their} men; sua, his (their) property. 
 
 35. 
 
 1. Multl* bonos laudant. 2. Auxilia nostros l servabunt. 3. Nos- 
 trl 2 agros vulgi vastabant. 4. Bom non erunt bellorum cupidi. 
 5. Brutus amico meo sua dabit. 6. Praefecti tribuno suos demon- 
 strabant. 7. Tribunus a suls servabitur. 8. Multa filias no- 
 stras delectabunt. 9. Feminae bonae filiabus mels multa dabunt. 
 10. Bona captivorum socils nostiis dabantur. 11. Socii nostri 
 amicis suis bona demonstrant. 12. Amici sociorum a nostiis con- 
 firmabuntur. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Read A. & G. : a !88 and Remark; 190, a ; 197, d. 
 
 H. : a 441 and 1; 449 and 4. 
 2. Learn A. & G. : J Rule 30. 2 Rule 13. 
 H. : i Rule V. 2 Rule III. 
 
 36. 
 
 1. Ours (our forces) were assisting the garrison. 2. Worthy 
 friends will assist ours (our forces). 3. There will be many 
 good [men] in the council. 4. The council will give many 
 [things] to our slaves. 5. Many [things] will be acceptable to 
 our slaves. 6. The good are worthy of their friends. 7. The 
 commander will protect the goods of his friends. 8. Our friends 
 will give their [property] to the commander. 9. Worthy men 
 were encouraging the good. 10. The tribune was encouraged by 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 27 
 
 his [forces]. 11. Ours (our men) often praise the well-known 
 tribune. 12. The well-known tribune is praised by ours (our 
 men). 
 
 RECAPITULATION, WITH NEW NOUNS OF THE FIRST 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Gloriae causa in 15, below, is to be translated for the 
 sake of glory. 
 
 37. 
 
 1. Fuga feminarum 1 et llberorum causam tuam non iuvabit. 
 2. Causa fugae erat periculum provinciae nostrae. 3. Nostra 
 provincia a sociis tuis vastabatur. 4. Praefectus gloria magna 
 erat dignus. 5. Magna est gloria causae tuae. 6. Socii nostri 
 causae tuae erant amid. 7. Praesidium nostrum provinciam tuam 
 non vastabit. 8. Est silva magna in provincia nostra. 9. Erant 
 in silva perfugae multi. 10. Silvae multae et magnae provin- 
 cias servabunt. 11. Sunt oppida multa in provinciis nostris. 
 12. Misera oppidorum praesidia auxill erant cupida. 13. Nostri 
 oppidis 2 auxilium dabunt. 14. Bellum provinciis non est ac- 
 ceptum. 15. Socii nostri gloriae causa armabantur. 16. Gloria 
 bell! nostros socios delectabit. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Learn A. & G. : * 213 ; Rule 14. 2 224 ; 225 ; Rule 21. 
 H. : !395 ; Rule XVI. 2 384 and II. ; Rule 
 XII., II. 
 
 2. Decline cau'sa, fu'ga, sil'va like nau'ta; provin'cia like pecu'nia. 
 
 38. 
 
 1. Ours (our forces) were protected by a forest. 2. The forest 
 is in our province. 3. A slave shows the forest to the command- 
 ers. 4. There were many wounded men in the forest. 5. The 
 illustrious commander of the province is a worthy man. 6. The 
 worthy commander will give the province assistance. 7. The prov- 
 ince will be protected by new auxiliary [forces]. 8. The well- 
 known allies will be friendly to our cause. 9. Our cause is 
 
28 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 the cause of our provinces. 10. The good will encourage our 
 cause and protect our glory. 11. Our garrisons and auxiliary 
 forces are the glory of our commanders. 12. Our provinces were 
 full of large forests. 13. Many [men] were praising the forests 
 and the friendly provinces. 
 
 RECAPITULATION, WITH NEW NOUNS OF THE SECOND 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Hiberna was originally the neuter plural of an adjective 
 declined like bonus, the expression hiberna castra meaning winter camp, 
 winter quarters. Later, castra was omitted, leaving hiberna with the com- 
 bined signification of both words. Many adjectives are thus used in all 
 numbers and genders. Compare Suggestion, Exercise 35. 
 
 39. 
 
 1. Nuntius legatum et praefectum confirmabat. 2. Legatus 
 nuntium et praesidium confirmabit. 3. Provincia et legato et 
 nuntio erit arnica. 4. Nuntii amic! et legati populo Romano erant 
 dignl. 5. Legatus erat provinciae acceptus. (5. Magnum est im- 
 perium populi Roman!. 7. Imperium magnum populo l Romano 
 dabatur. 8. Populus Romanus legato digno imperium dabit. 
 9. Domicilium legato claro dlgnum est. 10. Legati nostri domi- 
 cilia in Gallia parabant. 11. Nota nuntiorum domicilia sunt in 
 provincia. 12. Nuntii a legatis servabantur. 13. Legati nuntils 
 pecuniam multam dabant. 14. Pecunia legatorum nuntios delec- 
 tabat. 15. Nostri hiberna parabunt. 16. Hiberna a nostiis para- 
 buntur. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Learn A. & G. : 1 225, e. 
 
 H. : 1384 and I. 
 
 2. Decline nun' tins like so'cius; Uga'tus and praefec'tus like captl'vus; 
 po'puluslike do'minus; Roma'nus like aml'cus; impe'rium and domici'- 
 li um like con ci'li um ; hi ber'na like the plural of de ere 1 turn. 
 
 40. 
 
 1. Many [men] were protecting the worthy messenger. 2. The 
 Roman people will give the messenger a new abode. 3. The 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 29 
 
 abode of the messenger is in our province. 4. The well-known 
 messenger is worthy of the Roman people. 5. New power was 
 given to a friend of the illustrious lieutenant. 6. The lieutenant 
 will protect the power of the Roman people. 7. The good are 
 not unfriendly to the ambassador and the Roman people. 8. The 
 flight of the messengers will not delight the Roman people. 
 9. The messengers are unworthy of power. 10. Friends will 
 assist the unfortunate messengers. 11. The abodes of the de- 
 serters are well-known to the messengers. 12. The danger to 
 (genitive) the winter [quarters] was not great. 13. The winter 
 [quarters] were protected by our lieutenants. 14. Our lieu- 
 tenants with many messengers are in the winter [quarters]. 
 
 NOUNS. THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 NOUNS IN -OR, MASCULINE GENDER, SINGULAR 
 NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Norn, and voc. sign ; gen., -is; dat., -I; ace., -em; abl., -e. 
 
 41. 
 
 1. Orator est arnicus meus. 2. Victor erat oratom amicus. 
 3. Orator honore 1 magno dignus est. 4. Victor clarus nostros 
 confirmabit. 5. Honor victom oratorem delectabit. 6. Honor 
 novus victoii ab oratore dabatur. 7. Concilium novum honore 
 victom delectatur. 8. Orator et victorewi et bellum laudabat. 
 
 9. Populus Romanus nostro oratoii claro honorem magnum dat. 
 
 10. Populus Romanus honoris est cupidus. 11. Gloria populi 
 Roman! a victore servabatur. 12. Honor populi Roman! ab 
 oratore servabitur. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Learn A. & G. : l 65, a. 
 H. : i 99. 
 
 2. Nouns in -or are masculine ; but apply Direction, Exercise 7. Excep- 
 tions to the special rules for endings of the third declension will be elsewhere 
 noted. 
 
30 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 42. 
 
 1. The orator was a friend of the victor. 2. The victor will 
 assist the children of the orator. 3. The orator was protecting 
 the honor of the victor. 4. Honor was given to the illustrious 
 victor. 5. The victor was worthy of honor. 6. The well-known 
 orator delights the Eoman people. 7. The Koman people praise 
 the orator and the victor. 8. The victor was showing our camp 
 to the orator. 9. The tribune was summoned by the orator and 
 the victor. 10. The tribune is a friend of the orator. 11. Our 
 commanders are friendly to the honor of worthy men. 12. The 
 orator and the victor were not unworthy of honor. 
 
 NOUNS IN -OR, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Nom., ace., and voc. case- ending, -es ; gen., -um ; dat. 
 and abl., -ibus. 
 
 2. A collective noun usually takes a singular verb, but if the thought of 
 the individual prevails, the plural is often used. 
 
 43. 
 
 1. Populus Romanus victores armabat et oratores corinrma- 
 bat. 2. Oratores victorious honores dabunt. 3. Victores saepe 
 honortm cupidi sunt. 4. Honores et victort&ws et oratonTms 
 dabuntur. 5. Liberi oratorwm et victorzm honoriTms non sunt 
 indigni. 6. Bom ab oraton&ws et victories confirmabuntur. 
 7. Uxor senatoris erat soror uxoris meae. 8. Vulgus uxorem 
 senatom, sororem feminae bonae, laudat. 9. Senator uxore 
 sua est dignus. 10. Senatores uxores suas et sorores vocabant. 
 
 11. Uxores senatorwm soYdribus oratorwm pecuniam dabunt. 
 
 12. Sorores uxor victoris pecuniam demon strant. 13. Amlci 
 sororwm a senat6ri'6MS confirmabantur. 
 
 Sing. Nom. ho'nor 5 ra' tor 
 
 Gen. hono'ris orat5'ris 
 Dat. ho no'ri orato'ii 
 
 Sing. Ace. ho no'rem o ra to'rem 
 Voc. ho'nor 6 ra'tor 
 
 Abl. ho no 're orato're 
 
A STUAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 31 
 
 Plur. Norn, ho nd'res 5 ra to 'res 
 Gen. ho no 'rum 6 ra to 'rum 
 Dat. ho no'ri bus 6 ra to'ri bus 
 
 Plur. Ace. ho no'res o ra tS'res 
 Voc. ho no 'res 5 ra to 'res 
 Abl. ho no'ri bus 6 ra to'ri bus 
 
 Like ho'nor decline so'ror, u'xor and vie 1 'tor ; like ord'tor, send'tor. 
 
 44. 
 
 1. The senators were protecting their wives and sisters. 2. The 
 sisters were protected by the senators. 3. The sisters of the 
 senators were the wives of orators. 4. The orators were worthy 
 of their good wives. 5. The friends of our wives and sisters are 
 sons of senators. 6. Our good wives are with the victors and 
 their sisters. 7. The victors will be in Gaul with our orators. 
 8. The honors of the victors will delight our orators. 9. Orators 
 will praise the victors and the worthy senators. 10. The sena- 
 tors will be encouraged by honors. 11. The Eoman people give 
 honors to their senators. 12. Honors are given both to the vic- 
 tors and the orators. 13. Our [property] will be given to our 
 wives and sisters. 
 
 NOUNS IN -JO, FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Case-endings will be as in Exercises 41 and 43 until 
 further mention. 
 
 2. Nouns in -io Have lost a final n from the nom. and voc. sing., which 
 must be replaced to form the stem to which the case signs are affixed ; e.g. 
 legio, the nom., becomes legion, the stem; gen., legionis, etc. 
 
 3. To Vesontio, to Rome, etc. , meaning in the direction of, is expressed by 
 the accusative case : e.g. Vesontionem, Romam, etc. 
 
 4. Verbs like monet ; i.e. Pres. monet, monent ; Imp. wcmebat, mo- 
 webant ; Fut. monebit, wowebunt, are of the Second Conjugation. 
 
 5. Verbs like ducit ; i.e. Pres. ducit, ducunt ; Imp. dwcebat, dwcebant ; 
 Fut. ducet, ducent, are of the Third Conjugation. 
 
 45. 
 
 1. Vesontio 1 et Avaricum in Gallia simt. 2. Praefectus Veson- 
 tionis nationem 2 monet. 3. Natio a praefecto Vesontionis mo- 
 netur. 4. Tribunus legionem Komam 3 ducit. 5. Legio Romam 
 
32 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 a tribune ducitur. 6. Honor nationis gloria legionis est. 7. Po- 
 pulus Romanus Vesontionem auxilium mittit. 8. Auxilium Ve- 
 sontionem. a populo Romano mittitur. 9. Senator nation! ami- 
 cus erat, legion! inimicus. 10. Orator legione et natione est 
 dignus. 11. Nation es Galliae Genavam legiones multas mittunt 
 et auxilia sua monent. 12. Legiones nmltae Genavam a natio- 
 nibus Galliae mittuntur et auxilia monentur. 13. Victores legi- 
 onibus nostris et nationibus Galliae erant not!. 14. Amici 
 nationum erant legionum nostrarum amici. 15. Victores legi- 
 ones suas Avaricura ducunt. 16. Multae legiones Avaricum 
 ducuntur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : !29, 1, 2, and Note. *65, 6. 3 258, b. 
 
 H.: J 42, I., 1, 2; II., 1, 2. 2 105 and 100, 3. 
 a 380 and II.; Rule X., II. 
 
 Sing. Nom. na/tio 
 
 Gen. na ti o'nis 
 
 Dat. na ti 6'ni 
 
 Ace. natio'nem 
 
 Voc. na'ti 5 
 
 Abl. natio'ne 
 
 Plur. natio'nes 
 natio'num 
 nati 6'ni bus 
 
 natio'nes 
 na ti o'nes 
 natio'nibus 
 
 Sing. Ve son'ti o 
 Ve son ti 6'nis 
 Vesonti o'ni 
 Ve son ti o'nem 
 Ve son'ti 5 
 Veson tio'ne 
 
 Like na'ti o decline le'gio. Decline new nouns of the first and second 
 declension wherever introduced. 
 
 46. 
 
 1. There is in Gaul an unfriendly nation. 2. Allies give 
 assistance to the unworthy nation. 3. The allies of the nation 
 lay waste our provinces. 4. The Eoman people send many 
 legions to Geneva. 5. A tribune with his legion is sent to 
 Vesontio. 6. The garrison of Vesontio is well-known to the le- 
 gion. 7. The commander of a legion leads auxiliary [forces] to 
 Avaricum. 8. The auxiliary [forces] with our legions will protect 
 the province. 9. The nations of Germany will be unfriendly to 
 our legions. 10. The commanders of our legions warn the nations 
 of Germany. 11. Illustrious men of many nations are sent to 
 Rome. 12. Our ambassadors will not be acceptable to the nations 
 of Germany. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 33 
 
 NOUNS IN -AS, FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The case-ending of the nom. and voc. sing, is -B. 
 
 2. In these nouns a final t of the stem has been suppressed before the case 
 ending -a: e.g. clvitaa is for civita(t)&. Decline, therefore, nom. clvitdB ; 
 gen. clvitdtis, etc. 
 
 3. Studet, he is devoted to, i.e. he desires ; persuadet, he makes it pleas- 
 ant to, i.e. he persuades; and favet, he is favorable to, i.e. he favors; are 
 followed by the dative. 
 
 47. 
 
 1. Civitas libertati favet et potestati a studet. 2. Populus 
 Roinanus libertate est dignus. 3. Roma est potestatis et liberta- 
 tis domicilium. 4. Magna est potestas et libertas clvitatis. 
 5. Senatores nobilitati 1 favent et civitati 1 persuadent. 6. Civi- 
 tas potestatem magnam nobilitati dabit. 7. Nobilitas legionibus 
 multis libertatem populi Roman! servabit. 8. Magna est gloria 
 et honor nobilitatis. 9. Praefectus clarus nobilitatem duce- 
 bat. 10. Imperium civitatum inimicarum nobilitatem monebat. 
 11. Orator notus et nobilitati et civitatibus persuadet. 12. Nobi- 
 litas civitates Galliae monebant. 13. Amid nobilitatis a civita- 
 tibus monebantur. 14. Viri clari Romam a nobilitate mittebantur. 
 15. Praefecti auxilia Vesontionem mittebant. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G.: a 227, e and 3. 
 
 H.: a 385; 371, III., Note 3. 
 Learn A. & G. : 1 227 ; Rule 22. 
 H.: 1385, I., II. 
 
 Sing. Nom. ci'vi tas Plur. ci vi ta'tes 
 
 Gen. civita'tis civita'tum (ium) 
 
 Dat. civita'ti civita'tibus 
 
 Ace. civita'tem civi ta'tes (is) 
 
 Voc. ci'vi tas ci vi ta'tes 
 
 Abl. clvita'te civita'tibus 
 
 Sing. Nom. H ber'tas Plur. H ber ta'tes 
 
 Gen. liberta'tis II ber ta'tum (ium) 
 
 Dat. liberta'ti II ber ta'ti bus 
 
 Ace. liberta'tem liber ta'tes (is) 
 
 Voc. H ber'tas II ber ta'tes 
 
 Abl. II ber ta'te H ber ta'ti bus 
 
 Like ci'vi tas decline no bi'li tds ; like li ber'tas, po te'stds. 
 
34 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 48. 
 
 1. The nobility desires power. 2. The Roman people will give 
 power to the nobility. 3. The power of the nobility is great. 
 4. The state is desirous of liberty and power. 5. Liberty will 
 give power to a state. 6. The state is not unworthy of power 
 and liberty. 7. The good were praising the state and the nobil- 
 ity. 8. The nobility was worthy of the state. 9. The states of 
 Germany favor liberty. 10. Our senators were admonishing 
 (warning) the states. 11. Unfriendly orators favor the states. 
 
 12. The nobility of the states was sending many legions to Geneva. 
 
 13. The commander was sending the auxiliaries to Avaricum. 
 
 NOUNS IN -DT5 (gen. -mis), FEMININE GENDER. 
 ALSO HOMO AND CAESAR. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Homo and nouns in -do have lost a final n of the stem 
 in the nom. and voc. sing. In the other cases 6 preceding n has become i. 
 Hence, nom. homo, gen. hominia, etc. ; noin. fortitude, gen. fortitudinia, etc. 
 
 2. Ex-pellit means he drives out; it is followed by the ablative, often with 
 a preposition, to denote the place from which. 
 
 49. 
 
 1. Vir clarus est Caesar, servus Caesaris bonus homo. 2. Caesar 
 homini bono, servo suo, libertatem dabit. 3. Amid Caesaris 
 hominem dignum confirmabunt. 4. Est multitude hominum ini- 
 inlcorum in Gallia. 5. Socii ignoti multitudim inimicse favebant. 
 6. Nostri civitate 1 homines indlgnos expell unt. 7. Fuga multitu- 
 dinis Caesarem monebit. 8. Caesar nostros, non multitudinem, 
 armabit. 9. Caesar fortitiidinem confirmabit et victores multis 
 cum honoribus Romam mlttet. 10. Vesontio fortitudine tribunl, 
 hominis clari, servabitur. 11. Tribunus cum Caesare et multitu- 
 dine nobilitatis Vesontionem mittetur. 12. Magna est potestas 
 fortitudinis. 13. Praefecti indigni multis cum hominibus, perfu- 
 gis et servis, provincia expelluntur. 14. Praefectus provinciae 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 35 
 
 Caesari et hoininibus multls est notus. 15. Multi homines gloriae 
 causa fortitudini student. 16. Tribuni legiones multas Genavam 
 ducent. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 243 and a ; Rule 38. 
 
 H. : 1 413 ; 414, I. ; Rule XXII. 
 
 Sing. Norn, ho'mo Plur. ho'mi nes 
 
 Gen. ho'mi nis ho'minum 
 
 Dat. ho'mi ni ho mi'ni bus 
 
 Ace. ho'mi nem ho'mi nes 
 
 Voc. ho'mo ho'mi nes 
 
 Abl. ho'mi lie ho mi'ni bus 
 
 Sing. Nom. fortitu'do Plur. for ti tu'di nes 
 
 Gen. for ti tu'di nis for ti tu'di num 
 
 Dat. for ti tu'di ni fortitudi'nibus 
 
 Ace. for ti tu'di nem for ti tu'di nes 
 
 Voc. for ti tu'dS for ti tu'di nes 
 
 Abl. for ti tu'di ne for ti tu di'ni bus 
 
 Like for ti tu'do decline multitu'do. Write the declension of Cae'sarfroin 
 the Latin sentences. 
 
 50. 
 
 1. The illustrious commander is the son of an unworthy man. 
 2. Caesar will send the illustrious man to Kome. 3. Rome is 
 the abode of bravery. 4. The bravery of the multitude will 
 delight Caesar. 5. Caesar will encourage bravery. 6. The nobil- 
 ity desire war and persuade the multitude. 7. The multitude is 
 encouraged by Caesar's bravery. 8. Caesar is not unworthy of 
 the multitude. 9. The multitude desire a worthy man. 10. A 
 good cause is not assisted by an unworthy man. 11. Men 
 unfriendly to Caesar were laying waste our fields. 12. Desert- 
 ers are friendly to the unworthy men. 13. There were many 
 sailors with the unfriendly men. 14. Slaves are friends of the 
 unworthy men. 15. The states prepare war and drive the 
 unworthy multitude from the province. 
 
36 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 NOUNS IN -O(gen.-owis), MASCULINE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. These nouns, like those in -io, and -do, have lost the 
 final n of the stem in the nom. and voc. sing., but unlike those nouns retain 6 
 before n in the other cases. 
 
 2. Ad means to, i.e. up to; in means to, i.e. to a position within, into, 
 into the midst of; in, with the ablative, means in (situation in a place). 
 
 3. Do, does and did, when used as auxiliary verbs, are not to be trans- 
 lated ; e.g. he does praise, laudat; they do favor, favent. 
 
 51. 
 
 1. Homo saucius est calo, et perfuga miser latro est. 2. Auxi- 
 lium et latrSni et caloni est acceptum. 3. Erant cum latrone et 
 calone homines multl et inimici. 4. Homines indigm ad Caesa- 
 rem T ducebantur. 5. Caesar calonem ad castra, l latronein ad 
 oppidum, Genavam, mittebat. 6. Fllius calonis et fllia latronis 
 ad provinciam mittentur. 7. Cicero clarus erat orator notus. 
 8. Orator magnus non est latronum et calonum amicus. 9. Calo- 
 nes et latrones Ciceroni sunt notl. 10. Cicero calonibus et latro- 
 nibus non favebit. 11. Potestas Ciceronis calones et latrones 
 civitate expellit. 12. Civitas a Cicerone monebatur. 13. Popu- 
 lus Romanus Ciceronem laudat. 14. Praefectus inimicus cum 
 calonibus multis et latronibus suos in provinciam ducet. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 258, last clause. 
 
 H.: 1 380 and I. ; RuleX., I. 
 
 Sing. Nom. ca/lo Plur. calo'nes Sing. Ci'cero 
 
 Gen. calo'nis calo'num Cicero'nis 
 
 Dat, calS'ni cald'nibus CicerS'ni 
 
 Ace. calo'nem calo'nes Cicero'nem 
 
 Voc. ca'15 calo'nes Ci'cero 
 
 Abl. calS'ne calo'nibus Cicero'ne 
 
 Like cd'lo decline la'tro. 
 
 52. 
 
 1. A robber was led into camp by a servant. 2. The robber 
 shows the servant his goods and money. 3. The servant is 
 desirous of the robber's money. 4. Our commander [does] not 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 37 
 
 favor the robber. 5. The commander of the camp will send the 
 servant to Italy, the robber to the town, Geneva. 6. Friends of 
 the servant drive the robber from the town. 7. The forests of 
 Italy are full of servants and robbers. 8. Sulla leads many ser- 
 vants and robbers to Eome. 9. Sulla's commanders are not 
 friends of Cicero and the nobility. 10. Sulla with many servants 
 and robbers will lay waste our fields. 11. The well-known victor 
 will give the servants and robbers .the fields of Italy. 12. Sulla 
 is not encouraged by Cicero. 13. Robbers [do] not praise Cicero. 
 14. The Roman people will give Cicero much honor. 
 
 NOUNS IN -L. ALSO FRATER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Nouns in -1 are usually masculine by signification. 
 
 2. The nom. and voc. form f rater is replaced by a shorter stemfratr in 
 the other cases. Decline nom. frater, gen. frdtris, etc. 
 
 3. From Avaricum, from Geneva, etc., is expressed by the ablative case ; 
 e.g. Avarico, Gendva, etc. 
 
 53. 
 
 1. Frater meus consulem socium 1 appellat, exsulem amicum. 
 2. Consul a fratre meo socius 2 appellatur, exsul amicus. 3. Meus 
 frater clarus et consul! et exsuli persuadebat. 4. Civitas fratii 
 meo favebat. 5. Populus Romanus fratrem meum Avarico, 3 con- 
 sulem Genava vocabat. 6. Nuntius cum exsule Roma a consuls 
 in provinciam inlttebatur. 7. Magna est potestas consulis, honor 
 exsulis, fortitude fratris mei. 8. Fratres senatoris consules et 
 exsules monebunt. 9. Xobilitas cum consulibus et exsulibus a 
 f ratribus monebitur. 10. Et consules et exsules fratres senatoris 
 armabunt. 11. Periculum exsulum et consulum non est f ratri- 
 bus ignotum. 12. Auxilium fratrum consulibus erit acceptum. 
 13. Nostii fratrem meum tribunum creant. 14. Frater meus a 
 nostiis tribunus creatnr. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. Learn A. & G. : 1 239, 1 and a ; Rule 32. 2 239, 1, Note 2. 
 
 3258. a. 
 H. : 1 373 ; liule VI. 2 373, 2. 412 and II. 
 
38 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Sing. Norn, fra'ter Plur. fra'tres 
 
 Sing, con'sul Plur. con'su lea 
 
 Gen. fra'tris fra'trum 
 
 con'su lis con'su lum 
 
 Dat. fra'tri fra'tri bus 
 
 con'su li con su'li bus 
 
 Ace. fra'trem fra'tres 
 
 con'su lem con'su les 
 
 Voc. fra'ter fra'tres 
 
 con'sul con'su les 
 
 Abl. fra'tre fra'tri bus 
 
 con'su le con su'li bus 
 
 Like con'sul decline ex'sitl. 
 
 54, 
 
 1. The brother of the consul was a prisoner and an exile. 
 2. The prisoner was sent to the consul from Geneva. 3. The 
 consul will favor his brother, the exile. 4. The servant of the 
 exile was a slave of the consul. 5. The slave was given to the exile 
 by his brother, the consul. 6. Money will be sent from Vesontio 
 to the consul by the exile. 7. The consul calls the exile his 
 illustrious brother. 8. The states elect brothers consuls. 9. A 
 senator calls the exiles friends and brothers. 10. The exiles with 
 their brothers, the consuls, desire power. 11. The state protects 
 the friends of the consuls and the exiles. 12. The nation was 
 giving to the brothers and the exiles great honor. 13. Great honor 
 was given to the consuls by the worthy exiles. 
 
 NOUNS IN -ES, MASCULINE GENDER. ALSO PRINCEPS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. These nouns change i of the stem to e before a, the 
 case-sign of the nom. and voc. sing. Before a, p is retained, while t and d 
 are dropped. 
 
 2. Princeps is the masculine form of an adjective. 
 
 3. A, ab means /rora, away from (the outside) ; ex, /rom, out of (the 
 interior) . 
 
 55. 
 
 1. Nobilitas prmcipem civitatis obsidem a Komam mittebat. 
 2. Obses ex b Gallia J in b Italiam 1 ab milite ducebatur. 3. Miles 
 prmcipi, obsid! 2 digno, agros Galliae demonstrabat. 4. Erat cum 
 prmcipe amicus rnilitis. 5. Amicus erat calo obsidis, prmcipis 2 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 39 
 
 claii. 6. Calo erat mlliti aiincus et obside non indignus. 7. Piin- 
 ceps militem boiium mlttet. 8. Consules sunt obsidum cupidi 
 et milites in Galliam mittent. 9. Milites nostrl principes Galliae 
 monebant. 10. Principes civitatum obsides armabant. 11. Ob- 
 sides digm a prmcipibus dabantur. 12. Sunt cum obsidibus 
 liberi principum. 13. Obsides a b militibus ab Gallia ad b Ita- 
 liam ducentur. 14. Praefecti militum et obsidibus et prmcipibus 
 faveburit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a !84 and 2 ; 185. b 258, 2. Note 2. 
 
 H. : 373, 1. b 412 and I. ; 380 and I. 
 Learn A. & G. : l 258 ; Rule 5(5. 2 183 ; Rule 1. 
 
 H. : i Rules XXI. and X. 2 363 ; Rule II. 
 
 Nom. ob'ses Ph 
 Gen. ob'si dis 
 Dat. ob'sidi 
 Ace. ob'sidem 
 Voc. ob'ses 
 Abl. ob'side 
 
 ir. ob'si des 
 ob'si dum 
 ob si'di bus 
 ob'si des 
 ob'si des 
 ob si'di bus 
 
 Sing, prm'ceps In 
 prm'ci pis 
 prm'cipi 
 prin'cipem 
 prin'ceps 
 prin'ci pe 
 
 ir. prin'ci pes 
 prm'ci pum 
 prin ci'pi bus 
 prin'ci pes 
 prin'ci pes 
 prin ci'pi bus 
 
 Like ob'ses decline ml'les, gen. ml'li tis. 
 
 56. 
 
 1. A hostage was given to the state by a chief of Gaul. 2. A 
 messenger with a soldier was sent to the chief. 3. The chief 
 gives the hostage to the soldier. 4. The hostage warns the sol- 
 dier. 5. The power of the soldier and of the chief is well-known 
 to the hostage. 6. The soldier with the hostage is summoned 
 from (out of) Gaul to (into) Italy. 7. Our leading men (chiefs) 
 are desirous of hostages. 8. The province is arming its soldiers 
 and desires assistance. 9. The nations of Gaul will send leading 
 men with many hostages to the province. 10. The allies of the 
 leading men are well-known to the soldiers. 11. Many soldiers 
 were sent by our leading men into Gaul. 12. Honors worthy of 
 illustrious soldiers were given to our leading men. 
 
40 
 
 A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 NOUNS IN -US. FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 ALSO LAUS AND CUSTOS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. These nouns are alike in that they drop the consonant 
 (, d) before -s, the case-ending of the nom. and voc. sing., and retain the 
 preceding vowel quantity. 
 
 2. Translate the ablative in 6, below, because of. 
 
 3. Most verbs, like venit ; i.e. Pres. venit, veniuat ; Imp. t'ewie'bat, venie- 
 bant ; Fut. veniet, venient ; are of the fourth conjugation. 
 
 57. 
 
 1. Gustos est vir magnae virtutis. 1 2. Virtus eustodis milites 
 nostros delectabit. 3. Caesar virtutem laudat et custodem con- 
 firmat. 4. Vir bonus saepe est laudis cupidus. 5. Laus magna 
 custodi digno dabitur. 6. Tribunus virtute 2 sua magnum in peri- 
 culum venit. 7. Tribunus auxilio studet et a consule custodes 
 postulat. 8. Praefecti mult! cum custodibus ad tribunum veni- 
 unt et auxilium postulant. 9. Virtus custodum laude magna 
 est digna. 10. Custodes nostrl laud! et virtutT non erunt inimlci. 
 11. Populus Komanus magnam 3 laudem et honorem custodibus 
 dabat. 12. Custodes nostrl milites honoris magni erunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 215-, Rule 15. 2 245; Rule 41. 187 
 
 and a, 1. 
 
 H. : 1 396, V. ; .Rule XVI. 2 416 ; Rule XXII. 
 3 439 and 1. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 cu'st5s 
 
 Sing, laus 
 
 Sing, vir'tus 
 
 Gen. 
 
 custo'dis 
 
 lau'dis 
 
 virtu 'tis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 cu sto'di 
 
 lau'di 
 
 vir tu'ti 
 
 Ace. 
 
 cu sto'dem 
 
 lau'dem 
 
 virtu'tem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 cu'st5s 
 
 laus 
 
 vir'tus 
 
 Abl. 
 
 cu sto'de 
 
 lau'de 
 
 vir tu'te 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 cu sto'des 
 
 Plur. lau'des 
 
 Plur. virtu'tes 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cu sto'dum 
 
 lau'dum 
 
 virtu 'turn 
 
 Dat. 
 
 cu sto'di bus 
 
 lau r di bus 
 
 vir tu'ti bus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 cu sto'des 
 
 lau'des 
 
 virtu'tes 
 
 Voc. 
 
 cu sto'des 
 
 lau'des 
 
 virtu'tes 
 
 Abl. 
 
 cu sto'di bus 
 
 lau'di bus 
 
 vir tu'ti bus 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 41 
 
 58. 
 
 1. A good soldier desires praise. 2. The commander will give 
 praise to the good soldiers. 3. The guard is a soldier of well- 
 known valor. 4. The state demands from a guard great valor. 
 5. The state will praise the valor of the guard. 6. Praise will be 
 given to the guard because of valor. 7. The state by its praise 
 encourages the guard. 8. Guards were sent from the province to 
 Geneva, 9. Assistance will be sent to the guards from Rome. 
 10. The valor of our guards will protect the honor of the Eoman 
 people. 11. The honor of the Eoman people will be protected 
 by our guards. 12. The guards [do] not protect the state for the 
 sake of praise. 
 
 NOUNS IN -X. FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. These nouns have the case-ending -s in the nom. and 
 voc. sing. ; c and g of the stem unite with -s to form x ; e.g. stem due, 
 nom. duc-a= dux, gen. ducia, etc. 
 
 2. Many nouns in -x are masc. by signification. 
 
 3. Facit, though of the third conjugation, is in the present, imperfect, 
 and future, inflected like the fourth conjugation. 
 
 59. 
 
 1. Phalanx erat ducis bom cupida. 2. Phalanx regis duce bono 
 est dlgna. 3. Rex fratrem suum ducem phalangis facit. 4. Rex 
 phalangem suam Roma ad provinciam diicet. 5. Dux cum 
 phalange in provinciam veniebat. 6. Nuntius a rege in Galliam 
 mittetur. 7. Nationes Galliae legates ad regem mittebant et 
 pacem postulabant. 8. Pax regl et due! et phalangl est accepta. 
 9. Vulgus erit pacis cupidum. 10. Duces pacem postulabunt et 
 regibus persuadebunt. 11. AmTcT regum pact favebunt. 12. Amici 
 pacis ducibus nostris persuadebant. 13. Clvitates ducibus et 
 regibus suis sunt dlgnae. 
 
 Sing. Nom. dux (x = c-s) Plur. du'ces 
 
 Gen. du'cis du'cum 
 
 Dat. du'ci du'cibus 
 
42 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Sing. Ace. du'cem Plur. du'ces 
 
 Voc. dux du'ces 
 
 Abl. du'ce du'cibus 
 
 Sing. Nom. plia'lanx (x=g-s) Plur. phalan'ges 
 
 Gen. phalan'gis phalan'gum 
 
 Dat. pha lan'gl pha lan'gi bus 
 
 Ace. phalan'gem phalan'ges 
 
 Voc. pha'lanx phalan'ges 
 
 Abl. pha lan'ge pha lan'gi bus 
 
 Like dux decline rex, gen. re'yis, pax, gen. pd'cis. 
 
 60. 
 
 1. The leader, a man worthy of the king, was arming his pha- 
 lanx. 2. The king summons the leader with his phalanx to 
 Rome. 3. The phalanx was friendly to the king and worthy 
 of its leader. 4. The king was giving the leader and the pha- 
 lanx much praise. 5. The friends of the king will be delighted 
 by the valor of the phalanx. 6. The friends of the leader 
 will assist the king. 7. Unfortunate kings were desiring peace. 
 8. Messengers of the kings tfere sent to Rome for the sake of 
 peace. 9. A decree of the state gives peace to the kings. 10. Am- 
 bassadors will be sent to the kings. 11. Peace will be granted 
 (given) by the kings. 12. Great nations are delighted with peace. 
 
 NOUNS IN -ES, ALSO URBS AND PLEBS (I-STEMS). 
 FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Case-endings in this Exercise are the same as in Exer- 
 cise 59. The i of the stem appears only before the case-ending of the gen. 
 plur. (-ium) and within the case- ending of the ace. plur. (regularly -is 
 instead of -s). 
 
 2. For the meaning and use of the word stem, read A. & G. 21 and foot- 
 note 2 ; H. 46 and 1. 
 
 3. Fert is irregular : Pres. fert, ferunt ; Imp. ferebat, ferebant ; Fut. 
 feret, ferent. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 43 
 
 61. 
 
 1. Peiiculum urbis regem monebit. 2. Rex urbi milites auxili 
 causa 1 dat. 3. Milites cum plebe auxilium ferunt. 4. Plebs cum 
 militibus urbem fortitudine servabat. 5. Urbs virtute plebis et 
 militum servabatur. 6. Rex plebem iuvabat et homines inimlcos 
 ex urbe expellebat. 7. Caedes exsulum urbibus Italiae persuade- 
 bit. 8. Causa caedis miserum concili decretum est. 9. Plebs 
 caedi et faml non studebat. 10. Caedes et fames plebi non 
 persuadebunt. 11. Urbes inimicae caede et fame vastabantur. 
 
 12. Bellum urbis (-es) nostras vastabat et famis causa erat. 
 
 13. Principes urbium Romam pacis causa veniebant. 14. Pax 
 famem et caedem urbibus nostris expellet. 15. Caedes saepe 
 famem fert. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : l 245, c. 
 
 H. : iRule XXII. 
 
 Sing. Nom. cae'des Plur. cae'des 
 
 Sing, urbs 
 
 Plur. ur'bes 
 
 Gen. cae'dis cae'dlum 
 
 ur'bis 
 
 ur'bi um 
 
 Dat. cae'di cae'dibus 
 
 ur'bi 
 
 ur'bi bus 
 
 Ace. cae'dem cae'dis (s) 
 
 ur'bem 
 
 ur'bis (es) 
 
 Voc. cae'des cae'des 
 
 urbs 
 
 ur'bgs 
 
 Abl. cae'de cae'di bus 
 
 ur'be 
 
 ur'bi bus 
 
 Notice in these nouns, -i before -um in the gen. plur. (cae'des sometimes 
 omits it), and the endings -Is or -es in the ace. plur. Like urbs decline 
 plebs ; like the sing, of cae'des, fa'mes. 
 
 62. 
 
 1. The slaughter of the common people will warn the cities of 
 the province. 2. The cities will be warned by the slaughter of 
 the common people. 3. The danger of famine will persuade the 
 unfortunate cities. 4. The guards of the cities will be warned by 
 famine. 5. Famine will drive the populace away from the cities. 
 6. War is the cause of famine and slaughter. 7. The unfortunate 
 populace desire the assistance of the city. 8. The city is friendly 
 to the populace and [does] not favor famine and slaughter. 
 9. Assistance drives away from the city famine and slaughter. 
 
44 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 10. The city is praised by the populace. 11. The populace was 
 giving the city much praise. 12. The nations will praise the city 
 [of] Rome. 
 
 NOUNS IN -IS (I-STEMS CONTINUED), ALSO COHORS. 
 FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. In 8, pro hoste habet (he holds for an enemy) is to be 
 translated, he treats as an enemy. 
 
 63. 
 
 1. Erat in cohorte 1 hostis. 2. Caedes partis militum host! erat 
 nota, partis ignota. 3. Homo indignus parti praefectomm notus 
 erat, parti Ignotus. 4. Magna cohortis pars host! non favebat. 
 5. Praefectus cum parte cohortis hostem monebat. 6. Laus 
 hostis cohort! non erat accepta. 7. Praefectus cohortem in ini- 
 micam Galliae partem ducebat. & Cohors praefectum indl- 
 gnum pro hoste habet. 9. Cohortes hostium multis provinciae 
 partibus non favebunt. 10. Hostes partis (-es) civitatis vasta- 
 bunt. 11. Partes civitatis a hostibus vastabuntur, partes co- 
 hortibus nostris servabuntur. 12. Custodes urbium cohortibus 
 auxilium ferent. 13. Virtus cohortium nostrarum hostibus per- 
 suadebat. 14. SociT cohortis (-es) nostras multis in provinciae 
 partibus iuvabunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 258, c, 1. 
 IT.: 1425, 1. 
 
 Sing. Nom. ho'stis Plur. ho'stes 
 
 Gen. ho'stia ho'sti um 
 
 Dat. ho'sti ho'sti bus 
 
 Ace. ho'stem ho'stis (es) 
 
 Voc. ho'stis ho'stes 
 
 Abl. ho'ste ho'sti bus 
 
 Sing. Nom. co'hors Plur. co hor'tes 
 
 Gen. cohor'tis cohor'tium (um) 
 
 Dat. co hor'ti co hor'ti bus 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 45 
 
 Sing. Ace. 
 
 co hor'tem 
 
 Plur. co hor'tis (6s) 
 
 Voc. 
 
 co'hors 
 
 co hor' tea 
 
 Abl. 
 
 co hor'te 
 
 co hor'ti bus. 
 
 Like co'hors decline pars, gen. par'tis. It has also an adv. ace. par'tim, 
 meaning partly, and an abl. par'tl. 
 
 64. 
 
 1. An enemy was leading the cohort. 2. The leader is un- 
 friendly to a large part of the cohort. 3. The leader is treated 
 by the cohort as an enemy. 4. The cohort calls the leader an 
 enemy of the Koman people. 5. The cohort will not favor an 
 enemy. 6. The bravery of the leader [does] not persuade the 
 cohort. 7. Claudius is desirous of a part of a cohort, Brutus de- 
 mands a part. 8. A part was sent to Claudius, a part to Brutus. 
 9. The danger of parts of the province is well-known to our co- 
 horts. 10. The state will arm its cohorts and warn its enemies. 
 11. Many cohorts of our enemies were coming into parts of the 
 province. 12. Parts of the province were laid waste by our ene- 
 mies. 13. Our enemies are driven from a large part of the 
 province by our cohorts. 14. The valor of the cohorts is not 
 unknown to our enemies. 
 
 NOUNS IN -IS (I-STEMS CONTINUED) FEMININE 
 GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Clvis, cldsste and ndvis (genitives the same) show the 
 i-stem in the abl. sing., clvia and cldssia occasionally, ndvia oftener. Ndvia 
 has also sometimes the ace. sing, ndvim. 
 
 2. The dative sometimes means for (see 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 and 13). 
 
 65. 
 
 1. Navis magna civem Komanum ad Italiam ferebat. 2. Erat 
 in nave (-1) praefectus classis et amicus civis. 3. Classis magna 
 praefecto 1 a cive (-1) noto parabatur. 4. Civis praefecto navem 
 (-im) novam et classem magnam parabit. 5. Praefectus classe (-1) 
 
46 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 delectabitur et civ! laudem magnam dabit. 6. Praefectus class! * 
 suae nautas deligit. 7. Filius praefect! deligitur praefectus navis. 
 8. Multitude civium et fabrorum navis (-es) et classis (-es) consul! 
 parabit. 9. Classes magnae, multitude navium, a c!vibus arma- 
 buntur. 10. Nostrae naves et consulem et c!v!s (-es) delectabunt. 
 11. Gives classibus et navibus delectabantur. 12. Consules classi- 
 bus praefectos, navibus nautas multos deligunt. 13. Multitude 
 classium c!vibus deliguntur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : J 233, a ; Rule 27. 
 H. : 1384, 1, 2). 
 
 Like ho'stis decline cl'vis, elds' sis, and nd'vis. They also have the abl. 
 sing, cl'vi, clds'sl, and nd'vi. Nd'vis has, besides, the ace. sing, no/vim. 
 
 66. 
 
 1. Our admiral (commander of the fleet) is worthy of a new 
 ship. 2. An illustrious citizen, an engineer, will prepare a ship 
 for our fleet. 3. The ship will be equipped (armed) by a Roman 
 citizen. 4. The assistance of the citizen will be acceptable to the 
 state. 5. Sailors are selected for the ship from our fleet. 6. Our 
 fleet will drive the enemy away. 7. The nation will praise the 
 admiral and the worthy citizen. 8. There is a war ; a multitude of 
 citizens are demanding the assistance of our ships and fleets. 9. The 
 admiral selects for his fleets and ships many sailors. 10. Many 
 ships and large fleets will assist our citizens. 11. Leading men 
 with many citizens were coining to our fleets and ships. 12. Many 
 illustrious citizens will be protected by our fleets and ships. 
 
 NOUNS IN -IS (I- STEMS CONTINUED). FEMININE 
 GENDER. ALSO LIGER AND ARAR. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Liger and Arar have the i-stem in both ace. and abl. 
 Orbis shows the i-stem rarely in the abl. sing., finis oftener. They are of 
 the masculine gender. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 47 
 
 2. Orbis terrae (terrarum) means the circle of the land (lands}, i.e. the 
 world. 
 
 3. Translate transducit, he leads across. It takes two accusatives. See 3 
 and 13. 
 
 67. 
 
 1. Liger et Arar sunt in Gallia. 2. Erant in Arari scaphae 
 multae, in Ligerl magnae naves. 3. Caesar legiones * multas 
 Ararim 1 transducit. 4. Finis imperi nostri est magnus terrae 
 orbis. 5. Imperium nostrum orbeni terrae servat et fmem rion 
 habet. 6. Magnum in orbe (-1) terrarum est imperium populi 
 Roman!. 7. Populus Eomanus imperium sine fine (-1) habebit. 
 
 8. Fines hostium nostrorum sine fine (-1) non sunt. 9. Hostes 
 finibus novis studebant. 10. Hostes milites multos e finibus 
 suis in finis (-es) nostros ducebant. 11. Milites multl, custodes 
 finium nostrorum, hostes provincia expellebant. 12. Milites 
 multl Ligerim transducuntur. 13. Praefecti Ligerim legionem 
 transducuiit. 14. Legio Ararim transducitur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 239, 2 and b ; Kule 33. 
 H.: !376. 
 
 Sing. Nom. A'rar 
 
 Gen. A'ra ris 
 
 _ Like A'rar decline Lfger, gen. Li'yens; like 
 
 ho'stis, or'bis, and fi'nis. These have also the abl. 
 Ace. A'ra rim . . ... _ 
 
 Voc. A'rar 8mg< rbl and flHl ' 
 Abl. A'rari 
 
 68. 
 
 1. The Sa6ne and the Loire were well known to our sailors. 
 
 2. Messengers were sent from Geneva to the Sadne and the Loire. 
 
 3. Our sailors were summoned from the Sa6ne to Vesontio, from 
 the Loire to Avaricum. 4. There is in the great world much ter- 
 ritory. 5. The world has a known limit. 6. The valor of our 
 legions will protect the world. 7. The nations of the world are 
 not without limit. 8. The enemy were desiring our territory. 
 
 9. The enemy were led across the territory of our allies. 10. The 
 allies were driving the enemy from our cities and territory. 
 11. The enemy will lead their allies across the Sa6ne. 
 
48 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 NOUNS IN -E AND -AL (I-STEMS CONTINUED). 
 NEUTER GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The case-endings of all neuter nouns of the third de- 
 clension are as follows : Nom., ace., and voc. ; gen. -is ; dat. -I ; and abl. 
 -e ; pi., nom., ace., and voc. .-a; gen. -um; dat. and abl. -ibus. 
 
 2. In the abl. sing, of neuter i-stems, -I takes the place of -e, and in the 
 nom., ace., and voc. pi., -i appears before -a. 
 
 3. In the nom., ace., and voc. sing., i of the stem becomes e unless it is 
 preceded by al or ar, when it is usually dropped ; e.g. nom. vectigali becomes 
 vectigal, but nom. mari- becomes mare. Verify Suggestions 1, 2, and 3 by 
 the declensions below. 
 
 4. Translate mare nostrum, Mediterranean sea. 
 
 6. Translate transit, he goes over, i.e. he crosses; transeunt, they cross. 
 
 69. 
 
 1. Magnum est mare 1 nostrum. 2. Pars marts nostri provin- 
 ciae fmitima est, pars provinciae mari nostro. 3. Caesar magno 
 cum vectigali mare 2 nostrum transit. 4. Vectigal ad Italiam marl 3 
 saepe mittitur. 5. Pars vectigalis ex provincia, pars ex Gallia mlt- 
 tebatur. 6. Nationes flnitimae maribus multis vectigal magnum 
 Komam mittunt. 7. Sunt in orbe (-1) terrarum maria multa et 
 magna. 8. Classes nostrae sunt marium nostrorum et vectigalium 
 custodies. 9. Nautae nostri cum vectigalibus magnls maria Igndta 
 saepe transeunt. 10. Nostri nautae clari maribus classis (-es) 
 hostium expellent. 11. Vectigalia magna consulem confirmabunt. 
 12. Gives vectigalibus magnls non erant inimici. 13. Legati vecti- 
 galia accepta Komam ferebant. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : l 65, c. 2 237, d. 8 258, y, and Note; 
 
 Rule 48. 
 H.: illl. 2 372 . 3 Ru ie XXV. 
 
 Sing. Nom. ma're Plur. ma'ria Sing, vec ti'gal Plur. vecti ga'li a 
 
 Gen. ma'ris ma'rium vectiga'lis vec ti ga'li um 
 
 Dat. ma'ri ma'ribus vec ti ga'li vec ti ga'li bus 
 
 Ace. ma're ma'ria vec ti'gal vectiga'lia 
 
 Voc. ma're ma'ria vec ti'gal vectiga'lia 
 
 Abl. ma'ri ma'ribus vec ti ga'li vec ti ga'li bus 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 49 
 
 70. 
 
 1. Germany is adjacent to an unknown sea. 2. The Mediter- 
 ranean sea is adjacent to Italy. 3. A fleet crosses the Mediterra- 
 nean sea with tribute. 4. The tribute of the world is given to the 
 Eoman state. 5. The world sends tribute to the city [of] Rome. 
 6. The state desires large tribute. 7. A large part of the Medi- 
 terranean sea will be protected by our fleet. 8. Parts of the great 
 seas are unknown to our sailors. 9. Fleets often cross the seas 
 with our revenues. 10. The seas are often unfriendly to our 
 fleets. 11. Our fleets will drive the enemy from the seas and 
 protect our revenues. 12. A part of our revenues is sent by sea 
 from Gaul. 13. The nobility desire large revenues. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -IS (I-STEMS), THIRD DECLENSION, 
 TWO TERMINATIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Omnia has but two forms for gender, one for mascu- 
 line and feminine nouns; e.g. (see 1) omnia honor; omnia gloria; the 
 other for neuters ; e.g. omne imperium. These two forms become one in 
 the gen., dat., and abl. sing, and pi. ; e.g. (see 2) omwis honoris, omnia 
 gloriae, omnia imperi. 
 
 2. The masculine and feminine form of omwis is declined like hostia, but 
 with the ending -I only, in the dat. and abl. sing. ; the neuter form is declined 
 like mare. 
 
 71. 
 
 1. Omnis honor et omnis gloria et omne imperium populo 
 Romano dabantur. 2. Omnis honoris et omnis gloriae et omnis 
 imperi civitas est cupida. 3. Omni honor! et omni gloriae et 
 omni imperio studebat consul. 4. Omnem honorem et omnem 
 gloriam et omne imperium Roma habebat. 5. Omni honore et 
 omni gloria et omni imperio dlgna est Roma. 6. Omnes legati et 
 omnes copiae et omnia auxilia in Galliam mittentur. 7. Omnium 
 legatorum et omnium copiarum et omnium auxiliorum magnum 
 erit periculum. 8. Omnibus legatls et omnibus copiis et omnibus 
 auxilils socii sunt amlci. 9. Omnis (-es) legatos et omnis (-es) 
 
50 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 copias et omnia auxilia hostes urbe expellent. 10. Omnibus lega- 
 tis et omnibus copiis et omnibus auxiliis suis digna est Italia. 
 
 11. Hostes nobilitatem omnem et omne vulgus armabunt. 
 
 12. Omnes hostes Arariin transeunt. 13. Omnis nobilitas cum 
 hostibus proelium committit. 
 
 M. F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. om'nis 
 Gen. om'nis 
 Dat. om'ni 
 Ace. om'nem 
 Voc. om'nis 
 Abl. om'ni 
 
 omnis, all; 
 
 stem omiii- 
 
 N. 
 
 M. F. 
 
 om'ne 
 
 Plur. om'nes 
 
 om'nis 
 
 om'ni um 
 
 om'ni 
 
 om'ni bus 
 
 om'ne 
 
 om'nis (es) 
 
 om'ne 
 
 om'nes 
 
 om'ni 
 
 om'ni bus 
 
 N. 
 
 om'ni a 
 om'ni um 
 om'ni bus 
 om'ni a 
 om'ni a 
 om'ni bus 
 
 72. 
 
 1. All the multitude of the enemy cross the Khine. 2. The 
 slaughter of all the nobility brings great misfortune to every part 
 of the state. 3. Caesar persuades every enemy. 4. Kome will 
 send fleets to every known sea. 5. Our fleets are upon every sea. 
 6. Hostages will be sent to Rome from all nations. 7. A con- 
 spiracy of all unfriendly nations brings danger to our allies. 
 
 8. Friendly allies will lay waste all the territory of the enemy. 
 
 9. All [of] the towns are in the territory of the enemy. 10. Caesar 
 was giving acceptable assistance to all our allies. 11. Our legions 
 were protecting all parts of Gaul. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -IS (I-STEMS CONTINUED), TWO TER- 
 MINATIONS. ALSO THE NOUNS GENUS AND 
 ITER, NEUTER GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Genus is for gener. Since the nom., ace., and voc. sing, 
 of neuter nouns have no case- ending, the use of us instead of er represents a 
 change in the stem- ending. This change occurs in many neuter stems. Iter 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 51 
 
 does not change its stem-ending, but the letters in in the middle of the stem 
 (itiner-} do not appear in the forms having no case-ending. 
 
 2. Translate magna itinera, forced marches. See 7, 8, 9, and 10. 
 
 73. 
 
 1. Nobilitas, genus virorum fortium, iter facit. 2. Iter erat 
 plerum periculi. 3. Fortes generis omnis viri in itinere erant. 
 4. Dux/ omni hominum generl acceptus, itineris causa deligeba- 
 tur. 5. Dux fidelis itineii bonum custodum genus deligebat. 
 
 6. Nostri custodes fortes ab omni populi Roman! genere laudantur. 
 
 7. Magna itinera saepe sunt utilia. 8. Nostri mllites fortes 
 magna itinera saepe faciunt. 9. Omnia hominum genera in pro- 
 vinciam magnis itineribus venient. 10. Pericula magnorum iti- 
 nerum ducibus fortibus sunt nota. 11. Bom generum omnium 
 duces itineribus deligebantur. 12. Nostri duces fideles omnibus 
 generibus sunt utiles. 13. Laus magna nostris ducibus utilibus 
 dabatur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : l 30. 
 H. : !43, 2. 
 
 
 
 
 genus, a clasi> 
 
 iter, a march ; 
 
 
 utilis 
 
 , useful ; stem 
 
 fit ill- stem gener- 
 
 Btem it(in)er- 
 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 utilis 
 
 u'ti le 
 
 Sing, ge'nus 
 
 Sing. i'ter 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 u'ti Us 
 
 u'tilis 
 
 ge'ne ris 
 
 iti'neris 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 u'tili 
 
 u'tili 
 
 ge'ne ri 
 
 i ti'ne ri 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 u'tilem 
 
 u'tile 
 
 ge'nus 
 
 i'ter 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 u'tilis 
 
 u'ti le 
 
 ge'nus 
 
 i'ter 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 a tin 
 
 u'tili 
 
 ge'ne re 
 
 i ti'ne re 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 u'tiles 
 
 u ti'li a 
 
 Plur. ge'ne ra 
 
 Plur. i ti'ne ra 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 u ti'li um 
 
 u ti'li um 
 
 ge'ne rum 
 
 i ti'ne rum 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 uti'libus 
 
 uti'libus 
 
 gene'ribus 
 
 i ti ne'ri bus 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 u'ti Us (es) 
 
 u ti'li a 
 
 ge'ne ra 
 
 i ti'ne ra 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 u'ti les 
 
 u ti'li a 
 
 ge'ne ra 
 
 i ti'ne ra 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 uti'libus 
 
 uti'libus 
 
 gene'ribus 
 
 iti ne'ri bus 
 
 Like om'nis decline for 'tis, also fide' Us, whose nom. and gen. sing, are as 
 follows : 
 
 M. F. Jide'iis, N. Jide'le; M. F. and y.fide'lis, etc. 
 
52 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 74. 
 
 1. Every class of our citizens was desiring war. 2. The Eo- 
 man people were preparing faithful legions for the march. 
 3. Our brave legions are making the march into Gaul. 4. Brave 
 leaders are on the march with our faithful legions. 5. The 
 enemy will persuade every class of the Roman people. 6. Our 
 legions will protect every class. 7. All classes of revenues are 
 useful to the state. 8. The state desires all classes of revenues. 
 9. Large revenues will encourage all classes. 10. The sea is use- 
 ful to many classes of men. 11. There are many brave sailors 
 upon the sea. 12. The enemy make forced marches and come to 
 the sea. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -ER (I-STEMS CONTINUED), THREE 
 TERMINATIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Acer and celer have three forms for gender in the 
 nom. and voc. sing.; e.g. masc. dominus deer; fern, fames acris; neut. frl- 
 gus acre : masc. equus celer ; fern, ndvis celeria ; neut. flumen celere (see 
 1 and 6). Otherwise the forms and declensions are similar to those of omnia. 
 
 2. With nouns below denoting persons translate acer, active ; elsewhere, 
 violent, bitter. 
 
 3. Neuter stems in or as well as those in er (see Suggestion 1, Ex. 73), 
 often have us in the nom. sing.; e.g. stem frigor, nom. frigus. The stem 
 flumin changes i to e in the nom. sing. 
 
 75. 
 
 1. Dominus acer, fames dcris, frigus acre est. 1 . 2. Servi domini 
 acris, famis acris, frigoris acris, non erant cupidl. 3. Libeii 
 domino acri, fami acri, frlgori acri inimici sunt. 4. Gives domi- 
 nurn acrem } famem acrem, frigus acre non postulant. 5. Hostes 
 domino acri, fame acri, fiigore acri digni sunt. 6. Erat equus 
 celer, navis celeris, fluinen celere in urbe. 7. Puer equl celeris, 
 navis celeris, fluminis celeris est amicus. 8. Faber equo celeri, 
 navi celeri, flumini celeri non est inimlcus. 9. Senator equum 
 celerem, navem (-im) celerem, fluinen celere laudabit. 10. Nun- 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 53 
 
 tins equo celerl, nave (-1) celeri, flumine 2 celerl Romam mitte- 
 batur. 11. Celeria Galliae flumina et acria Rheni frigora no- 
 stros non delectabant. 12. Galli fluminibus celeribus, German! 
 frigoribus acribus delectabantur. 13. Peiicula celerium Galliae 
 fluminum et acrium Germaniae frigorum Caesarem monent. 
 14. Galli fluminibus celeribus Germaniae et frigoribus acribus nori 
 student. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 205, d. 2 258, g ; Rule 48. 
 H. : 1 463, I. 2 Rule XXV. 
 
 acer, active ; stem acri- 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 acris 
 
 Sing. Nom. a'cer a' 
 
 Gen. a'cris a'cris 
 Continue like om' 
 
 N. 
 
 a'cre 
 a'cris 
 
 celer, swift ; stem celeri- 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Sing, ce'ler ce'leris ce'lere 
 ce'le ris ce'le ris ce'le ris 
 Continue like u'lilis. 
 
 flumeii, a river ; stem flumin- 
 
 Plur. flu'mina 
 flu'mi num 
 flu mi'ni bus 
 flu'mina 
 flu'mi na 
 
 Sing. Nom. flu'men 
 Gen. flu'mi nis 
 Dat. flu 'mi nl 
 Ace. flu'men 
 Voc. flu'men 
 
 Abl. flu'mi ne 
 
 flu mi'ni bus 
 
 f rigus, cold ; stem f rigor- 
 Sing, fri'gus Plur. frl'go ra 
 f rT'go ris f ri'go rum 
 f ri'go ri fri go'ri bus 
 
 fri'gus frl'go ra 
 
 f rl'gus frl'go ra 
 
 frl'go re 
 
 fri go'ri bus 
 
 76. 
 
 1. A brave scout with a swift messenger was sent to the river 
 Rhone. 2. A swift ship bore the faithful companions to the pro- 
 vince. 3. The active scout has a swift boat. 4. The dangers of 
 the many swift rivers of Gaul will warn the commander. 5. The 
 faithful friends with the boat cross many swift rivers. 6. Swift 
 ships will drive the enemy's fleets from rivers and seas. 7. The 
 cold of Germany is bitter (active). 8. Many unfortunate men 
 are not protected from the bitter cold. 9. Our legions are not 
 desirous of cold and hunger. 10. Our forces [do] not praise the 
 bitter cold weather of Germany. 11. The bitter cold weather of 
 Germany [does] not assist our cause. 12. The soldiers are 
 not encouraged by bitter cold weather. 
 
54 A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 RECAPITULATION, WITH NEW NOUNS OF THE THIRD 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 SUGGESTION. In-fert means he brings upon; fert, he brings, governs 
 the accusative, and, in composition with in, upon, the dative (see 2, 10, 12). 
 
 77. 
 
 1. Est coniuratio nova in Gallia. 2. Calamitas magna populo \ 
 Romano coniuratione mfertur. 3. Magnitude coniurationis civi- 
 tatem monebat. 4. Legatus cum exploratore, comite digno, in 
 Galliam mittebatur. 5. Explorator cum legato *Genavain venit. 
 6. Legatus fidelis saluti sociorum studebit et obsides postulii- 
 bit. 7. Prmceps ab Galliae nationibus supplex Genavam mitti- 
 tur. 8. Supplex indignus est perfuga et sedem in Gallia habet. 
 
 9. Perfuga miser legato erit notus et ad mortem ducetur. 
 
 10. Hostes clvitati calamitatem magnam mferunt. 11. Explora- 
 tores fortes magnitudinem calamitatis demonstrant. 12. Mors 
 exploratorum provinciae calamitates novas Infert. 13. Supplices 
 omnes multis cum comitibus Romam veniebant. 14. Supplices 
 et comites sedibus novis in provincia studebant. 15. Civitas et 
 supplicibus et comitibus sedis (-es) novas dabit. 16. Salus suppli- 
 cuni et comitum civitatem delectat. 
 
 DIRECTIOX. Learn A. & G. : *228 ; Eule 23. 
 H. : i 386. 
 
 Decline explord'tor, gen. ex plo rd to'ris, like ord'tor (Ex. 43) ; coniu- 
 rd'ti o, gen. coniurdtid'nis, like nd'tio (Ex. 45) ; cala'mitds, gen. ca la- 
 mi td'tis, like cV vitas (Ex. 47); mdynitu'do, gen. md gni tu'di nis, like 
 fortitu'do (Ex. 49) ; co'mes, gen. co'mitis, like ob'ses (Ex. 55); sa'liis, 
 gen. salu'tis, like vir'tus (Ex. 57) ; se'des, gen. se'dis, like cae'des (Ex. 61) ; 
 mors, gen. mor'tis, like urbs (Ex. 61). Sup'plex has gen. sup'plicis, dat. 
 sup'pli cl, etc. 
 
 78. 
 
 1. A great conspiracy brings war upon the province. 2. War 
 is a misfortune of great magnitude. 3. Our faithful companions 
 and allies are driven from Gaul by the misfortunes of war. 
 
A STRAIGHT BO AD TO CAESAIl. 55 
 
 4. The state is warned by the magnitude of its misfortunes. 
 
 5. The state arms its brave cohorts and brings safety to its 
 allies. 6. Leading men of Gaul were coming [as] suppliants to 
 Kome. 7. The suppliants were desirous of safety and were giving 
 hostages. 8. There was with the suppliants a wounded scout. 
 9. The unfortunate scout, a companion of the suppliants, was a 
 robber. 10. The populace will demand the death of the robber. 
 11. The state is encouraged by the death of the conspiracy and 
 the safety of our allies. 
 
 RECAPITULATION, WITH NEW NOUNS, PROPER 
 NAMES. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Translate in with the name of a people, e.g. in Sequanos, 
 into the country of the Sequani. 
 
 79. 
 
 1. Dumnorix, 1 frater DivitiacI, Helvetiis 2 favebit. 2. Helvetii 
 Dumnorigem legatum ad Caesarem mlttent. 3. Ellia Orgetorigis 
 Dumnorigi in matrimonium dabatur. 4. Caesar Divitiaco, fideli 
 Dumnorigis f ratri, erat amlcus. 5. Orgetorix Dumnorigi persuade- 
 bit. 6. Potestas 1 Ariovist! magna erat. 7. German! a Sequams 
 in Galliam vocabantur. 8. German! in Sequanos ab Ariovisto 
 ducebantur. 9. Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, sed!s (-es) multas 
 in Belg!s habet. 10. Ehenus Belgas a Germams dividit. 11. Bel- 
 gae suos omnes Khenum. transducebant et Germams belluin mfere- 
 bant. 12. Agr! Haeduorum a Helveti!s vastabantur. 13. Kho- 
 danus provinciam nostram ab Helveti!s d!vidit. 14. Caesar multas 
 legiones fort is (-es) in Haeduos mittet. 15. Nostr! omnes 
 Rhodanum transibunt et Genavam, oppidum Allobrogum 5 veni- 
 ent. 16. Helveti! Allobrogibus non persuadebunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 75, 1 and 3. 2 76, 1 and 3, last sentence. 
 
 88, a. 
 H. : USD, I., 1) and 2). 2 441. 
 
56 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 
 Allobroges ; 
 
 Divitiacus; 
 
 Orgetorix ; stem Orgetorig- 
 
 stern Allobrog- 
 
 stem Divitiaco- 
 
 Sing. Nom. Or ge'to rix (x g-s) 
 
 Plur. Al lo'bro ges 
 
 Sing. Di viti'acus 
 
 Gen. Orgeto'rigis 
 
 Al lo'bro gum 
 
 Di vi ti'a ci 
 
 Dat. Orgeto'rigi 
 
 Al lo bro'gi bus 
 
 Diviti'aco 
 
 Ace. Or ge to'ri gem 
 
 Al lo'bro ges 
 
 Di vi ti'a cum 
 
 Voc. Or ge'to rix 
 
 Al lo'bro ges 
 
 Di viti'ace 
 
 Abl. Or ge to'ri ge 
 
 Al lo bro'gi bus 
 
 Di vi ti'a co 
 
 Like Or ge'to rix decline Dum'norix, gen. Dum no'rigis. Ariom'stus has 
 gen. Ariom'sti, dat. Ariovi'sto, etc. Bel'gae is declined like the plural of 
 nau'ta. Decline the following adjectives : Hel ve'ti us and Hae'du us (like 
 sau'ci us, Ex. 25) ; Ger md'nus (like a ml 1 CMS, Ex. 29) ; Se'qua nus (like 
 cn'pidus, Ex. 27). Their masc. plurals are used as nouns. Decline new 
 nouns of the first, second, and third declensions whenever introduced. 
 
 80. 
 
 1. Dumnorix was a brother of Divitiacus. 2. Dumnorix was 
 unworthy of his brother Divitiacus. 3. The unworthy brother 
 has a wife, the daughter of Orgetorix, from the Helvetii. 
 
 4. Orgetorix gives his daughter in marriage to Dumnorix. 
 
 5. Ours (our forces) are not assisted by Dumnorix. 6. A multi- 
 tude of men was summoned by Orgetorix from the fields. 
 7. Ambassadors were sent to Ariovistus. 8. Faithful messengers 
 will be sent to the state of the Haedui. 9. The Koman people 
 call the Haedui brothers. 10. Caesar was leading all his [forces] 
 across the Rhine into the territory of the Allobroges. 11. Our 
 [forces] were led across the Rhine into the [country of the] 
 Allobroges. 12. The Allobroges will cross the Rhone, the Ger- 
 mans the Rhine. 13. The Germans make war upon the Belgae. 
 14. The Rhine separates the Germans from the Helvetii. 
 
 BELLUM HELVBTIORUM. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Com-mittit for cum-mittit means with-sends, sends to- 
 gether; i.e. joins. Translate proelium committit, he joins battle. In 
 fugam dat means he gives in fliyht ; i.e. he puts to flight. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 57 
 
 81. 
 
 Orgetorix, prlnceps Helvetiorum, potestatis cupidus et agro- 
 rum novorum, coniurationem nobilitatis omnis facit. Coniuratio 
 civitati accepta est et multitude horainum cum uxoribus et libeiis 
 ad Rhodanum venit. Nostri socii fideles sunt Rhodano fmitimi 
 et peiiculum provinciae magnum est. Caesar Orgetorigem pro 
 hoste habet et bellum parat. Nostrae legiones fortes amicis et 
 socils auxilium dant et hostes Rhodanum non transeunt. Hel- 
 vetii agris Rhodano fmitimls expelluntur et ad finis (-es) Sequa- 
 norum veniunt. Sequani Helvetiis non sunt ignoti. Dumnorix 
 est plebi Sequanorum acceptus. Orgetorix est Dumnorigi ami- 
 cus, et fllia Orgetorigis est Dumnorigis uxor. Dumnorix magnam 
 in civitate sua potestatem habet et Orgetorigi et Helvetiis favet. 
 Sequani et Helvetii coniurationem faciunt, suos in Haeduos, ami- 
 cos populi Eomani, ducunt, agros sociorum nostrorum vastant. 
 Caesar multis cum legionibus fortibus Haeduis auxilium fert et 
 ad Ararim venit. Helvetii miser! suos Ararim transducunt. 
 Caesar proelium cum Helvetiis committit et hostis (-es) in fugam 
 dat et homines multi pereunt. Pars Haeduorum causae nostrae 
 inimica est et Caesarem non iuvat. Dumnorix est Haeduorum 
 inimlcorum prlnceps. Caesar Dumnorigem monet, suos confirmat, 
 proelium cum Helvetiis committit, hostis (-es) magna cum caede 
 expellit. Multitude hostium in fuga perit et fllia Orgetorigis et 
 filius in Caesaris potestatem veniunt. 
 
 THE WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS. 
 
 82. 
 
 Ariovistus, king of the Germans, has many friends in the terri- 
 tory of the Sequani. Desirous of power, the active king demands 
 new fields from the Sequani. The states adjacent to the Sequani 
 [do] not favor Ariovistus, and leading men come to Caesar and 
 desire aid. Caesar sends ambassadors to Ariovistus, and de- 
 mands the liberty and safety of all our allies. The ambassadors 
 [do] not make peace, and Caesar leads his [forces] into the ter- 
 
58 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 ritory of the Germans. There are in Gaul many forests well- 
 known to the enemy. The magnitude of the forests brings 
 danger to our cohorts. Caesar shows his soldiers the danger of 
 flight and the glory of our cause, and encourages the cohorts. 
 Caesar has a faithful legion of brave men. The faithful legion, 
 worthy of its leader, assists Caesar and persuades the unfortunate 
 cohorts. Caesar joins battle with the enemy and puts the soldiers 
 of Ariovistus to flight. The wives of Ariovistus and a daughter 
 perish in the flight. Ariovistus is driven from the territory of 
 the Sequani, and crosses the Ehine. The Rhine separates Gaul 
 from Germany. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN -X, ONE TERMINATION. 
 83. 
 
 1. Erat legatus audax, phalanx auddx,* praesidium audax, in 
 provincia. 2. Calamitas legati auddcis, phalangis auddcis, imperi 
 auddcis magna erat. 3. Cfvitas legato auddci, phalangi auddci, 
 praesidio auddci laudem dabit. 4. Caesar legatum auddcem, pha- 
 langem auddcem, praesidium auddx E-omam mittet. 5. Socii 
 legato auddci (-e), phalange auddci (-e), praesidio auddci (-e) 
 digm sunt. 6. Sunt praef ect! auddces, cohortes auddces, auxilia 
 auddcia in Gallia. 7. Virtus praef ectorum auddcium, cohortium 
 auddcium, auxiliorum auddcium erat magna. 8. Sal us praef ectis 
 auddcibus, cohortibus auddcibus, auxiliis auddcfbus est accepta. 
 9. Consul praefectos auddcis (-es), cohortls (-es) auddcis (-es), 
 auxilia auddcia vocabat. 10. Fuga praefectis auddcibus, cohorti- 
 bus auddcibus, auxiliis auddcibus est indigna. 11. O audax faci- 
 nus et indignum ! 12. Vulgus audacT (-e) Sullae facinore delecta- 
 tur. 13. Facinora audacia nationem magnam in periculum saepe 
 ducunt. 14. Sulla calamitatem magnam civitati facinoribus suis 
 inferet. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : ft 85 and Note. 
 
 H. : a 156, foot-note 1. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 59 
 
 audilx, daring; stem, audac- 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. au'dax (x= c-s) Plur. au da'ces auda'cia 
 
 Gen. au'da/cis au da'ci um 
 
 Dat. au'da'cl au da/ci bus 
 
 Ace. au da'cem au'dax au da'cis (es) au da'ci a 
 
 Voc. au'dax au da'ces auda'cia 
 
 Abl. au da'cf or au'da ce au da'ci bus 
 
 Decline fa'cin us, gen. fa ci'no ris, likefrl'gus (Ex. 75). 
 
 84. 
 
 1. A daring citizen is elected commander of a new legion. 
 
 2. The brave commander is sent into Gaul to our faithful allies. 
 
 3. Men friendly to daring crime encourage a conspiracy. 4. The 
 well-known commander perishes by a daring crime. 5. The death 
 of the daring commander was a great misfortune. 6. Enemies of 
 the Koman people are the friends of conspiracy and crime. 
 7. Faithful citizens [do] not encourage crime. 8. The robbers 
 of Italy are not unfriendly to daring crimes. 9. A multitude 
 of daring crimes warn the citizens. 10. The daring crimes of 
 robbers drive many people from the city. 11. Unworthy men 
 were encouraging daring crimes. 12. Faithful citizens were not 
 encouraged by the daring crimes of unworthy men. 
 
 ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES IN -2VS, ONE 
 TERMINATION. 
 
 85. 
 
 1. Erat tribunus dlligens, cohors dlligens, agmen dlligens in 
 urbe. 2. Magna tribuni diligentis, cohortis diligentis, agminis 
 dlligentis erat virtus. 3. Clvitas tribuno dlligentl, cohort! diligenti, 
 agminl dlligentl fidelis erat. 4. Natio tribunum dilfgentem, cohor- 
 tem dttigentem, agmen diligens postulabat. 5. Italia tribuno dlli- 
 gentl (-e), cohorte dlligentl (-e), agmine dlligentl (-e) digna est. 
 
60 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 6. Tribuni dlligentes, cohortes dlligentes, agmina dlligentia civitati 
 sunt utiles. 7. Comites tribunorum dlligentium, cohortum dlli- 
 gentium, agminum dlligentium viri digni sunt. 8. Plebs tribunls 
 dlligentibus, cohortibus diligentibus, agminibus dlligentibus laudem 
 magnain dat. 9. Vulgus tribunes dlllgentls (-es), cohortes dlligen- 
 tls (-es), agmina dlligentia laudat. 10. Libertas a tribums dlligen- 
 tibus, cohortibus dlligentibus, agminibus dlligentibus servabatur. 
 11. Homo potens erat Ariovistus, rex Germanorum. 12. Calami- 
 tas magna Haeduis a rege potent! (-e) Tnferebatur. 13. Auxilia 
 nostra fortia sunt et potentia. 14. Consul duces fidells (-es) et 
 potentis (-es) deliget. 15. Hostes nostrl suls cum ducibus multls 
 et potentibus pereunt. 
 
 potens, powerful ; stern, potent- 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. po'tens Plur. poten'tes poten'tia 
 
 Gen. poten'tia poten'tium 
 
 Dat. poten'ti poten'tibus 
 
 Ace. poten'tem po'tens poten'tia (ea) poten'tia 
 
 Voc. po'tena poten'tea poten'tia 
 
 Abl. poten'ti or poten'te poten'ti bua 
 
 86. 
 
 1. The Helvetii with their powerful chief were coming into the 
 territory of the Haedui. 2. Orgetorix, the powerful chief, is dili- 
 gent in war. 3. Orgetorix will give his daughter in marriage to 
 Dumnorix, a powerful chief of the Sequani. 4. Dumnorix brings 
 assistance to Orgetorix and encourages the diligent chief. 
 5. Caesar warns Dumnorix and his powerful ally. 6. Our brave 
 legions were protecting the faithful Haedui. 7. Caesar joins 
 battle with the allies, and many brave soldiers of the powerful 
 chief perish. 8. Faithful consuls will demand [as] hostages the 
 children of powerful chiefs. 9. Powerful nations were sending 
 hostages to our diligent consuls. 10. Hostages were sent from 
 the powerful nations adjacent to our allies. 11. The hostages 
 were sent to Rome with faithful guards. 12. The state praises 
 its diligent consuls. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 61 
 
 ADJECTIVES WITH OS-STEMS, TWO TERMINATIONS. 
 COMPARATIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Comparatives change the stem-ending OB to or, except in 
 the nom., ace., and voc. neut. sing., where it becomes us. 
 
 87. 
 
 1. Consul melior f nobilitas melior, melius civium genus a civi- 
 tate postulatur. 2. Plincipes consulis melioris, nobilitatis melio- 
 ris, melioris civium generis erant cupidl. 3. Urbs consul! meliorl, 
 nobilitati meliorl, meliorl civium generi non erat inimlca. 4. Plebs 
 consulem meliorem, nobilitatem meliorem, melius civium genus 
 postulabit. 5. Roma consule meliore (-1), nobilitate meliore (-f), 
 meliore (-1) civiurn genere est dlgna. 6. Consules meliores, inuni- 
 tiones meliores, meliora civium genera civitatem delectabunt. 
 7. Potestas consulum meliorum, muriltionum melidrum, meliorum 
 civium generum civitatem servabit. 8. Honor magnus consulibus 
 melioribus, munitionibus melidribus, melioribus civium genenbus 
 dabatur. 9. Oratores consules melioris (-es), munltiones meli- 
 oris (-es), meliora civium genera postulabant. 10. Libertas a con- 
 sulibus melidribus, munitionibus melidribus, melidribus civium 
 generibus servatur. 11. Legio fidelis ducis melioris est cupida. 
 12. Legio ducem meliorem creat. 13. Auxilia habent galeas 
 melioris, melioris equos nostri. 14. Galeae meliores legionibus 
 melioribus dabantur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a 86, a and b, last sentence. 
 H. : a 154, Note 1, first sentence. 
 
 melior, better ; stem melior- for melios- 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. me'lior me'li us Plur. melio'res melio'ra 
 
 Gen. me li 6'ris me li 6'rum 
 
 Dat. me li 6'ri me li 6'ri bus 
 
 Ace. melio'rem me'li us melio'ris (es) melio'ra 
 
 Voc. me'lior me'li us melio'res melio'ra 
 
 Abl. melio'ri or melio're melio'ribus 
 
62 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 88. 
 
 1. The slave of Claudius is a good man, the slave of Brutus is 
 better. 2. Claudius favors the better slave. 3. Brutus will give 
 Claudius the better slave. 4. The consul is desirous of a better 
 decree. 5. A better decree is demanded from the council. 
 6. The council is worthy of a better decree. 7. Our active sailors 
 were desirous of better boats. 8. Faithful engineers will prepare 
 better boats. 9. Better boats will be given to our active sailors. 
 
 10. With the better boats the sailors will cross swift rivers. 
 
 11. The army of the allies is good, our auxiliaries [are] bet- 
 ter. 12. Caesar calls the army good, the auxiliaries better. 
 13. Our commanders will favor the better auxiliaries. 14. The 
 auxiliaries are worthy of better commanders. 
 
 COMPARATIVE WITH QUAM, AND WITH THE ABLATIVE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. In the study of comparative sentences the terms com- 
 pared should first be accurately determined. In the sentences below, from 
 1 to 10, inclusive, both terms of the comparison have the same relation to 
 similar words ; e.g. in 1, Caesar is the subject of est (expressed), and Sulla 
 is the subject of est (understood) ; in 7, nobilitatem and plebem are objects 
 of habet (expressed or understood). In such sentences quam may be 
 used, with both terms in the same case (nom. or ace.), or quam may be 
 omitted and the last term be put in the ablative. See sentences 1, 2, 7, 9. 
 
 2. In sentence 11, theirs* term of the comparison is Caesar (expressed), 
 the second, Caesar (understood), while legionum and auxiliorum are 
 merely words having a common relation to cupidior (expressed or under- 
 stood). In sentence 12, morte and libertate are not terms of comparison, 
 but similar constructions, governed by dignior. In such sentences quam 
 must be used. 
 
 3. Translate habet, regards ; ducit, considers. 
 
 89. 
 
 1. Caesar 1 clarior est quam 2 Sulla. 1 Caesar est Sulla* clarior. 
 2. Supplex dignior erat quam perfaga. Supplex erat perfuga di- 
 gnior. 3. Divitiacus populo Romano amicior erit quam Ariovistus. 
 4. Virtus est potestate melius. 5. Legiones auxilils dlgniores 
 
9 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 63 
 
 sunt. 6. Senatores sociis nostris amiciores erant quam oratores. 
 
 7. Caesar nobilitatem amiciorem quam plebem habebat. Caesar 
 nobilitatem amiciorem plebe habebat. 8. Consul libertatem melio- 
 rem quam pacein ducit. 9. Auxilia tribunes clarions (-es) quam 
 praefectos habebant. Auxilia tribunos clarions (-es) praefectis 
 habebant. 10. Populus Romanus Haeduos dignioris (-es) quam 
 Helvetios ducebat. 11. Caesar legionum fortium erat cupidior 
 quam auxiliorum. 12. Latro morte dignior erat quam libertate. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : *247, a. 2 208 and a. 3 247 ; Rule 44. 
 H. : 1417, 1. 2309, 1. 3 417 . Ru ie XXIII. 
 
 Like me'lior decline ami'cior, cld'rior, cupi'dior, and di'gnior. 
 
 90. 
 
 1. The daughter is better than the son. 2. The populace was 
 more friendly than the nobility. 3. Our cause was more worthy 
 than yours. 4. The territory of the Haedui is better than the 
 fields of the Germans. 5. Our consuls are more illustrious than 
 your leaders. 6. The Haedui were more friendly than the Ger- 
 mans. 7. The state regards valor [as] better than bravery. 
 
 8. The common people consider the senator more illustrious 
 than the orator. 9. The orator regards fleets [as] better than 
 auxiliary forces. 10. The nation considers the prisoners more 
 worthy than the deserters. 11. Our auxiliaries were more useful 
 to the Roman people than to our allies. 12. He was more faith- 
 ful to the consul than to the state. 
 
 COMPARATIVES (CONTINUED). 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Sentences 1-8, inclusive, have two forms. Translate 
 the comparatives in sentences 9-12 by too or rather, with the positive. 
 
 2. In sentences 13 and 14 the terms of comparison do not sustain the same 
 relation to the governing words ; in 14, for instance, the first term, militibus, 
 is in the ablative, after a, while the second, auxilia, is the subject of a 
 proposition. In such sentences use quam and a verb with the second term 
 as a subject. 
 
64 A STRAIGHT HOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 91. 
 
 1. Filiae diligentiores filiis sunt. 2. Filii audaciores sunt 
 quam ffliae. 3. Tribuni potentiores praefectis erant. 4. Legio- 
 nes fortiores auxiliis erant. 5. Cicero notior Claudio erat. 
 6. Caesar vir dignior erat quam Sulla. 7. Caesar legiones utili- 
 orls (-es) quam auxilia ducit. 8. Clvitas consulem fideliorem tri- 
 buno habet. 9. Nostri audaciores 1 erant. Miles audacior erat. 
 10. Flumen celerius est. Flumina celeriora sunt. 11. Domini 
 potentiores sunt. Dominus potentior est. 12. Puer acrior erat. 
 Pueri acriores erant. 13. Populus Romanus cupidus est socio- 
 rum fideliorum quam sunt Helvetii. 14. Urbs a mllitibus forti- 
 oribus, quam sunt auxilia, servabitur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 93, a. 
 
 H.: 1444 and 1. 
 
 Like me'li or decline auda'cior, diligen'tior, Jide'lior, for'tior, no'tior, 
 po ten'ti o?', and u ti'li or. 
 
 92. 
 
 1. The sailor was more daring than, the engineer. 2. The 
 engineer is more diligent than the sailor. 3. The scouts were 
 braver than the messengers. 4. The Haedui are more friendly 
 than the Germans. 5. Peace is more acceptable to the populace 
 than war. 6. Caesar regards the Helvetii more powerful than 
 the Haedui. 7. The consul considers Italy more unfortunate 
 than the province. 8. The nobility will be too powerful. The 
 enemy will be too powerful. 9. The horse will be rather fleet 
 (swift). The horses will be rather fleet. 10. The citizen was 
 rather active. The citizens were rather active. 11. Rome will 
 be full of soldiers more daring than the enemy. 12. The state 
 will give the authority to a man more worthy than the consul. 
 
 SUPERLATIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Superlatives are declined like bonus, and are trans- 
 lated by English superlatives, or by the positive with very. 
 2. Similis may be followed by the genitive or dative. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 65 
 
 93. 
 
 1. Meus amicus est vir clarus, 1 tuus clarior, aniicus Sullae clor 
 rissimus. 2. Servus tuus erat fidelis, meus fidelior, servus Caesaris 
 fidelissimus. 3. Auddx erit custos, nuntius audacior, explorator 
 auddcissimus. 4. Celer 2 est Rhodanus, celerior Liger, Arar om- 
 nium celerrimus. 5. Claudius sui amici similis 3 est, fratris 
 similior, filii simillimus. 6. Libeii erant comitum suorum simil- 
 limi. 4 Oppida castris simillima sunt. 7. Orator consulem 
 potentissimum virum et dignissimum appellat. 8. Praefectus 
 fortis erat vir diligentissimus. 9. Faber classem celerrimam et 
 utilissimam parabat. 10. Dominus servis fidelissimis et ainicis- 
 simis laudem magnam dabat. 11. Consul milites audacissimos 
 et fortissimos postulabat. 12. Clvitas militum audacissimorum et 
 fortissimorum cupida erat. 13. Clvitas militibus audacissimis et 
 fortissimis erat digna. 14. Sunt in Helvetiorum clvitate flumina 
 multa et celerrima. 15. Nostri milites acerrimi flumina celerrima 
 saepe transeunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 89. 2 89, a. 3 89, 6. 4 93, 6, first sentence. 
 H.: 1162 and Note. 2 163andl. 3 163and2. 
 * 444 and 1. 
 
 Audacissimus, most (very} daring ; stem audacissimo- 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. au da cis'si mus au da cis'si ma au da cis'si mum 
 
 Gen. au da cis'si mi au da cis'si mae au da cis'si ml, etc. 
 
 Continue like bo'nus; so decline all superlatives. Decline new adjectives 
 in all degrees of comparison whenever introduced. 
 
 94. 
 
 1. The captive is worthy, the hostage more worthy, the exile 
 most worthy. 2. The orator was powerful, the senator more 
 powerful, the victor most powerful. 3. The wife will be dili- 
 gent, the sister more diligent, the daughter most diligent. 
 4. The boy is active, the sailor more active, the engineer most 
 active. 5. The common people are friendly, the council more 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 friendly, the garrison most friendly. 6. Our allies were brave, 
 the nobility braver, the legion bravest. 7. The legion is worthy 
 of a very illustrious and very faithful leader. 8. Our forces were 
 faithful to their very worthy leader. 9. The Germans are very 
 brave and very daring. 10. The state is desirous of very active 
 and very diligent consuls. 11. Italy has very active and very dili- 
 gent consuls. 12. The diligent engineer was preparing very use- 
 ful ships. 13. The consul will give much money to the very 
 brave and very faithful soldiers. 14. The daughter was most 
 like her brother. 
 
 IRREGULAR COMPARISON 
 
 95. 
 
 1. Vir bonus est praefectus, tribunus melior, consul optimus. 
 
 2. Homo mains erat supplex, latro peior, perfuga pessimus. 
 
 3. Vir magnus erit Claudius, Brutus maior, Caesar maxi- 
 mus. 4. Honor serv! est parvus, calonis minor, captiv! minimus. 
 5. Tribunus melior erat quam praefectus. consul quam tribu- 
 nus. 6. Civitas Caesarem meliorem Bruto ducit. 7. FTlia sena- 
 toris * est femmarum 2 optima. 8. Orator honore maximo dignus 
 erat. 9. Minima erat copiarum nostrarum calamitas, hostium ma- 
 xima. 10. Belgae sunt nationibus maximis finitimi. 11. Senatores 
 populi Koman! honoribus maximis sunt digm. 12. German! 
 agrorum optimorum cupid! sunt. 13. Sulla ad auxilium suum 
 homines pessimos vocabit. 14. Hostes castra minima habebunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : !214, a, 1. 2 216, and a, 2 ; Rule 16. 
 H..396, 1. 2 397 and 3; Rule XVI. 
 
 96. 
 
 1. The wife of the senator is a good woman, [his] sister better, 
 [his] daughter best. 2. The power of the commander was great, 
 [that] of the tribune greater, of the consul greatest. 3. The prov- 
 ince is small, the state of the Helvetii less, [that] of the Allo- 
 broges the least. 4. Our phalanxes were good, our cohorts better, 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 67 
 
 our legions best. 5. The dangers of our cohorts will be small, 
 [those] of our phalanxes less, of our legions least. 6. Our allies 
 were very good soldiers. 7. The consul regards our allies very 
 good soldiers. 8. Our brave soldiers are worthy of the greatest 
 praise. 9. The territory of Gaul is adjacent to very large seas. 
 
 10. Sulla will give a very small part of Italy to worthy men. 
 
 11. Italy is desirous of the greatest glory. 
 
 IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Translate plus honoris, more (o/) honor (see 1). 
 Proximus is followed by the dative or accusative in Caesar (see 3, 11, 12). 
 Quam before superlatives makes them more emphatic (see 9 and 10) ; 
 translate quam plurimas, as many as possible ; quam optima's, the best 
 possible. 
 
 2. Such genitives as pluris, minoris, magni and parvi (4 and 5), are 
 called genitives of indefinite value. In translating them, supply some such 
 word as value or worth. 
 
 97. 
 
 1. Honor multus concilio, plus 1 honoris 2 senatoribus, honor 
 plurimus consulibus dabatur. 2. Consul prior dux bonus uon 
 erat; omnium ducum primus est Caesar. 3. Caesar est quam 
 legatus suus propior castra 3 et proximus oppidum, 3 Genavam. 
 
 4. Servus pluris 4 erat quam scapha, scapha minoris quam equus. 
 
 5. Servus magni est, scapha parvi. 6. Consul auxilia plura po- 
 stulabat. 7. Populus Eomanus consules prioris (-es), viros claris- 
 simos ducebat. 8. Honores maxim! consulibus prioribus a populo 
 Eomano dabantur. 9. Cousules navis (-es) quam plurimas 5 para- 
 bant et nautas quam optimos deligebant. 10. Praefectus castra 
 quam maxima faciebat. 11. Hostes sunt in agris proximis pro- 
 vinciae. 12. Belgae proximl Germanis sunt. 13. Tribuni suos 
 ad proxima oppida ducent. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 Q6, b, first sentence. 2 216, a, 2 and 3. 
 
 3 234, e. 4 252 and a. 6 93 b, second 
 sentence. 
 
 H. : !165, Note 1. 2 397 and 3. 3 433, I., 
 Note 2. 4 405. 6 170, 2 (2). 
 
68 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Plus, more ; stem plur- for plus- 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. plus Plur. plu'res plu'ra 
 
 Gen. plu'ris plu'rium 
 
 Dat. plu'ribus 
 
 Ace. plus plu'ris (es) plu'ra 
 
 Voc. plus plu'res plu'ra 
 
 Abl. plu're plu'ribus 
 
 98. 
 
 1. Much praise will be given to the cohorts, more (of) praise to 
 the legions, most praise to our faithful commanders. 2. The 
 former leader is a good commander, the new leader the first of 
 soldiers. 3. The province is nearer Italy than the territory of the 
 Allobroges, the Allobroges are nearest the Sequani. 4. Our fleet 
 was of great [value], the fleet of the enemy of little [worth]. 
 5. Garrisons are of more [worth] than decrees, decrees of less 
 [value] than a faithful populace. 6. The common people give 
 more (of) praise to our soldiers than to our commanders. 7. The 
 state is desirous of more allies and larger revenues. 8. The Ro- 
 man people will prepare as many auxiliary [forces] as possible. 
 9. Caesar was arming as many legions as possible and was select- 
 ing the best possible leaders. 10. The great leaders are worthy 
 of their former glory. 11. Of Roman soldiers, Caesar was the 
 first and greatest. 12. The Germans are nearest the Rhine and 
 the Belgae. 
 
 IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE COMPARISON 
 (CONTINUED). 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Forms from the positive inferus and superus are used 
 mostly as nouns. 
 
 2. Translate summus mons (collis), top of the mountain (hill} ; Infimus 
 collis (mons) , foot of the hill (mountain}; the ablatives magnitudine, vir- 
 tute (see 1, 2, 14), in respect to, in ; magis idoneus, maxime idoneus, etc., 
 more suitable, most (very) suitable, etc. 
 
 3. Collis and mons are of the masculine gender. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 69 
 
 99. 
 
 1. Mons est magnitudine l superior. Summus (supremus) mons 
 plenus est mllitum. 2. Collis est magnitudine inferior. Infimus 
 (Imus) 2 collis est in Helvetiorum flnibus. 3. Collis Infimus 
 magis 3 idoneus castrls erat quam summus mons. 4. Pars collis 
 est in Sequanorum fmibus, pars montis in Helvetiorum clvitate. 
 5. Civitas Allobrogum colli 4 et montl est proxima. 6. Nostrl ad 
 collem, hostes ad montem, castra faciebant. 7. Erant sub infimo 
 monte et summo in colli (-e) silvae maximae. 8. Montes Sequano- 
 rum sunt maiores et arduiores quam colles Allobrogum. 9. Fines 
 Helvetiorum fluminum celerium, montium maximorum, collium 
 arduorum plenae sunt. 10. SequanI montibus multls et collibus 
 sunt fiiiitiml. 11. Helvetil sedls(-es) ad a montis (-es) et collis (-es) 
 arduissimos habent. 12. Sunt sub arduls montibus et summls in 
 collibus hostes multl. 13. Summus collis non est arduissimus et 
 castrls maxime 3 idoneus est. 14. Consules hostis (-es) multitu- 
 dine hominum superiorls (-es), Inferiorls (-es) virtute habebant. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a 258, c, 2, Note 1. 
 
 H. : a 433, I. ad (2). 
 Learn A. & G. : *253; Rule 53. 2 193 ; Rule 5. 3 89, d. 
 
 * 234 and a ; Rule 28. 
 
 H.: 1424 and Note 1; Rule XXIX. 2 440, 2, 
 Notes 1, 2. 3 169, 2 ; 170. 4 391 and I. ; 
 Rule XIV. 
 
 100. 
 
 1. The consul is superior in power. 2. The highest safety of 
 the state summons the consul to Rome. 3. The mountain is not 
 inferior in magnitude. 4. The foot [of] the mountain was more 
 suitable for a camp than the top [of] the hill. 5. The sea is very 
 near the foot [of] the hill and the mountain. 6. Ours (our forces) 
 have the foot [of] the mountain ; the enemy, the top [of] the 
 hill. 7. Our camp was protected by a mountain and a very rugged 
 hill. 8. The tops [of] the hills and mountains are not suitable for 
 a camp. 9. Faithful legions are the guards of our mountains and 
 hills. 10. Ours (our forces) come to the mountains and hills of 
 
70 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 the Sequani. 11. The enemy are driven from the mountains and 
 hills into the territory of the Helvetii. 12. The Helvetii will 
 summon as many auxiliaries as possible. 
 
 IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE COMPARISON 
 (CONTINUED). 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Senex and iuvenis are adjectives, with the compara- 
 tives senior and iunior, but they are mostly used as nouns. For their 
 adjective use, see 1 and 2, below. 
 
 2. Invitus has no comparative ; laetus has regular comparison. Trans- 
 late the forms of these words in the sentences below as adverbs ; e.g. invitus 
 unwillingly ; laetissinaus, very gladly. 
 
 101. 
 
 1. Exsul iuvenis est, obses iunior x quam exsul. 2. Praefectus 
 senex erat, tribunus senior 1 quam praefectus. 3, Senex 2 invitus, 3 
 iuvenis 2 invitissimus 3 perfugam iuvabit. 4. Puer iter laetus, 3 
 iuvenis laetior, 3 senex laetissimus faciet. 5. Fortitude senis 
 et virtus iuvenis civitati salutem ferent. 6. Honor et sen! et 
 iuvenl est acceptissimus. 7. Concilium senem laude digniorem 
 quam iuvenem ducebat. 8. Facinus audax sene et iuvene erat 
 indignum. 9. Senes laeti, iuvenes non inviti, captivo auxilium 
 ferunt. 10. Civitas non invita virtutem iuvenum, fortitudinem 
 senum laudabit. 11. Laudes civitatis et senibus et iuvenibus 
 erunt acceptissimae. 12. Civitas a senibus confirmabatur, a 
 iuvenibus servabatur. 13. Consul iuvenes bello magis idoneos 
 quam senes ducit. 14. Iuvenes nostri virtute superiores erunt, 
 fortitudine senes. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 91, c, first sentence. 2 188 and a. 3 191. 
 H. : 1 168, 4. 2 62, V. and foot-note 3. 3 443 
 and Note 1 (1). 
 
A 
 
 STRAIGHT ROAD 
 
 TO CAESAR. 
 
 71 
 
 
 iuvenis, a young man ; 
 
 stem iuveni- 
 
 
 
 M. (F.) 
 
 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 iu've nis 
 
 Plur. iu've nes 
 
 
 Gen 
 
 iu've nis 
 
 iu've num 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 iu've ni 
 
 iuve'nibus 
 
 , 
 
 Ace. 
 
 iu've nem 
 
 iu've nis (es) 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 iu've nis 
 
 iu've nes 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 iu've ne 
 
 iu ve'ni bus 
 
 
 senex, an old man ; stem senec- and seni- 
 
 M. (p.) 
 
 Sing. Nom. se'nex (x = c-s) Plur. se'nes 
 
 Gen. se'nis se'num 
 
 Dat. se'ni se'nibus 
 
 Ace. se'nem se'nes 
 
 Voc. se'nex se'nes 
 
 Abl. se'ne se'ni bus 
 
 102. 
 
 1. The sister of the senator is young, the senator younger than 
 [his] sister. 2. The slave was old, the master older than the 
 slave. 3. The wife of the orator will come gladly, the daughter 
 more gladly. 4. The consul unwillingly, the state most unwil- 
 lingly was preparing war. 5. The old [man] was a friend of the 
 youth, the youth a companion of the old [man]. 6. The children 
 were very friendly both to the youth and to the old [man]. 7. All 
 the children will praise the youth and the old [man]. 8. The 
 boys were warned by the youth and by the old [man]. 9. The 
 companions of the young [men] and the friends of the old [men] 
 will assist the nation very gladly. 10. The nation was very faith- 
 ful both to its old [men] and to its young [men]. 11. The 
 nation was arming its young [men] and protecting its old [men]. 
 12. Both young and old are not inferior in valor. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Adverbs formed from adjectives of the first and second 
 declensions are mostly compared like cupide and bene (see 1 and 6) ; those 
 
72 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 formed from adjectives of the third declension, like audacter, diligenter, 
 and fortiter (see 3, 4, and 5). 
 
 2. Or do is of the masculine gender ; arbor is feminine. 
 
 103. 
 
 1. Cohors cupide, 1 phalanx cupidius, 2 legio cupidissime 2 proelium 
 committit. 2. Italia saepe, 3 provincia saepius, Gallia saepissime 
 auxilium postulabat. 3. Socii audacter,* auxilia audacius, nostii 
 audacissime fines hostium vastabant. 4. Haedui diligenter, HelvetiT 
 diligentius, populus Romanus quam diligentissime bellum . parabat. 
 5. Belgae fortiter, Haedui fortius, nostri fortissime Germanis bel- 
 lum mferent. 6. Praefectus urbem bene, tribunus melius, consul 
 quam optime servabit. 7. Est summo in colle ordo militum for- 
 tissimorum. 8. Pars ordinis ducem maxime delectat. 9. Caesar 
 ordini militum fidelium auxilium acceptissimuni dabat. 10. Duces 
 ordinum nostrorum proelium fortissime committunt. 11. Milites 
 multi et saucii in ordinibus pereunt. 12. Est summo in colle 
 arbor maxima. 13. Sunt ad arborem exploratores audacissimi. 
 14. Magnitudo arborum summo in monte minima erat. 15. Sum- 
 mus mons arboribus magms minime idoneus est. 16. Erat sub 
 infimo monte ad arbores multas et magnas ager castris idoneus. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 148 and a. 2 92. 3 148,/. 4 148 and 
 
 b ; 207 ; Rule 10. 
 
 H. : 1 304 and II. 2. 2 306. 3 306, 4. 4 304, 
 IV. ; 551 ; Rule LXI. 
 
 104. 
 
 1. A well-known commander bravely leads tke company. 
 2. Ours (our forces) make the march very quickly. 3. The com- 
 panies were very carefully prepared. 4. There was very near the 
 foot of the hill a large tree. 5. Ours (our forces) were near the 
 tree. 6. Guards were protecting the tree as carefully as possible. 
 7. There was in the top of the tree an active scout. 8. There 
 were very many trees upon the hill. 9. Our companies will be 
 protected from the enemy by the trees. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 73 
 
 NOUNS OF THE FOURTH DECLENSION. MASCULINE 
 
 GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The case-ending of the nom. and voc. sing, is -us ; gen. -us ; 
 dat. -ui (-u) ; ace. -um ; abl. -u. The case-ending of the nom., ace., and voc. 
 pi. is -us ; gen. -uum ; dat. and abl. -ibus (-ubus). 
 
 105. 
 
 1. Senates exercitwm quam celerrime parabat. 2. Pars exer- 
 citus impetum in hostis (-es) audacter facit. 3. Senat?<s impe- 
 tm (-u) favet. 4. Prmcipes senates exercitum laudabunt. 5. Exer- 
 citus senat?m impetu audacissimo delectat. 6. Exercitws erit 
 senatm (-u) fidelissimus. 7. Clvitas et exercitu et senate quam 
 diligentissime servabitur. 8. Laus exercit?^(-?1) forti dabatur. 
 
 9. Exercitws impetus multos in hostis (-es) acriter facient. 
 
 10. Impetus mult! exercitus hostium dividunt. 11. Hostes im- 
 peiibus exercitimw nostrorum in fugam dabantur. 12. Senates 
 multi et clarissimi exercitiTms nostris laudem dabant. 13. Honor 
 et senattTws et exercit/6ws populi Komam dabitur. 14. In sena- 
 tibus senatores multi impetibus audacibus f avebunt. 15. Kationes 
 flnitimae senates clarissimos habent. 
 
 sen^tus, senate; stem senatn- 
 
 M. 
 
 Sing. Nom. sena'tus Plur. sena'tus 
 
 Gen. sena'tus sena'tuum 
 
 Dat. sena'tui(-u) sena'tibus 
 
 Ace. se na/tum se na'tus 
 
 Voc. se na'tus se na'tus 
 
 Abl. se na'tu se na'ti bus 
 
 impetus, attack ; stem impetu- 
 
 M. 
 
 Sing. Nom. im'pe tus Plur. im'pe tus 
 Gen. im'pe tus 
 
 Dat. im pe'tu i (im'pe tu) im pe'ti bus 
 
 Ace. im'pe turn im'pe tus 
 
 Voc. im'pe tus im'pe tus 
 
 Abl. im'pe tu im'pe ti bus 
 
 Like im'pe tus decline exer'citus. 
 
74 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 106. 
 
 1. Both the army and the senate favor an attack. 2. The 
 attack was worthy of the army and the senate. 3. The power of 
 the senate and the bravery of the army were very great. 4. Our 
 leaders will be friendly to the senate and faithful to the army. 
 5. Leading men were desirous of an attack and were encouraging 
 both the senate and the army. 6. Our senates are worthy of 
 their armies. 7. Our armies by swift attacks encourage our sen- 
 ates. 8. The valor of the armies and the power of the senates are 
 our glory. 9. Leaders suitable for our armies were selected by 
 illustrious senates. 10. Brave attacks will bring safety to our 
 senates. 11. The danger of the state summons our armies to 
 brave attacks. 12. The leaders of our armies are desirous of dar- 
 ing attacks. 13. Great praise will be given to the senates and 
 armies of the Koman people. 
 
 NOUNS OF THE FOURTH DECLENSION (CONTINUED). 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Domus is of the feminine gender. Cornu is neuter, 
 and its case-signs are nom., dat., ace., voc., and abl. sing, -u ; gen. -u (-us) ; 
 nom., ace., and voc. pi. -ua ; gen. -uum ; dat. and abl. -ibus. 
 
 2. In 9 and 10 translate donil, at home ; domum, home ; domo, from 
 home. 
 
 3. Genavae, Avarici, Vesontioni (Vesontione), in 11, are called loca- 
 tive forms, and are to be translated at Geneva, at Avaricum, etc. 
 
 107. 
 
 1. Domus ' mea maior domo (domu) tua est. 2. Praefectus 
 domus maximae cupidus erat. 3. Domus legati domui (domo) 
 praefectl est finitima. 4. Praefectus domum legato deligit. 
 5. Domus provinciae domibus nostrls simillimae sunt. 6. Urbs 
 domuum (domdrum) maximarum plena erat. 7. Domus nostrae 
 legatorum domos (domus} servant. 8. Legati domibus suls nml- 
 titudine hostium expellebantur. 9. Consul domi* erat, exsul 
 domo l Komam 2 veniebat. 10. Exsul domum 2 Roma mittebatur. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 75 
 
 11. Captivus Genavae, 3 obses Avarici, 3 senator Vesontiom 3 (Ve- 
 sontione) erat. 12. Cornu dextrum magno in periculo erit. 
 
 13. Caesar auxilium a sinstro cornu ad cornu dextrum mittet. 
 
 14. Pars cornu (-us) dextri in fuga erat. 15. Auxilium cornu 
 dextro dabatur. 16. Cornua exercitus flumine et colle servabun- 
 tur. 17. Duces cornuum viii clarissimi erant. 18. Legiones fortes 
 cornibus auxilium ferebant. 19. Hostes cornibus virtute legionum 
 expellentur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a 68 ; 69. 
 
 H.: a l!6 and 1; 118. 
 
 Learn A. & G. : 1 258, a. 2 258, b. 3 258, c, 2, both sen- 
 tences ; 36, c ; 40, a ; 62 ; 70, g ; 
 Rule 57. 
 
 H.:i4l2,II.l. 2 380, II. 2, 1). 3426,2; 48,4; 
 51, 8 ; 66,4 ; 119, 1 ; Rule XXX. 
 
 
 domus, house ; 
 
 stem doinu- 
 
 
 F. 
 
 F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 do'mus 
 
 Plur. do'mus 
 
 Gen. 
 
 do'mus (I) 
 
 do'mu um (o'runi) 
 
 Dat. 
 
 do'mui (o) 
 
 do'mi bus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 do'mum 
 
 do'mos (us) 
 
 Voc. 
 
 do'mus 
 
 do'mus 
 
 Abl. 
 
 do'mo (u) 
 
 do'mi bus 
 
 cornu, wing (of an army) ; stem cornu- 
 
 N. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. cor'nu Plur. cor'nua 
 
 Gen. cor'nu (us) cor'nu um 
 
 Dat. cor'nu cor'ni bus 
 
 Ace. cor'nu cor'nu a 
 
 Voc. cor'nu cor'nua 
 
 Abl. cor'nu cor'ni bus 
 
 Hereafter decline all nouns of the fourth declension whenever introduced. 
 
 108. 
 
 1. The commander's house was smaller than my house. 2. A 
 part of my house was protected by large trees. 3. The Mediter- 
 ranean Sea is adjacent to my house. 4. Many large trees protect 
 
76 A STRAIGHT BOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 my house. 5. The houses of the city were riot like the houses of 
 the province. 6. There is a multitude of houses in a large city. 
 
 7. The common people will regard our houses [as] very large. 
 
 8. In our houses are many faithful friends. 9. The wounded 
 soldier will be sent home from Vesontio. 10. The scout was sum- 
 moned from home and sent to Avaricum. 11. The sailor was at 
 Geneva, the engineer at Vesontio. 12. The messenger was at 
 home, the scout at Avaricum. 13. The left wing of the army is 
 near the sea. 14. The commander was leading his cohort from 
 the right to the left wing. 15. The leader of the left wing was 
 wounded. 16. Assistance was very acceptable to the left wing. 
 17. The wings eagerly joined battle with the enemy. 18. The 
 safety of the wings will encourage the army. 19. The auxiliaries 
 are near the wings. 20. The army was protected by its wings. 
 
 NOUNS OF THE FIFTH DECLENSION. FEMININE 
 GENDER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The case-signs of this declension are sing., nom. -es ; 
 gen. -Si ; dat. -ei ; ace. -em ; voc. -es ; abl. -e ; plural, nom. -es ; gen. -erum ; 
 dat. -ebus; ace. -es ; voc. -es ; abl. -ebus. In the gen. and dat. sing, of 
 res, i before e is short by exception. 
 
 2. Dies is sometimes feminine in the singular. Diem ex die ducit 
 (see 4) means delays from day to day ; res novae, new things, i.e. a revo- 
 lution. 
 
 109. 
 
 1. Dies* libertatis celerriine veniet. 2. Vulgus diel (die) ma- 
 xime cupidum est. 3. Nobilitas laeta diel (die) honorem magnum 
 dabit. 4. Consul indlgnus libertati est inimicus et diem ex die 
 ducit. 5. Laeti libertatis dies vulgus confirmabunt. 6. Omnes 
 dierum laetissimorum sunt cupidi. 7. Civitas multis libertatis 
 diebus cupide studebit. 8. Bom dies libertatis laetos dies appel- 
 labunt. 9. Bom diebus multis sunt digm. 10. J^espublica magno 
 in periculo est. 11. Magnum est mpublicae perlculum. 12. Gives 
 acres mpublicae auxilium dabunt. 13. Copiae nostrae rempubli- 
 cam fortiter servabunt. 14. Hostes libertatis republics, expelle- 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 77 
 
 bantur. 15. Res novae copias Romam vocabunt. 16. Viri multi 
 rerum novarum sunt cupidi. 17. Nobilitas rebus no vis studebat. 
 18. Prmcipes civitatis res novas parabant. 19. Homines multi et 
 indigni no vis in rebus pereunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a 72 ; 73 ; 74, c and d. 
 
 H.: a 120 and 1 ; 122, 1; 123. 
 
 res, thing ; stem re- dies, day ; stem die- 
 
 F. M. and F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. res (pu'bli ca) Plur. res (pu'bli cae) Sing, di'es 
 
 Gen. re'i (pu'bli cae) re'nim (pu bli ca'rum) die'I(di'e) 
 
 Dat. re'i (pu'bli cae) re'bus (pu'bli cis) die'i(di'e) 
 
 Ace. rem (pu'bli cam) res (pu'bli cas) di'em 
 
 Voc. res (pu'bli ca) res (pu'bli cae) di'es 
 
 Abl. re (pu'bli ca) re bus (pu'bli cis) di'e 
 
 The plural of di'es has nom. di'es, gen. di e'rum, etc. 
 
 Decline all nouns of the fifth declension whenever introduced. 
 
 110. 
 
 1. The day is suitable for a journey (march). 2. Caesar will 
 make a day's journey. 3. The journey is suitable for the day. 
 4. The enemy [do] not make an attack, they delay from day to 
 day. 5. The days of peace were many and joyful. 6. The com- 
 mon people are desirous of joyful days. 7. The orator gives 
 praise to the joyful days. 8. The good will call the days of 
 peace, very joyful days. 9. The good are worthy of many (and) 
 joyful days. 10. The commonwealth will demand faithful citi- 
 zens. 11. The power of the commonwealth is very great. 
 12. The populace gives the commonwealth great praise. 13. All 
 praise the commonwealth. 14. The populace is assisted by the 
 commonwealth. 15. A revolution will bring danger to the nobil- 
 ity. 16. The friends of the revolution were summoned to Eome. 
 17. The leaders of our armies will favor a revolution. 18. The 
 nobility will not demand a revolution. 19. New power will be 
 given to the common people by the revolution. 
 
78 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. IS, EA, ID, SINGULAR 
 NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Is, ea, id is a demonstrative, meaning that, this; e.g. 
 Caesarjribunos in earn civitatem mlttit, Caesar sends tribunes into this state. 
 
 2. Eius consulis in 2 means of this consul; el testi, in 3, to this witness; 
 and so on. 
 
 3. Observe that the demonstrative usually precedes its noun. 
 
 4. The paradigm of is is given under Exercise 113. 
 
 111. 
 
 1. Is tribunus et ea legio et id praesidium laudabantur. 
 2. Auctoritas eius consulis, eius legationis, eius concili erat plebi 
 acceptior quam Caesari. 3. El testi, el feminae, el concilio auc- 
 toritas dabatur. 4. Exercitus eum agrum, earn provinciam id 
 flumen transibat. 5. Ed die, in ea urbe, in eo concilio bellum 
 parabatur. 6. Legion es novae in earn part em Galliae mlttebantur ; 
 ea res hostibus nota erat. 7. Ad eum prmcipem Caesar lega- 
 tionem mlttit ; eius legationis Galba est dux. 8. Eius rei 1 popu- 
 lus Komanus erat testis. 9. Id concilium plus auctoritatis habe- 
 bit in Gallia quam 2 in ea urbe. 10. Testis el legato et el 
 legation! persuadet. 11. Consul est eo teste 2 melior. 12. Exer- 
 citus noster propior earn urbem erat quam Romam. 13. Id 
 oppidum propius monti est quam Romae. 14. Senatus eo honore 
 dlgnior erat quam consul. 15. Auctoritas senatus plebi acceptior 
 erat quam consulis. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. &G. : x 213, land 2; 217; Rule 17. 2 247 and a; 
 
 Rule 44. 
 H.: ! 396, II. and III. 2 417 and 1; Rule XXIII. 
 
 112. 
 
 1. The consul will give this embassy new authority. 2. The 
 authority of this leader was more acceptable to our soldiers than 
 (that of) Caesar. 3. That commander will have authority by 
 a decree of the council ; of this fact the Roman people will be a 
 witness. 4. Caesar's army crosses that swift river ; this fact is 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 79 
 
 known to the enemy. 5. This river is often crossed by our army. 
 6. To that ambassador the senate will give more authority than 
 to the consul. 7. Caesar is a better commander than this consul. 
 8. This embassy is nearer to the city than to our camp. 9. Our 
 authority was greater in Eome than in this city. 
 
 IS, EA, ID, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Is, ea, id means in the plural those, these. 
 
 2. Translate reliquus, in 8 and 9, the rest of; so, for such expressions as 
 the rest of the soldiers, say, in Latin, not reliqui mill turn, but reliqui 
 milites. 
 
 113. 
 
 1. I (el) milites, eae munltiones, ea oppida in nostra potestate 
 sunt. 2. Auctoritas eorum consulum, earum civitatum, eorum 
 conciliorum erat maior quam populi Komam. 3. Domus els (is) 
 servis, els (is) flliabus, els (is) praesidiis dabatur. 4. Hostes eos 
 praefectos, eas copias, ea praesidia terrent. 5. In els (is) agris et in 
 els (is) urbibus et in els (is) oppidis multi hostes erant. 6. I (el) 
 milites veniebant et eius rei causa erat peiiculum. 7. Is consul 
 in castiis homines fidells (-es)habet; ex els (Is) hominibus lega- 
 tum deliget. 8. Eorum militum fuga reliquus x exercitus terretur. 
 9. Ob earn rem Caesar ad omnia ea oppida reliqua legationes 
 mittebat. 10. Caesar maior est eo duce. Caesar maior est quam 
 is dux. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. 
 
 G. : !193; RuleS. 
 
 H. : !440, 2, Notes 1 and 2. 
 
 Sing. Nom. is 
 Gen. e'ius 
 Dat. e'l 
 Ace. e'um 
 
 y oc 
 
 Abl. e'6 
 
 e'a 
 
 e'ius 
 
 e'l 
 
 e'am 
 
 e'a 
 
 N. M. 
 
 id Plur. I(ei) 
 
 e'ius e 6'rum 
 
 e'l e'ls (Is) 
 
 id e'os 
 
 e'6 
 
 F. 
 
 e'ae 
 ea'rum 
 e'ls (is) 
 e'as 
 
 N. 
 
 e'a 
 eo'mm 
 
 e'ls (is) 
 e'a 
 
 e'ls (is) e'ls (is) e'ls (is) 
 
80 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 114. 
 
 1. The enemy desire those fields, those provinces, those towns. 
 2. Caesar has many legions ; of these he will send the largest to 
 Rome. 3. These soldiers come from that town to our province 
 and terrify the citizens. 4. The rest of the soldiers are worthy 
 of these leaders and these decrees. 5. The towns of the allies 
 are large j to these the consul will send the rest of the legions. 
 6. In these towns there were witnesses of these things ; on this 
 account Caesar sends ambassadors. 7. Practice giving in Latin : 
 This man, these sailors, in those states, to (or for) this slave, of 
 this commander, of those towns, to (or for) these witnesses, into 
 that city, on account of these things, this fact, of that legion, to 
 (or for) this embassy, with these auxiliary [forces], this decree, 
 of these witnesses, in company with this witness. 
 
 HIC, HAEC, HOC. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The demonstrative hie, haec, hoc means this, and 
 refers to a person or thing near at hand. 
 
 2. In the plural number, hie has the case-endings of bonus with haec 
 (not ha) in the nom. and ace. neut. 
 
 115. 
 
 1. Hie exercitus, haec phalanx, hoc praesidium in servitutem 
 imttebatur. 2. Duces huius exercitus, huius phalangis, huius 
 praesidl Romam iter facient. 3. Huic exercitui (-u), huic phalangl^ 
 huic praesidio Caesar persuadebat. 4. Praefectus hunc exerci- 
 tum, hanc navem (-im), hoc praesidium armabit. 5. Hoc honore, 
 hac spe, hoc decreto consul milites acris (-es) confirmabit. 6. Nos- 
 trl hoc flumen inviti transibant. 7. Hie locus ab hoste passus l 
 sexcentos 2 abest. 8. Infimus collis ab hac urbe passus multos 
 aberat. 9. Hoc flumen multis locis 3 transitur. 10. Hae silvae 
 et haec flumina in nostra provincia sunt. 11. Haec loca a suinmo 
 monte milia 4 passuum 5 VI. 6 (sex) absunt. 12. Nostri ab hoc 
 loco milia passuum octo aberant. 13. Multitude hostium acrium 
 omnia haec loca transeunt. 14. Haec urbs Romae simillima est. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 81 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 257 ; Rule 36. 2 94, d. 3 258, /, 1 and 2. 
 
 4 94, e and Note. 5 216, a, 2. G 94, c. 
 H.: J 379 ; Rule IX. 2 177. 3 425, II. and 2. 
 4 178. 5 397 and 2. 6 176. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 Me 
 
 haec 
 
 hoc 
 
 Plur. hi 
 
 hae 
 
 haec 
 
 Gen. 
 
 hu'ius 
 
 hu'ius 
 
 hu'ius 
 
 ho'rum 
 
 ha'rum 
 
 ho'rum 
 
 Bat. 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 Ace. 
 
 hunc 
 
 hanc 
 
 hoc 
 
 hos 
 
 has 
 
 haec 
 
 VOP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V UO. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 hoc 
 
 hac 
 
 hoc 
 
 his 
 
 Ms 
 
 Ms 
 
 116. 
 
 1. The leader was giving helmets to this legion, to these aux- 
 iliary [forces], to this commander. 2. These citizens, these 
 councils, these states have the greatest honors. 3. To this state, 
 to this citizen, to this council the consul will give very great 
 honors. 4. This place is in the hands of Romans. 5. Our sol- 
 diers very often cross these swift rivers. 6. These places are 
 six miles distant from Rome. 7. There are many very swift 
 rivers in this province. 8. The attack of these auxiliary [forces], 
 of this cohort, of this leader, is more acceptable to our brave sol- 
 diers than to the enemy. 9. This legion is six hundred paces 
 from the city. 10. These rivers are in many places known to the 
 enemy. 11. For this reason the slave is more useful than this 
 soldier. 12. This hope, to these places, of this cohort, of these 
 states, in these places, to (or for) these leaders, in these cities, 
 to (or for) this army, by means of this authority, to (or for) this 
 witness, into this swift river, by this decree, in this place, this 
 sea, of these decrees, into these provinces. 
 
 ILLE, ILL A, ILLUD. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Ille, ilia, illud is a demonstrative, meaning that, 
 yonder. It differs in declension from bonus only in the forms given in 
 sentences 1-5. 
 
82 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 2. Hie, this, refers to something near at hand ; ille, that, to something 
 more remote ; e.g. Hie locus est in provincia nostril, ille in vestra, This place 
 is in our province, that in yours. 
 
 117. 
 
 1. Ille honor, ilia gloria, illud imperium est Caesaris. 1 2. Salus 
 illlus custodis, illlus feminae, illlus praesidi est in manibus meis. 
 3. Illl militi, illl cohort!, illl praesidio honor dabatur. 4. Hoc 
 lltus regem delectat, illud noil. 5. Omnes homines illud foedus 
 pro facinore habebunt. 6. Ob earn rem duces illlus exercitus 
 quain hums fideliores erant. 7. Impetus hums phalangis regi 
 utilior erat quam illlus. 8. Hlc locus a summo monte milia pas- 
 suum VII. (septem) aberat, ille X. (decem). 9. Consules poten- 
 tes huic iuveni equum, galeam ill! dant. 10. Latro ilia spe 
 testis (-es) reliquos confirm abit. 11. Hoc foedus utilius erit quam 
 illud. 12. HI duces illis peiores sunt. 13. Consul illl legion! 
 meliorem ducem quam huic dabit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. 
 
 M. F. 
 
 Sing. Norn, ille il'la 
 
 Gen. illi'ua illi'us 
 
 Dat. n'H il'li 
 
 Ace. il'lum il'lam 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Abl. il'16 
 
 G. : i 214, c. 
 
 H. : 1 401 ; Rule XVIII. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 il'lud Plur. 
 
 illl 
 
 illae 
 
 ilia 
 
 il II'UB 
 
 illo'rum 
 
 illa'rum 
 
 illo'rum 
 
 nn 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 illud 
 
 illoa 
 
 illas 
 
 ilia 
 
 ilia il'16 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 il'lls 
 
 118. 
 
 1. With that treaty the commander will encourage the faithful 
 soldiers. 2. On this account the senators were more friendly to 
 this commander than to that. 3. This treaty was more useful to 
 our soldiers than that. 4. This army will have more commanders 
 than that. 5. The guards of yonder city were braver than [the 
 guards] of this. 6. There are more swift ships on that shore than 
 on this. 7. This shore is nearer to Italy than to Germany. 
 8. Our soldiers will be faithful to this very worthy leader. 9. On 
 this account, the consul considers these soldiers braver than those. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 83 
 
 10. Of this place, of those places, to (or for) that witness, by 
 means of this authority, on these shores, those treaties, to (or 
 for) the rest of the soldiers, of these embassies, of this very use- 
 ful council, to that city, to those places, by means of that treaty, 
 on this account. 
 
 IS, HIC, AND ILLE AS SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Is, hie, and ille are used not only as adjective pro- 
 nouns ihodifying nouns, but also alone as substantive pronouns ; e.g. Huic 
 persuadet Caesar, Caesar persuades Mm (this one). 
 
 2. Translate terra marique, in 7, by land and sea. 
 
 119. 
 
 1. El legation! Ariovistus respondet; iterum ad eum Caesar 
 legatos mittit. 2. Est flunien idque 1 multis locis vado 2 transiba- 
 tur. 3. Mult! flumen vado transibant; in his Ariovistus erat. 
 4. Caesar milites acris (-es) in urbe habet; ex els (is) Galbam ad 
 hostis (-es) mittet. 5. Eorum feminae liberique in servitutem 
 ducebantur ; eius re! populus Eomanus erat testis. 6. Ab castris 
 oppidum hostium abest milia passuum no vein; id summa vi 3 
 nostri oppugnant. 7. I (el) urbls (-es) nostras terra marique 
 acriter oppugnant. 8. Hunc Caesar prohibet ab els (is) locis. 
 9. Huic Ariovistus iterum iterumque respondebat. 10. Multi 
 illud flumen transibant ; illos Caesar Komam mittebat. 11. Ger- 
 man! erant fmitim!; apud eos erat rex Ariovistus. 12. Apud 
 Helvetios nobilissimus erat Orgetorix ; is coniurationem nobilita- 
 tis faciebat. 13. Consul ob earn rem calones et custodes vocabat ; 
 hos laudabat, monebat illos. 14. Eius bell! femina est causa ; ea 
 tribimos militum in eas civitates m!ttit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 156, a. 2 258, g. 3 248 ; Rule 46. 
 
 H. : 1 554, 1. , 2 and 3. 2 Rule XXV. 3 419, III. ; 
 Rule XXIV., III. 
 
 120. 
 
 1. Caesar storms all those towns by land and sea, and keeps 
 the force of the enemy from his own camp. 2. The Germans 
 
84 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 were adjacent; of them the noblest were sent to Caesar. 
 3. These states again were sending their chiefs as ambassadors 
 to Rome ; this was known to our soldiers. 4. The king's daugh- 
 ter is in Geneva ; she will send a slave to Eome. 5. There is a 
 bridge upon that river; to it the Germans send a large army. 
 6. This chief again and again responds to that commander and 
 his soldiers. 7. Ariovistus keeps the force of the enemy from 
 his camp all these days. 8. Among them are deserters and 
 guards ; these he will praise, those he will warn. 9. Caesar will 
 choose for his camp a more suitable place than the top of a moun- 
 tain. 10. Caesar sends to the city more captives than Sulla. 
 
 IPSE, ISTE, IDEM. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Iste, that, that of yours, is declined like ille. Ipse, self, 
 is similarly declined, but lias the form ipsum, nom. and ace. sing. neut. 
 Idem, the same, is the demonstrative is plus the affix -dem ; it lias idem 
 for isdem, idem for iddem, and changes m to n before d, as in euiidem for 
 eumdem. 
 
 121. 
 
 1. Ipse l in Italiam magms itineribus contendit. 2. Salus tuae 
 cohortis ipsius 2 in manibus tuis erat. 3. Mult! plus potestatis 
 habebant quam magistratus ipsi. 4. Iterum oppidum ipsum 
 nostri oppugnabant terra maiique. 5. Ipse erat Dumnorix, 
 summa audacia, 3 magna apud plebem gratia, cupidus rerum nova- 
 rum. 6. Merces istws* facinoris mors erit. 7. Femina istl calom 
 misero non respondebit. 8. Ista merces exsules non confirmat. 
 9. Magistratus ipsi, summa audacia, magna gratia, ad urbem con- 
 tendunt. 10. Iste locus testibus miseris datur, merces magm 
 facinoris. 11. Exercitus nostri urbem ipsam accerrime oppugna- 
 bunt. Idem facient socii. 12. Caesar Romam contendebat. 
 Idem 5 senatores vocat. 13. Caesar et Ariovistus ad eundem 
 locum contendent. 14. Magistratus omnes earundem mercedum 
 cupidl erant. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 85 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 195, g. 2 195, /. 3 251 ; Rule 61. 4 102, c, 
 
 last sentence. 5 195, e. 
 
 H.: !452. 2 438 and 1. 3 419, II. ; Rule XXIV., 
 II. 4 450, 1, Note. 5451, 3. 
 
 M. F. N. M. 
 
 Sing. Nom. i'pse i'psa i'psum Plur. i'psi 
 Gen. ipsi'us ipsi'us ipsi'us 
 Dat. i'psi i'psi i'psi 
 Ace. i'psum i'psam i'psum 
 Voc. i'pse i'psa i'psum i'psi 
 
 F. N. 
 
 i'psae i'psa 
 
 ipso'rum ipsa'rum ipso'rum 
 
 i'psis i'psis i'psis 
 
 i'psos i'psas i'psa 
 
 i'psae i'psa 
 
 Abl. i'pso i'psa i'pso 
 
 i'psis 
 
 i'psis i'psis 
 
 Sing. Nom. i'dem 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. e un'dem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Abl. e 6'dem 
 
 F. N. 
 
 e'a deni i'dem 
 
 (M. F. N.) eius'dem 
 (M. F. N.) e i'dem 
 
 e an'dem i'dem 
 
 ea'dem 
 
 e 6'dem 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Plur. Nom. i'dem (ei-) eae'dem e'adem 
 
 Gen. e 6 run'dem e a run'dem e 6 run'dem 
 
 Dat. (M. F. x.) eis'dem or Ts'dem 
 
 Ace. eos'dem eas'dem e'adem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Abl. (M. F. N.) eis'dem or is'dem 
 
 Like il'le, decline M. is'te, F. is'ta, N. is'tud. 
 
 122. 
 
 1. The honor of the witness himself was in our hands. 2. The 
 victor [does] not respond to that slave of yours. 3. The citizen 
 was braver than the magistrate Jiimself ; for this reason he was 
 [a man] of great influence among the populace. 4. These citi- 
 zens [do] not praise that witness of yours ; this is known to the 
 magistrate himself. 5. The same leader, [a man] of great bold- 
 ness and of the highest popularity among them, was hastening to 
 Italy itself. 6. The decree itself will have great authority among 
 those citizens of yours. 7. The orator by the same oration was 
 
A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 persuading the senate itself. 8. The rest of the soldiers actively 
 storm the town and keep the force of the enemy from the city 
 itself. 9. Caesar hastens into Gaul ; he (the same) summons the 
 council. 10. All the magistrates were desirous of the same 
 good things. 
 
 ALIUS, NULLUS, UNUS, ALTER. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Alius, nullus, unus, and alter have the gen. sing, in -Tus 
 (alter, in -ius) and the dat. sing, in -I, like ille. Alius is also like ille in the 
 nom. and ace. neut. sing. ; e.g. in 5. 
 
 123. 
 
 1. Exercitus duo 1 in nostiis finibus erant ; milites unms 2 auda- 
 ces erant, alterius 3 non. 2. Nullmslau.s populo Komano acceptior 
 erit quam consulis. 3. Galliae factiones erant duae ; harum 
 alterius prmcipatum habebant HaeduT, alterius ArvernT. 4. Alte- 
 rius factionis prmcipes sunt HaeduT, alterius Sequani. 5. Aliud 
 iter Helvetii habent nullum. 6. Erant itinera dua: unum per 
 Sequanos, alterum per provinciam nostram. 7. Consul uni equum 
 dabit, alii domum, alii servum ; idem summa apud plebem gratia 4 
 est. 8. Audacia unms magistrates laudabatur, auctoritas alterius. 
 9. Alii vim hostium ab his locis, aliT ab illis prohibent. 10. Plus 
 honoris ill! magistratuT dabatur quam consulT ipsT. 11. Tribunus 
 melior erat quam praefectus. 12. FTlia eius senatoris erat femi- 
 narum optima. 13. CTvitas istos perfugas homines pessimos 
 habebat. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 94, b. 2 83 (commit list). 3 203. * Rule 61. 
 H. : !175. 2 151 and 1 (commit list). 3 459. 
 4 Rule XXIV. II. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 u'num 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 u'nus 
 
 
 u/na 
 
 Gen. 
 
 
 (M. P. 
 
 N.) u ni'us 
 
 Dat. 
 
 
 (M. F. 
 
 N.) u'ni 
 
 Ace. 
 
 u'num 
 
 
 u'nam 
 
 Vnr> 
 
 
 
 
 V OL. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 u'no 
 
 
 u'na 
 
 u'num 
 
 u'no 
 Complete the declension like that of bo'nus, Lesson 23. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 87 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 du'o 
 
 du'ae 
 
 du'o 
 
 Gen. 
 
 duo 'rum 
 
 du a'rum 
 
 duo 'rum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 duo'bus 
 
 du a'bus 
 
 du 6 'bus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 du'os (duo) 
 
 du'as 
 
 du'o 
 
 Voc. 
 
 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 du 6'bus 
 
 du a'bus 
 
 duo 'bus 
 
 Du'o has no singular. 
 a'lius, other. 
 
 M. F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. a'li us a'li a 
 Gen. (M. F. N.) alT'us 
 Dat. (M. F. N.) a'lii 
 Ace. a'lium a'li am 
 Voc. 
 
 al'ter, the other. 
 
 N. M. F. N. 
 
 a'li ud Sing, al'ter al'te ra al'te rum 
 (M. F.N.) alte'rius 
 (M. F. N.) al'te ri 
 a'liud al'te rum al'te ram al'te rum 
 
 Abl. a'li 6 
 
 a'li a a'li 6 
 
 Complete the declension like that of 
 sau'cius, Exercise 25. 
 
 al'te ro al'te ra al'te ro 
 
 Complete the declension like that of 
 cu'pidus, Exercise 27. 
 
 124. 
 
 1. There were two parties; the leader of one was known to 
 the magistrates, [the leader] of the other [was] not. 2. To no 
 citizen was more authority given than to Dumnorix. 3. There 
 were two exiles in the camp ; one was more friendly than the 
 other. 4. The popularity of no friend is dearer to the consul 
 than the liberty of the state itself. 5. To one of these daring 
 men the leader gives a horse, to another a helmet, to another a 
 slave. 6. Some will quickly storm this town, others that. 
 7. The approach of this one daring youth terrifies the magis- 
 trates. 8. Again this consul, a man of great boldness, was hasten- 
 ing to the city. 9. The leaders of one faction were soldiers, of 
 the other, citizens. 10. The same man, of the same magistrates, 
 to this one place, of the same rewards, of the state itself, to (or 
 for) the rest of the citizens, of the other consul, to another city, 
 in company with the king himself, of the magistrate alone. 
 
88 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 THE REFLEXIVE SUI. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Reflexives refer to the subject of the sentence. Sui, of 
 himself (herself, itself), is the reflexive of the third person ; e.g. Caesar equi- 
 tation omnem ante se mittit, Caesar sends all the cavalry before him (self). 
 
 2. Distinguish carefully sui, referring to the subject of the sentence, and 
 is, hie, ille, referring to some other person or thing. See 9 and 12. Dis- 
 tinguish sui from the genitive of the adjective suus. 
 
 3. The character w signifies that the vowel over which it is placed e.g. 
 sib! in 2 is common in quantity. See page 14, 3 (under quantity). 
 
 125. 
 
 1. Caesar magno sui 1 (gen. sing.) cum periculo Eomam con- 
 tendet. 2. Vir bonus multa faciet non sibl (dat. sing.) sed aliis. 
 3. Caesar se non laudat, sed alterum. 4. Cicero a se et ab aliis 
 laudabatur. 5. Nationes magno. sui cum periculo bellum gerunt. 
 6. Omnes homines sib! utiles sunt. 7. HI omnes se victores ap- 
 pellant. 8. German! et a se et a populo Romano fortes appellan- 
 tur. 9. Caesar ipse quam maximis 2 itineribus ad eos contendit 
 equitatumque omnem ante se mittit. 10. Orgetorix Dumnorigi 
 persuadet eique filiam suam in matrimonium dat. 11. Helvetil 
 in Haeduorum fines veniunt eorumque agros vastant. 12. Haedui 
 se suaque ab eis (is) non defendunt. 13. Caesar cum Germanis 
 audacter bellum gerit. 14. Omnis miles comites tres 3 secum 4 
 habebit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 196 ; 217 ; Rule 7. 2 93, b, last sentence. 
 
 3 94, c. 4 99, e. 
 
 H. : > 396, III. ; 448 ; 449 ; Rule XXXV. 
 2 170, 2, (2). 3175. 4 184, 6. 
 
 su'I (nora. and voc. wanting). 
 
 Gen. (both numbers), su'I, of himself, of herself, of itself, of themselves. 
 
 Dat. " " si'bl, to " to " to " to 
 
 Ace. " " se(se'se), 
 
 Abl. " " se(se'se), by by " by " by 
 
 For the Reflexive Possessive Pronoun su'us, see Lesson 31. 
 
 tres, three. 
 
 Nom. M. F. trgs, N. tri'a ; Gen. M. r. N. tri'una ; Dat. and Abl. M. F. N. tri'- 
 bus ; Ace. M. F. tres (tris), N. tri'a. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. . 89 
 
 126. 
 
 1. Caesar makes himself commander of the soldiers and carries 
 on war with the Gauls. 2. Good men do not praise themselves. 
 3. The master, with great danger to himself, boldly defends his 
 slaves and their children ; for this reason he has great popularity 
 among them. 4. Sulla will hasten by the longest marches pos- 
 sible to his own city and send all the slaves before him. 
 5. Every soldier was arming himself. 6. The populace gave 
 themselves and their property to the consuls. 7. The guard 
 himself, a man of great boldness, makes himself a helmet. 
 8. Every soldier will have a helmet with him. 9. Our men 
 hasten to the territory of the Helvetii, and carry on war with 
 them. 10. The Haedui boldly defend themselves and their prop- 
 erty from the Helvetii. 11. The people will give the consul his 
 property and defend their own. 
 
 THE RELATIVE, QUI, QUAE, QUOD, WHO, WHICH 
 
 SUGGESTION. The paradigm of Qui is given under Exercise 129. 
 
 127. 
 
 1. Magistratus, qul 1 erat in castris nostiis, est vir magnae vir- 
 tutis ; femina, quae 2 erat causa hums belli, non laudatur ; oppi- 
 dum, quod est propius lacum, Genava appellatur. 2. Magistratus, 
 cuius auctoritas est magna ; urbs, cuius elves sunt utiles ; praesi- 
 dium, cuius dux est fortis, in hoc decreto laudabatur. 3. Magi- 
 stratus cul, factio GUI, praesidium GUI haec auctoritas nunc datur, 
 magno in periculo est. 4. Is quern, ea quam, id quod omnes 
 elves boni nunc laudant, a consuls laudatur. 5. Is a quo, legio a 
 qua, concilium a quo civitas nunc servatur, magno in honore est. 
 6. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, cuius pater a senatu populi 
 Komani amicus appellatur. 7. Ea legione quam secum habet, 
 murum in altitudinem pedum 3 sedecim perducit. 8. Lacus in 
 quern flumen Influit, in finitima provincia est. 9. Flumen est 
 
90 , A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Arar, quod per fines Haeduorum in R-hodanuin mfluit. 10. Cae- 
 sar, a lacu qui in flumen Rhodanum mfluit ad montein qui fines 
 Sequanorum ab Helvetiis dividit, murum perducit. 11. Ariovi- 
 stus legates ad eum mittit ; in qua legatione est proconsul. 
 12. Caesar castra movebit ad eum locum in quo loco 4 Germanl 
 sunt. 13. Potestas cuT consul bonus studet in manibus populi 
 Roman! est. 14. Locus in quo Caesar bellum gerit a castiis no- 
 stris mllia passuum V (quinque) abest. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G.: 1 197, 5 (coarse print). 2 198; Rule 3, 
 
 3 215, 6 ; 257, a. 4 200 and a. 
 H. : 1187. 2 445, Note and 1. 3396, V.; 
 419,111. 2. 1). 4 445, 8. 
 
 128. 
 
 1. The lake which flows into the river Rhone is called Leman- 
 nus. 2. The slave to whom Brutus was giving freedom is a man 
 of great boldness. 3. The treaty which the ambassadors are 
 making is praised by many citizens. 4. The wall which Caesar 
 is constructing is sixteen feet in height ; it is six miles distant 
 from the lake. 5. The sea whose shores are in Italy is called 
 "the great sea." 6. This woman, who praises herself, is not 
 praised by others. 7. The legion with which Caesar is construct- 
 ing the wall is equipped with large helmets. 8. That place in 
 which our soldiers were, was protected by a wall sixteen feet in 
 height. 9. The wall which divides their province from ours is 
 six feet in height. 
 
 QUI, QUAE, QUOD, PLURAL NUMBER. 
 
 129. 
 
 1. Praefecti qm, legion es quae, auxilia quae in hoc loco bellum 
 gerebant, a nobilibus laudabantur. 2. Gives quorum agii a Ger- 
 mams vastabuntur, audacisshne bellum gerent ; nationes quarum 
 oppida oppugnabuntur pacem facient; auxilia quorum equi hoc 
 flumen translbunt, in metu magno erunt. 3. Senatores quibus, 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 91 
 
 feminae quibus, concilia quibus hoc decretum demonstrabatur, ad 
 urbem contenclebant. 4. Agii quos, provinciae quas, flumina quae 
 nostri transeunt, Caesaris sunt. 5. Agii in quibus, urbes in qui- 
 bus, oppida in quibus milites castra facient, in nostra provincia 
 sunt. 6. Allobroges, qui trans Ehodanum possessiones habent, 
 ad Caesarem veniunt. 7. Partem unam incolunt Belgae, aliam 
 Aquitam, tertiam (el, I) qui ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra Galll 
 appellantur. 8. Hostes prohibentur possessionibus quas sociT 
 habent. 9. Flumina quae nostri transibant in fmibus Galliae 
 sunt. 10. Feminae qulque ad bellum inutiles sunt, in uno loco 
 conlocantur. 11. Haedui Boios suis in finibus conlocant ; quibus 
 ill! agros dant. 12. Hostes ad eum locum veniunt ; quorum pars 
 castra movet, pars in nostros impetuin facit. 13. Lingua Koma- 
 norum utilis est. 14. Inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum, qui 
 sunt socii nostri, Khodanus fluit, isque multis locis vado transitur. 
 15. Flumen est Ehodanus quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allo- 
 brogum fluit. 
 
 quT, who. 
 
 M. 
 
 Sing. Nom. qui quae quod Plur. qui 
 
 quae 
 
 N. 
 
 quae 
 
 Gen. cu'ius cu'ius cu'ius 
 
 Dat. cui cui cui 
 
 Ace. quern quam quod 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Abl. quo qua qu5 
 
 quo 'rum qua'rum quo'rum 
 qui'bus qui'bus qui'bus 
 quos quas quae 
 
 qui'bus qui'bus qui'bus 
 
 130. 
 
 1. The soldiers whose attack was delighting Caesar are [those] 
 of the third legion. 2. The fields which our commanders desire 
 are in the enemy's country and are six miles from our camp. 
 3. They who inhabit this territory are called Germans in our lan- 
 guage. 4. This is the boundary of the places which our citizens 
 inhabit. 5. Those nations which -were bravely protecting their 
 possessions in Gaul are our allies. 6. A third part of the cavalry 
 is placed in the territory which is [the territory] of the Aedui. 
 7. The allies with whom Caesar is coining to Eome are terrified 
 by the attack of the enemy. 8. The councils whose decrees are 
 
92 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 in our hands will be praised by our citizens. 9. The people, who 
 in their own language are called Celts, are placed in the province 
 which is called Gaul. 10. The river which flows between the 
 territory of the Helvetii and the Allobroges is called the Rhone. 
 
 THE INTERROGATIVES, QUIS AND QUI, NE, NONNE, NUM. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Praeest is to be translated is at the head of, is in charge 
 of; praeficit (f ut. praeticiet) , places at the head of, places in charge of. 
 
 131. 
 
 1. Quis 1 apud Helvetios nobilissimus erat ? Orgetorix erat 
 apud Helvetios nobilissimus. 2. Cuius pater a senatu populi 
 Roman! amicus appellabatur ? 3. Cut in eo itinere persuadebat 
 Orgetorix ? Orgetorix persuadebat Castico. 4. Quo itinere 
 Helvetii domo exeunt ? Eo itinere quod per Sequanos ducit. 
 5. Quid habet Caesar in manibus ? 6. Cm munition! 2 Caesar 
 Labienum praeficit ? E! munition! quae est inter lacum et mon- 
 tem. 7. Quis e!s munitionibus 2 quas Caesar nunc habet praeerat ? 
 8. Quod oppidum in potestate regis nostr! est ? 9. Ducuntne 3 
 Helveti! suas copias in Sequanorum fines? 10. Nonne* est vir 
 acceptissimus qu! hanc urbem servat ? Is acceptissimus est. 
 11. Num 5 Caesar eos laudat qu! agros popul! Roman! vastabant ? 
 Caesar non istos laudat. 12. Quid ill! simile bello est ? 
 13. Num Caesar legatum praeficiet e!s imlitibus quos secum 
 habet ? 14. Nonne Labienus ill! exercitu! praeest qu! in nostra 
 provincia est ? 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 104, a ; 210, e. 2 228 ; Rule 23. 3 2 10, 
 
 a; Rule 11. 4 210, c, first sentence. 
 5 210, c, second sentence ; Rule 12. 
 H. : 1 188, II. and 1 ; 351 and 1. 2 386. 3 351, 
 1, Note 1. 4 351, 1, Note 2. 5 351, 1, 
 Note 3. 
 
 Quis, who ? which 9 any (used substantively). 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. quis, quae, quid ; Ace. quern, quam, quid. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 93 
 
 Complete the paradigm with the remaining forms like those of qui, Exer- 
 cise 129. 
 
 Qui, which ? what ? any (used adjectively), is declined like the relative 
 qui. 
 
 132. 
 
 1. Who was the bravest leader in our army ? 2. What reward 
 will Caesar give to these magistrates ? 3. Is Eome larger than 
 all Italy ? 4. Was not the commander who is in Gaul in charge 
 of that town ? 5. Is not Caesar the greatest of our generals ? 
 6. What is better than virtue? 7. What fortification will be 
 more useful than that which Labienus is in charge of ? 8. What 
 treaty have the good with those men ? 9. What citizens were 
 most acceptable to the faithful consul ? 
 
 THE DEPARTURE OF THE HELVETIANS. 
 
 SUGGESTION. This exercise and the following may well be read in con- 
 nection with the study of a map. 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 
 The Helvetii are superior to the rest of the Gauls in valor. 
 For this reason they desire a larger territory than that which they 
 now inhabit. 
 
 There are two roads which lead from the territory of the Hel- 
 vetii ; the one through the Sequani, the other through our prov- 
 ince. That is difficult; this is easy. The Helvetii choose the 
 way through our province. 
 
 Between the territory of the Helvetii and the Allobroges, who 
 inhabit our province, flows the Bhone, and this is crossed in many 
 places by fords. At Geneva, a city of the Allobroges, which is 
 near the territory of the Helvetii, there is a bridge. 
 
 All these facts are known to Caesar. He leads an army from 
 Home and hastens to Geneva by the longest marches possible. 
 He destroys the bridge which is near Geneva. His coming is 
 known to the Helvetii ; and they send ambassadors to him, the 
 noblest of the state. Caesar responds to them. He does not 
 
94 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 favor them ; and he does not grant them a way through our prov- 
 ince. Caesar himself, with the (that) legion which he has with 
 him, constructs a wall sixteen feet in height, from lake Leman- 
 nus, which flows into the river Rhone, to the mountain which 
 separates the territory of the Sequani from the Helvetii. 
 
 PROFECTIO HELVETIORUM. 
 
 PARS SECUNDA. 
 
 Est alterum per Sequanos iter. Helvetii legates ad Dumnori- 
 gem Haeduum mittunt et ab eo auxilium postulant. Is magna 
 apud Sequanos gratia est et Helvetiis est amicus. Is Sequanls 
 persuadet. 1111 foedus cum Helvetiis faciunt, et itinere eos non 
 prohibent. 
 
 Magnum est perlculum provinciae nostrae. Ob earn causam 
 Caesar el munition!, quam ille habet, Labienum praeficit ; ipse in 
 Italiam magms itineribus contendit duasque legiones conscribit, et 
 tres e castrls educit, et in Galliam per Alpes cum his qumque 
 legionibus contendit. 
 
 Helvetii per fines Sequanorum suas copias traducunt et in Hae- 
 duorum fines perveniunt eorumque agros vastant. Haedui se 
 suaque ab eis non defendunt. Paene in conspectu exercitus Ko- 
 mani, agr! eorum vastantur, liberl in servitutem abducuntur, 
 oppida expugnantur. Haedui AmbarrI, finitimi Haeduorum, non 
 facile ab oppidls vim hostium prohibent. Allobroges, qul trans 
 Rhodanum possessiones habent, fuga se ad Caesarem recipiunt. 
 
 Flumen est Arar, quod per fines Haeduorum et Sequanorum 
 in Rhodanum Influit, incredibill lenitate. Id Helvetii transeuut. 
 Tres jam partes copiarum Helvetiorum trans id flumen sunt. 
 Quarta pars citra flumen Ararim reliqua est. Caesar cum legio- 
 nibus tribus e castrls exit et ad earn partem pervenit quae citra 
 flumen est. Magnam partem eorum concldit; reliqui fuga sese 
 in proximas silvas recipiunt. 
 
 Caesar pontem in Arare facit atque ita exercitum traducit. 
 Helvetii legates ad euin mittunt. 
 
VERBS. 
 
 SUM, I AM, PRESENT INDICATIVE. THE PERSONAL PRO- 
 NOUNS EGO AND TU. SIMPLE CONDITIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The personal pronoun as subject of a verb is not ex- 
 pressed in Latin unless it is emphatic : sum means / am ; es, thou art ; sum 
 homo, lam a man; ego sum consul, I am consul. 
 
 2. There is no personal pronoun of the third person, he, she, it, in Latin ; 
 but the demonstratives is and ille are sometimes used. 
 
 3. The declension of ego and tu is contained in sentences 10-19. Ego 
 has no vocative ; the vocative of tu is like the nominative in both singular 
 and plural. 
 
 4. In the conditional sentence, SI ades, bene est, if you are here, it is 
 well, si ades is called the Protasis or Condition, bene est the Apodosis or 
 Conclusion. 
 
 5. In the accompanying paradigm, and others like it, the English auxili- 
 aries in parenthesis are to be used in translation and thoroughly committed 
 to memory in connection with the corresponding Latin forms. The first 
 sentence, si adsuni, nostris magno usui sum, is, therefore, to be trans- 
 lated, if /am here, I am of great service to our forces. For the construction 
 of nostris and usui, see A. & G., 233, a ; Rule 27. H., 390, 1 ; Rule XIII. 
 
 
 
 Si (am} adsum, nostris magn5 usul (am} sum. 
 
 SI (are) ades, nostris magno usul (are) es. 
 
 SI (is} adest, nostris magno usul (is) est. 
 
 Si (are) adsumus, nostris magno usul (are) sumus. 
 
 SI (are) adestis, nostris magno usul (are) estis. 
 
 SI (are) adsunt, nostris magno usul (are) sunt. 
 
 6. The apodosis of the second sentence in all Latin Exercises from 133 
 to 149 is to be inflected in connection with the rest of the sentence ; e.g. 
 (2, below) Si adest, pardtus sum ; si adest, pardtus es, etc. 
 
 133. 
 
 1. (Ego) sum, (tu) es, (is) est; (nos) sumus, (vos) estis, (I, eT) 
 sunt. 2. Si 1 adest, 2 paratus sum. 2 3. Eeruin novarum cupidus es. 
 
 95 
 
96 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 4. In exercitu Komano miles sum. 5. Tu animo magno fortique 
 es. 6. Ille est vir magnae virtutis. 7. Aditu Caesaris miseri 
 sumus. 8. 111! sunt milites quos auxili causa legatus secum habet. 
 9. Eius exercitus praefecti estis. 10. Ego gravioris aetatis sum 
 quam' tu. 11. Tu mei 3 oblitus es, ego tm 3 non. 12. Nonne 
 aditus prmcipis et mihi et tibl acceptus est? 13. Prmceps me 
 laudat, te non. 14. Legatio a me mittitur, non a te. 15. Nos 
 huius belli causa sumus, vos illius. 16. Unus nostrum* in vestris 
 manibus est, unus vostrum* in nostris. 17. Legatus et nobis et 
 vobls persuadet. 18. Consul nds monet, laudat vos. 19. Phalanx 
 a nobis armatur, a vobls in bellum mittitur. 20. Nos vostrl 5 (ve- 
 stri) obliti non sumus. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : : 304, Note, a and c, first clause. 2 305, a, 
 
 1 and example. 3 218, a and Kule 
 18. 4 99, a and b ; 194 and b ; Rule 6. 
 5 99, c ; 216, 5, Objective Genitive ; 
 217. 
 
 H.; 1506. 2 507, 1. 3 399, I., 1,2 and 3. 4 446, 
 Note 3. 5396, III. ; 399 and Note. 
 
 ego, /. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 Nom. e'go nos 
 
 Gen. me'I no'strum (stri) 
 
 Dat. mi'hi no 'bis 
 
 Ace. me nos 
 
 Yoc 
 
 Abl. me 116 'bis 
 
 tu, you. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 tu vos 
 
 tu'i vo'strum (stri), ve' strum (stri) 
 
 tibi vo'bls 
 
 te vos 
 
 tu vos 
 
 te vo'bls 
 
 Sing. 1. ad'sum 
 
 2. ad'es 
 
 3. ad'est 
 
 atlsiiin, am here. 
 
 Plur. 1. ad'sumus 
 
 2. ades'tis 
 
 3. ad' sunt 
 
 SUGGESTION. The protasis of the second sentence in all English Exer- 
 cises from 134 to 152 is to be inflected in place ; e.g. (2, below) If I am 
 in charge of the army, it is well ; if you are in charge of the army, it is 
 well, etc. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 97 
 
 134. 
 
 1. I am not forgetful of these citizens, who desire liberty. 
 2. If I am in charge of the army, it is well. 3. We are of 
 greater age than you. 4. You (sing.) are in Kome, Italy's great- 
 est city. 5. You are not desirous of a revolution. 6. The 
 approach of this army is more acceptable to me than to you. 
 7. These ambassadors respond to us, those to you. 8. For this 
 reason they are forgetful both of us and of you. 9. The magis- 
 trate places me in charge of this, you in charge of that, fortifica- 
 tion. 10. One of you is a man of great boldness, the other [is] 
 not. 11. The enemy are eight miles distant from us, twelve miles 
 from you. 12. The lieutenant is praised by me, warned by you. 
 
 SUM, IMPERFECT INDICATIVE. SIMPLE CONDITIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Eram means I was; eras, thou wast (you were), etc. 
 
 2. Si (was*) aderam, nostrls magno usul (was) eram. 
 SI (were) aderas, nostrls magno usul (were) eras. 
 SI (was) aderat, nostrls magno usul (was) erat. 
 SI (were) aderamus, nostrls magno usul (were) eramus. 
 SI (were) aderatis, nostrls magno usul (were} eratis. 
 SI (were) aderant, nostrls magno usul (were) erant. 
 
 135. 
 
 1. (Ego) eram, (tu) eras, (ille) erat; (nos) eramus, (vos) 
 eratis, (illi) erant. 2. Si aderat, 1 paratus eram. 3. Vobis illo 
 die 2 utilis eram. 4. Et tu 3 et ille 3 eo die dignus laude ornni 
 eratis. 3 5. Avarici eramus frumenti causa. 6. Num. eos dies 4 
 omnes Komae eratis ? 7. Silva erat non inagna inter nostrum 5 
 atque hostium exercitum. 8. Multi vostrum Helvetiis amicl 
 erant. 9. Nos vostri obliti eramus, vos nostri non. 10. Num sul 
 obliti sunt ? 11. Brutusne Gallicls navibus 6 praeerat ? 
 
98 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, a, 2 and example. 2 256, 1 ; Rule 55. 
 
 3 205 and a. 4 256, 2 ; Rule 55. 5 99, 
 a. 6 231, a. 
 
 H.: iRuleXLIV. I. *429; Rule XXXI. 3463, 
 L, II. and 1; Rule XXXVI. *379; 
 Rule IX. 447. 6 386. 
 
 Sing. 1. ad'eram 
 
 2. ad'eras 
 
 3. ad'erat 
 
 Plur. 1. adera'mus 
 
 2. adera'tis 
 
 3. ad'erant 
 
 136. 
 
 1. You (sing.) were in Rome on that day ; now you are in 
 Avaricum. 2. If I was in charge of the army, it was well. 
 3. I was in Rome many days; now I am at home. 4. There 
 were two roads ; one through the Sequani, the other through our 
 province. 5. The soldiers of this legion were forgetful of Caesar. 
 
 6. We were not forgetful of you (plur.) ; you were forgetful of us. 
 
 7. Caesar was in charge of the soldiers on that day. 8. All those 
 days we were in Avaricum, which is a town of Gaul. 9. You 
 were a soldier ; you are now a commander. 10. The leaders are 
 men of great courage. 11. We are in charge of this fortification. 
 12. I am wretched on account of Caesar's approach. 
 
 SUM, FUTURE INDICATIVE. FUTURE CONDITIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. In translating, use shall in the first person, will in the 
 second and third persons ; e.g. I shall be, you will be, he will be ; we shall be, 
 you will be, they will be. 
 
 2. The following paradigms illustrate the Future Condition, More Vivid, 
 with the future tense in both protasis and apodosis : 
 
 SI (am") adero, nostris magn5 usui (shall be} ero. 
 
 Si (are) aderis, nostris magno usui (will be) eris. 
 
 SI (is) aderit, nostris magnS usui (will be) erit. 
 
 Si (are) aderimus, nostris magno usui (shall be) erimus. 
 
 SI (are) aderitis, nostris magno usui (will be) eritis. 
 
 SI (are) aderunt, nostris magno usui (will be) erunt. 
 
 The Latin future in the protasis is commonly translated by the English 
 present, but the auxiliary shall may be used in the protasis throughout. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 99 
 
 137. 
 
 1. Erd) em, erit ; erimus, eritis, erunt. 2. Si aderit, 1 paratus 
 ero. 1 3. Romae eram, domi sum, in Germania era 4. Nos, qui 
 amici tul sumus, huius legationis prmcipes erimus. 5. Pons 
 qui est ad Genavam in nostrls manibus erit. 6. Ubi illo die 
 eris, amice ? Vesontioni (-e) ero. 7. Qui cum consule forti illo 
 die erunt ? 8. Si mih! amicitia populi Roman! deerit, miser ero. 
 
 9. Equitatui, quern auxilio 2 Caesar! 2 Haedui mittunt, tu praeeris. 
 
 10. Nonne vos, qui novissimis 3 auxilio eratis, in cornu sinistro 
 eritis ? 11. Vos nobis auxilio magno estis. 12. Superiores et 
 virtute 4 et numero 4 eratis. 13. Nos in numero tuorum amicorum 
 semper erimus. 14. Decima legio magno usui vobis eos dies 
 omnes erat. 15. Si pars exercitus superit, nobis 5 erit spes vic- 
 toriae. 16. Si decima legio aberit, hostes audacissimi erunt. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, b, 1 (a) and example. 2 233 and a ; 
 
 Rule 27. 3 188, c. 4 253 ; Rule 53. 
 &231; Rule 25. 
 
 H. : 1 507, I. ; 508. 2 390, I., II. ; Rule XIII. 
 3 440 ; 441. *424 ; Rule XXIX. 5 387. 
 
 Sing. 1. ad'ero 
 
 2. ad'eris 
 
 3. ad'erit 
 
 Plur. 1. ade'rimus 
 
 2. ade'ritis 
 
 3. ad'enmt 
 
 138. 
 
 1. You who are making these plans will be known to the enemy. 
 2. If I am in charge of (future) the army, it will be well. 3. You 
 who are of great assistance to us will always be in the number of 
 our friends. 4. We were in Germany, we are now in Home, 
 we shall be in Vesontio. 5. You who are the leading men of 
 that embassy will be of great use to the consul. 6. The tenth 
 legion will be of great use to us all those days. 7. You (sing.) 
 who are in charge of the tenth legion will be an aid to the leader. 
 
 8. Shall we not be of use to those who are making this plan? 
 
 9. If a part of the army remains (future), you will have hope of 
 victory. 10. If the consul is (future) absent, the enemy will be 
 more daring. 
 
100 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 SUM, PERFECT INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The perfect indicative is to be translated was or has 
 been, as seems best to fit the meaning of the sentence. Many sentences will 
 allow either meaning. In connected discourse, the context will generally 
 decide which translation must be used. 
 
 2. SI (have been} adhii, nostris magno usui (have been} fui. 
 Si (have been} adfuisti, nostris magno usui (have been} fuisti. 
 SI (has been} adfuit, nostris magno usui (has been} fuit. 
 SI (have been} adfuimus, nostris magno usui (have been) fuimus. 
 SI (have been} adfuiBtis, nostris magno usui (have been} fuistis. 
 SI (have been} adfuerunt, nostris magno usui (have been) fuere. 
 
 139. 
 
 1. Fui, fuisti, fuit; fuimus, fuistis, fuenint or fuere. 2. SI 
 adfuit, 1 paratus fui. 1 3. Hostis fuisti; in numero civium eris. 
 4. Captivus fui ; nunc in salute sum. 5. Ilia civitas, patrurn no- 
 strorum memoria, magna inter Belgas auctoritate fuit. 6. Ex eo 
 die dies continues qumque in castris fuisti. 7. Hi praefecti, qul 
 consul! auxilio fuerunt (fuere), magno in honore sunt. 8. Est 
 mih! 2 domi pater. 9. Exercitus tibi est, et is mih! magno usui 
 est. 10. Nos, qui eius consili auctores fuimus, nunc magna in 
 gratia sumus. 11. Germams fuit rex, Ariovistus. 12. Fluminis 
 erat altitude pedum 3 trium. 13. Quae merces illl erit? 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : a 305, a, 2, second example. 2 231 and 
 
 Remark. 3 215,6. 
 H. : i 507, I. ; 508 and 2. 2 387. 3 396, V. 
 
 Sing. 1. ad'fui 
 
 2. adfui'sti 
 
 3. ad'fuit 
 
 Plur. 1. adfu'imus 
 
 2. aclfui'stis 
 
 3. adfue'runt (-re) 
 
 140. 
 
 1. Divitiacus has been especially acceptable to the common 
 people. 2. If I have been in charge of the army, it has been well. 
 3. Within the memory of your ancestors, Divitiacus was a chief 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAKSAR. 101 
 
 among them. 4. I was in the territory of Germany, you (sing.) 
 were at Rome. 5. These states have been of great influence 
 among the Belgae. 6. All the rest of the Belgae were of assist- 
 ance to the rear. 7. Five successive days from that day you were 
 at home. 8. We who are chiefs have a great reward. 9. The 
 plan which you (plur.) have will be acceptable to the consul. 
 10. The armies which the consuls have will be of great use to 
 them. 11. We have a mother at home. 
 
 SUM, PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The sign of the pluperfect in English is had ; e.g. fueram, 
 / had been ; fueras, you had been, etc. 
 
 141. 
 
 1. Fueram,' fueras, fuerat; fuerdmus, fueratis, fuerant. 2. Ego 
 dux illms agminis fueram. 3. Captlvi in castrls hostium fuera- 
 tis. 4. Praefecto vestro semper notus fueram. 5. 111! agmim 
 praefueras. 6. Huius legationis Divico prmceps fuit, qui bello 
 altero dux Helvetiorum fuerat. 7. In urbe hostium fueramus ; 
 illo die Romae fuimus. 8. Galba istius profectionis auctor non 
 fuerat. 9. Romae erant, in Gallia fuerant ; Vesontione (-1) erunt. 
 10. Mllites decimae legionis, qui in castrls fuerant, illo die novis- 
 siino agmini auxilio fuerunt (fuere). 11. Haec res mihi magno 
 usuT fuerat. 12. Equi quos prmcipes habent illis magno usui 
 fuerunt (fuere). 
 
 Sing. 1. adfu'eram 
 
 2. adfu'eras 
 
 3. adfu'erat 
 
 Plur. 1. adfuera'mus 
 
 2. adfuera'tis 
 
 3. adfu'erant 
 
 142. 
 
 1. You (sing.) who had been in the ship were in great peril. 
 2. You (plur.) who have been in the Roman army are worthy of 
 all praise. 3. We had been companions of senators ; on that day 
 we were exiles. 4. The authority of this state had been very 
 great. 5. One thing was of greatest use to the state. 6. The 
 
102 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 soldiers of the tenth legion, who had been of assistance to the 
 rear rank, were on that day in camp. 7. You had been chief of 
 an embassy in another war. 8. I had been in charge of that for- 
 tification. 
 
 SUM, FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE. FUTURE CONDI- 
 TIONS, MORE VIVID. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The sign of the future perfect in English is shall 
 have, in first persons; will have, in second and third; e.g. fuero, I shall 
 have been ; fueris, you will have been, etc. 
 
 2. SI (am) adfuero, nostris magno usul (shall be) ero. 
 SI (are) adfueris, nostris magno usul (will be) eris. 
 SI (is) adfuerit, nostris magn5 usul (will be) erit. 
 SI (are) adfuerimus, nostris magno usul (shall be) erimus. 
 SI (are) adfueritis, nostris magno usul (will be) eritis. 
 SI (are) adfuerint, nostris magno usul (will be) erunt. 
 
 The Latin future perfect in the protasis is usually translated by the English 
 present, but the auxiliary shall have been may be used in the protasis through- 
 out. 
 
 143. 
 
 1. Fuero, fueris, fuerit; fuerimus, faeritis, fuerint. 2. Si ad- 
 fuerit, 1 paratus fuero. 1 3. Reliquus in ilia urbe fuerit nemo. 
 4. Nos amicis nostris usui fuerimus. 5. Si vobis amicitia populi 
 Roman! defuerit, miserrimi eritis. 6. Militibus illis multae 
 difficultates fuerint. 7. Gives vestri legation! utiles fuerunt. 
 8. Post eius mortem ad earn rem Helveti! paratl erant. 9. Dum- 
 norix, magna apud plebem gratia, cupidus rerum novarum fuit. 
 10. Ego itinere longo defessus fuero. 11. Urbs Roma ornamento 
 clvitat! erit. 12. Inter novissimum hostium agmen et nostrum 
 primum non amplius senis milibus 2 passuum interest. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 307, 2, a, Note and c, first clause. 2 94, 
 
 e and Note. 
 H. : i 507, I. ; 508. 2 178 and Note. 
 
 Sing. 1. adfu'ero 
 
 2. adfu'eris 
 
 3. adfu'erit 
 
 Plur. 1. adfue'rimus 
 
 2. adfue'ritis 
 
 3. adfu'erint 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 103 
 
 144. 
 
 1. You will have been witnesses of these things. 2. If I am 
 in charge (fut. perfect) of the army, it will be (fut. perfect) 
 well. 3. Great will have been the authority of the friendly 
 states. 4. You (sing.) will have been braver than these citizens. 
 5. All these states will have been in the power of the Roman 
 people. 6. Our city is not more than six thousand paces distant 
 from your territory. 7. Between our rear rank and the front 
 rank of the enemy is the river Rhone. 8. This place was a 
 thousand paces distant from the enemy. 9. If our cavalry is 
 absent (fut. perfect), the enemy will be more daring. 10. If a 
 part of the cavalry remains (fut. perfect), I shall have hope of 
 victory. 
 
 SUM, PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE. FUTURE CONDITIONS, 
 LESS VIVID. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The following form of conditional sentence is called a 
 Future Condition, Less Vivid : 
 
 Si (should} adsim, nostris magno usui (should) sim. 
 
 SI (should} adsis, nostris magno usui (would) sis. 
 
 Si (should) adsit, nostris magno usui (would) sit. 
 
 Si (should) adslmus, nostris magno usui (should) simus. 
 
 Si (should) adsitis, nostris magno usui (would) sitis. 
 
 SI (should) adsint, nostris magno usui (would) sint. 
 
 145. 
 
 1. SI praesens sim, si praesens sis, si praesens sit; si praesentes 
 simus, si praesentes sitis, si praesentes sint. 2. SI adsit, 1 paratus 
 sim. 1 3. Si haec res hostibus nota sit, magno in inetu sitis. 4. SI 
 ab hostium castiis non longius mille passibus absis, magno in 
 perlculo sis. 5. SI prope castra hostium simus, magno in perlculo 
 simus. 6. SI Helvetii ad earn rem parati sint, duces eorum laeti 
 sint. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, b, 2 (a) and example ; 307, 2 and b. 
 H. : 1 507, II. ; Kule X.LIV. II. ; 509 and Note 1. 
 
104 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Sing. 1. ad'sim 
 
 2. ad'sis 
 
 3. ad'sit 
 
 Plur. 1. adsi'mus 
 
 2. adsi'tis 
 
 3. ad'sint 
 
 146. 
 
 1. If I should be ready, if you should be ready, if he should be 
 ready ; if we should be ready, if you should be ready, if they 
 should be ready. 2. If I should be in charge of the army, it 
 would be well. 3. If the crops should be ripe, the soldiers would 
 be glad. 4. If the king should be present, we should be ready 
 for these things. 5. If you (sing.) should be in great fear, this 
 would be known to the enemy. 6. If I should be in charge of 
 this fortification, you (plur.) would have hope of victory. 
 
 SUM, IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. CONDITIONS CONTRARY 
 TO FACT, PRESENT TIME. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The conditional sentence with the Imperfect Subjunctive in 
 both protasis and apodosis is known as a supposition contrary to fact, in 
 present time. 
 
 SI (were} adessem, nostris magnS usui (should) essem. 
 
 Si (were) adesses, nostris magno usui (would) esses. 
 
 Si (were) adesset, nostris magno usui (would) esset. 
 
 SI (were) adessemus, nostris magno usui (should) essemus. 
 
 SI (were) adessetis, nostris magno usui (would) essetis. 
 
 Si (were) adessent, nostris magno usui (would) essent. 
 
 147. 
 
 1. Si praesens essem, si praesens esses, si praesens esset; si 
 praesentes essemus, si praesentes essetis, si praesentes essent. 
 2. SI adesset, 1 paratus essem. 1 3. Si Caesar praesens esset, in 
 salute essemus. 4. Si sub monte essem, magno in periculo 
 essetis. 5. Si Considius rei 2 militaris peritus esset, non esses in 
 exercitu Sullae. 6. Si summus mons in manibus Labieni esset, 
 spes esset victoriae. 7. Si non essent nobis duces periti, magnae 
 essent difficultates. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, c, 1 and example. 2 218, a ; Rule 18. 
 H.: 1507, III. ; 510 and Note 1. >2 399, I, 1, 
 2 and 3 ; Rule XVII. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 105 
 
 Sing. 1. ades'sem 
 
 2. ades'ses 
 
 3. ades'set 
 
 Plur. 1. adesae'mus 
 
 2. adesse'tis 
 
 3. ades'sent 
 
 148. 
 
 1. If I were ready, if you were ready, if he were ready ; if we 
 were ready, if you were ready, if they were ready. 2. If I were 
 in charge of the army, it would be well. 3. If we were upon the 
 top of the hill, we should be in [a place of] safety. 4. If you 
 (plur.) were ready for battle, you would not be in great fear of 
 an attack. 5. If you (sing.) were upon the summit of the moun- 
 tain, you would be in sight of the enemy. 6. If the coming of 
 Caesar were known to the enemy, they would be in great fear. 
 
 SUM, PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. FUTURE CONDITIONS, 
 LESS VIVID. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Perfect Subjunctive is inflected like the Future 
 Perfect Indicative, substituting only fuerim for fuero. See Exercise 143. 
 
 2. The following form of conditional sentence illustrates the Future Con- 
 dition, Less Vivid, with the Perfect Subjunctive in protasis : 
 
 Si (should) adfuerim, nostris magno usui (should) sim. 
 
 SI (should) adfueris, nostris magno usui (would) sis. 
 
 SI (should) adfuerit, nostris magno usui (would) sit. 
 
 SI (should) adfuerimus, nostris magnS usui (should) simus. 
 
 SI (should) adfueritis, nostris magnd usui (would) sltis. 
 
 SI (should) adfuerint, nostris magno usui (would) sint. 
 
 The Latin perfect subjunctive in the protasis is commonly translated as 
 above, but the auxiliary should have may be used in the protasis throughout. 
 
 149. 
 
 1. Si cautus fuerim, si cautus faeris, si cautus/wmY; si cauti 
 fuerimus, si cauti fueritis, si cauti fuerint. 2. Si adfuerit, 1 para- 
 tus sim. 1 3. Si illo die Avarici fuerim, cupidus sim reruin nova- 
 rum. 4. SI maxime plebi acceptus fueris, magno in honore simus. 
 5. Si Caesar fuerit Sulla clarior, bene sit. 6. Si sub monte fue- 
 rimus, magno in periculo simus. 7. Si in exercitu Sullae fueritis, 
 
106 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 rei militaris periti sitis. "8. Si in exercitu Considl fuerint explo- 
 ratores, ei Caesari usui sint. 9. Si fortes fueritis, in hoc bello 
 victores fuerimus. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, 6, 2 (j8) and example. 
 H.: !509 and Note 1. 
 
 Sing. 1. adfu'erim 
 
 2. adfu'eris 
 
 3. adfu'erit 
 
 Plur. 1. adfue'rimus 
 
 2. adfue'ritis 
 
 3. adfu'erint 
 
 150. 
 
 1. If I should be diligent, if you should be diligent, if he 
 should be diligent; if we should be diligent, if you should be 
 diligent, if they should be diligent. 2. If I should (have been) 
 be in charge of the army, it would be well. 3. We should (have 
 been) be ready for battle, if there should be leaders in camp. 
 4. If the enemy should (have been) be in sight, you (sing.) 
 would be in great danger. 5. If I should (have been) be ready 
 for an attack, there would be great hope of victory. 6. If you 
 (plur.) should not be braver than the consul, great would be the 
 disaster of the Eoman people. 
 
 SUM, PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. CONDITIONS CON- 
 TRARY TO FACT, PAST TIME. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The following form of the Conditional Sentence with the 
 Pluperfect Subjunctive in both protasis and apodosis, is known as a Supposi- 
 tion Contrary to Fact in Past Time : 
 
 Si (had") adfuissem, nostrls magno usui (should have) fuissem. 
 
 Si (had) adfuisses, nostrls magno usui (would have) fuisses. 
 
 Si (had) adfuisset, nostrls magno usui (would have) fuisset. 
 
 Si (had) adfuissemus, nostrls magnd usui (should have) fuissemus. 
 
 SI (had) adfuissetis, nostrls magno usui (would have) fuissetis. 
 
 SI (had) adfuissent, nostrls magnS usui (would have) fuissent. 
 
 151. 
 
 1. Si praesens fuissem, si praesens fuisses, si praesens fuisset; 
 si praesentes fuissemus, si praesentes fuissetis, si praesentes fuis- 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 107 
 
 sent. 2. SI adfuisset, 1 paratus fuissem. 1 3. SI cautus fuissem, 
 si cautus fuisses, si cautus fuisset ; si cauti fuissemus, si cautl 
 fuissetis, si cauti fuissent. 4. Si cupidus rerum novarum fuisset, 
 dux coniurationis fuisset. 5. SI eo die Komae fuissemus, hostes 
 fortissimi fuissent. 6. SI prope hostium castra fuissem, pugna 
 fuisset. 7. SI proximl Germanis fuissetis, magno in periculo 
 fuissetis. 8. SI fortis fuisses, spes victoriae fuisset. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 305, c, 2 and example. 
 H. : 1 510, and Note 1. 
 
 Sing. 1. adfuis'sem 
 
 2. adfuis'ses 
 
 3. adfuis'set 
 
 Plur. 1. adfuisse'mus 
 
 2. adfuissg'tis 
 
 3. adfuis'sent 
 
 152. 
 
 1. If I had been ready, if you had been ready, if he had been 
 ready ; if we had been ready, if you had been ready, if they had 
 been ready. 2. If I had been in charge of the army, it would 
 have been well. 3. If I had been diligent, if you had been dili- 
 gent, if he had been diligent ; if we had been diligent, if you had 
 been diligent, if they had been diligent. 4. If you (sing.) had 
 been in Rome all those days, I should not have been in great 
 fear. 5. If this matter had been your care, you (plur.) would 
 have been safe. 6. If we had been men of great boldness, they 
 would not have been desirous of a revolution. 
 
 RECAPITULATION OP CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The sentences in Exercise 153 are to be classified and 
 translated, after completing and translating the paradigms indicated below : 
 
 SIMPLE CONDITIONS. 
 
 Present Time : Si adest, paratus sum, etc. 
 Past Time : SI aderat, paratus eram, etc. 
 Past Time : SI adfuit, paratus fiti, etc. 
 
108 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 FUTURE CONDITIONS, MORE VIVID. 
 
 Future Time : SI aderit, paratus ero, etc. 
 
 Future, Protasis Completed : SI adfuerit, paratus ero, etc. 
 
 Future, Completed: SI adfuerit, paratus fuerd, etc. 
 
 FUTURE CONDITIONS, LESS VIVID. 
 
 Future Time : Si adsit, paratus sim, etc. 
 
 Future, Protasis Completed : SI adfuerit, paratus sim, etc. 
 
 Future, Completed : SI adfuerit, paratus fuerim, etc. 
 
 CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT. 
 
 Present Time : SI adesset, paratus essem, etc. 
 Past Time : SI adfuisset, paratus fuissem, etc. 
 
 153. 
 
 1. SI Divico princeps sit, laeti non sitis. 2. SI nobis equitatus 
 fuisset, tu in potestate hostium non fuisses. 3. SI mei non obli- 
 tus es, laetus sum. 4. Si nostri in castris fuerint, in salube eri- 
 mus. 5. SI Divico princeps fuerit (ind.), laeti non fueritis (ind.). 
 6. SI mei non oblltus fuisti, laetus fiu. 7. Si nostri in castris 
 fuerint (subj.), in salute fuerimus (subj.). 8. Si nobis equitatus 
 esset, tu in potestate hostium non esses. 9. Si mei non oblltus 
 eras, laetus eram. 10. Si Divico princeps fuerit, laeti non sitis. 
 11. Si nostri in castris erunt, in salute erimus. 
 
 RECAPITULATION CONTINUED. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. The paradigms indicated below are to be completed and 
 translated into Latin. 
 
 SIMPLE CONDITIONS. 
 
 Present Time : If I am in charge of the army, it is well, etc. 
 Past Time : If I was in charge of the army, it was well, etc. 
 Past Time : If I have been in charge of the army, it has been well, etc. 
 
 FUTURE CONDITIONS, MORE VIVID. 
 
 Future Time : If I am (shall be} in charge of the army, it will be well, etc. 
 Future, Protasis Completed: If I am (shall have been} in charge of the army, 
 it will be well, etc. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 109 
 
 Future, Completed : If I am (shall have been} in charge of the army, it will 
 be (will have been} well, etc. 
 
 FUTURE CONDITIONS, LESS VIVID. 
 
 Future Time : If I should be in charge of the army, it would be well, etc. 
 Future, Protasis Completed: If I should be (should have been} in charge of 
 
 the ariny, it would be well, etc. 
 Future, Completed: If I should be (should have been} in charge of the army, 
 
 it would be (would have been} well, etc. 
 
 CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT. 
 
 Present Time : If I were in charge of the army, it would be well, etc. 
 
 Past Time : If I had been in charge of the army, it would have been well, etc. 
 
 154, 
 
 1. If we are (shall be) faithful all those days, we shall be of 
 great service to the consul. 2. If you (plur.) are here, it is well. 
 3. We should be in great peril, if we were near the camp of the 
 enemy. 4. If the consul should be here, we should be better pre- 
 pared for all these things. 5. If you have been here, it has been 
 well. 6. If we are (shall have been) faithful all those days, we 
 shall be of great service to the consul. 7. We should have been in 
 great peril, if we had been near the camp of the enemy. 8. If 
 the consul should be (should have been) here, we should be better 
 prepared for all these things. 9. If we are (shall have been) 
 faithful all these days, we shall be (shall have been) of great ser- 
 vice to the consul. 10. If you (plur.) were here, it was well. 
 11. If the consul should be (should have been) here, we should be 
 (should have been) better prepared for all these things. 
 
 SUM, IMPERATIVES, INFINITIVES, PARTICIPLE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. IMPERATIVE : 
 
 Present, Sing. 2, GB, be (thou, you} ; Plur. 2, este, be (ye, you}. 
 Future, Sing. 2, esto, you shall be, thou shalt be ; Plur. 2, estote, ye (you} 
 shall be. 
 
110 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 2. INFINITIVE: 
 
 Present, esse, to be; Perfect, fuisse, to have been; Future, futurus esse 
 
 (fore), to be about to be. 
 
 3. PARTICIPLE : 
 
 Future, futurus, about to be (declined like bonus). 
 
 4. a. Ego paratus sum becomes, 
 with a verb of saying, 
 
 b. Ego paratus eram (fui, fu- 
 
 eram) becomes 
 
 c. Ego paratus ero (raero, 
 
 sim, fuerim) becomes 
 
 <f. Ego paratus essem (fuis- 
 sem) becomes 
 
 (Dlcit} se paratum esse, 
 (He says) that he is ready. 
 
 (Dlcit) se paratum fuisse, 
 
 (He says) that he was (has been, 
 
 had been) ready. 
 
 (Dlcit) se paratum futurum esse, 
 (He says) he will be (will have been, 
 
 would be, would have been) ready. 
 (Dlcit) se paratum futurum esse, 
 (He says) that he would be (would 
 
 have been) ready. 
 
 155. 
 
 1. Mihi amicus es. 1 Amicis vestrls este fideles. Dlligens 
 cotldie esto. Fortes semper estote. 2. Ego sum paratus. Dlcit 2 
 se 3 esse 3 paratum. 4 3. Ego eram (fui, f ueram) paratus. Dlcit se 
 fuisse paratum. 4. Ego ero (fuero, sim, fuerim) paratus. Dlcit 
 se futurum 4 esse paratum. 5. Dlcit se esse nostris magno usui. 
 6. Dlcit 6 se fuisse 5 nostris magno usui. 7. Dlcit se futurum esse 
 nostris magno usui. 8. In potestate populi E-omanl sumus, neque 
 cum Belgis reliquis in coniuratione fuimus, paratique erimus socii 
 fideles esse populi Komanl ; reliqul omnes Belgae in armls sunt, 
 magnusque est eorum furor. 9. Kemi dlcunt se in potestate 
 populi Komanl esse, neque se cum Belgis reliquls in coniuratione 
 fuisse, paratosque futuros esse socios fideles esse populi Komanl ; 
 reliquos omnes Belgas in armls esse, magnumque esse eorum 
 furorem. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. 
 
 H. 
 
 1 269. 2 336, i. 3 272 ; 336, 2, first sen- 
 tence ; Rule 60. 4 Rule 2. 5 336, A 
 and Note 1. 
 
 1 487 ; Rule 40. 2 535, L, 1 and 2. 3 522 ; 
 523,1.; Rule LIII. I. "Rule XXXIV. 
 5 537. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. Ill 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2. ad'es ades/se 
 
 Plur. 2. ad e'ste 
 
 adfuis'se 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. ade'sto adfutu'ruses'se 
 
 Plur. 2. ad e sto'te 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Plur. 3. adsun'to 
 The future participle of ad'sum is ad fu tu'rus. 
 
 ad'fo re 
 
 156. 
 
 1. Be (sing.) very brave. Be (plur.) very faithful to the Ro- 
 man people. You (sing.) shall be very diligent every day. You 
 (plur.) shall always be daring. 2. He says that he is in great 
 fear. 3. He says that he was, has been, had been in great fear. 
 4. He says that he will be, will have been, would be, would have 
 been in great fear. 5. He says that he would be, would have 
 been in great fear. 
 
 SYNOPSIS. 
 
 At this point thoroughly commit and recite synopses of the verb sum ; 
 e.g. swm, eram, ero, ful, fueram, fuero, sim, essem, fuerim, fuissem ; es, eras, 
 eris, fuisti, fuerds, fueris, sis, esses, fueris, fuisses, es ; and so on through all 
 the different persons. Compare A. & G., pp. 82, 83 ; H., pp. 84, 85. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES, 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. In connection with sentences 1 and 8, learn the Per- 
 sonal Endings of Verbs, as follows : 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. -m (-6 or -I) -mua -r -mur 
 
 2. -s -tis -ris or -re -mini 
 
 3. -t -nt -tur -ntur 
 
112 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 2. Verb-stems of the First Conjugation end in -a- ; e.g. laudsi- (stem of 
 laudo'), mira.- (stem of miror). In the present tense, the personal endings 
 are joined directly to the verb-stem, -a- final becoming (see 1 and 8) -a- before 
 -t, -nt, and -ntur. Laudo is for lauda.-m and miror for mira-r. 
 
 3. Miror, I wonder at, is a Deponent Verb ; i.e. it has the passive form 
 only, with an active meaning. 
 
 4. In Latin Exercises from 157 to 173, illustrating the first conjugation, 
 sentences numbered 2 may be developed for practice in verb inflection and 
 translation, as follows : 
 
 81 hoc spero, erro ; 
 
 Si hoc sperds, errds, etc. 
 
 157. 
 
 1. Laudo, laudas, laudat; laudamus, laudatis, laudant. 2. Si 
 hoc spero, erro. 3. Ego te tua virtute laudo. 4. Interim cotidie 
 Haeduos 1 frumeiitum 1 flagitamus. 5. Tu qui 2 Caesaris amicus 
 es, 2 concilium prmcipum convocas. 6. Servos bonos magua voce 
 laudatis. 7. Caesar Liscum, qui suinnio magistratui praeest 
 quern 3 " vergobretum " 3 appellant Haedui, qui creatur annuus 4 et 
 vitae necisque in suos habet potestatem, graviter accusat. 
 8. Laudor, laudaris or laudare, lauddtur; laudcimur, laudamini, 
 laudantur. 9. Et tu et ille magna voce laudaminl. 5 10. Et nos 
 et vos virtute laudainur. 5 11. Urbemne inlraris 8 ? Magnitudinem 
 urbis miror. 6 12. Nostrl, qui magno in peiiculo erant, a legioni- 
 bus multis fortibusque nunc iuvantur. 13. Nonne laudibus vulgi 
 confirmare (-ris) ? 14. Num. proditionis 7 accusamur ? 15. Nos, 
 qui amici populi Roman! appellamur, proditionis non accusamur. 
 
 BISECTIONS. 1. Learn A. & G. : J 239, 2 and c ; Rule 34. 2 204 and a ; 
 
 Rule 4. 3 239, 1 and a. 4 191. 5 205, 
 a and 7>. *135. 7 220; Rule 20. 
 H. : 1 374 ; Rule VII. a 373 and 1 ; Rule VI. 
 4 443. 5 463, I., II., and 1. 6 2 31; 
 465, 2. " 409, II. ; Rule XX. II. 
 
 2. Inflect all verbs of the conjugation illustrated in any given Exercise as 
 suggested by the accompanying paradigms and commit thoroughly to memory. 
 
 Voco, I summon. 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD, PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'co Plur. 1. voca'mus 
 
 2. vo'cas 2. voca'tis 
 
 3, vo'cat 3. vo'cant 
 
A STRAIGHT EOAD TO CAESAR. 113 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD, PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'cor Plur. 1. voca'mur 
 
 2. voca'ris(re) 2. voca'mini 
 
 3. voca'tur 3. vocan'tur 
 
 SUGGESTION. In English Exercises 158 to 174, sentences numbered 2 
 may be developed for translation as follows : If I am assisting the nobility , 
 I am strengthening the conspiracy ; if you are assisting the nobility, you are 
 strengthening the conspiracy, etc. Sentence 9 in the same Exercises may be 
 similarly developed by inflecting the apodosis. 
 
 158. 
 
 1. I summon, you summon, lie summons ; we summon, you 
 summon, they summon. 2. If I am assisting the nobility, I am 
 strengthening the conspiracy. 3. Are we strengthening the con- 
 spiracy ? 4. I demand grain [of] you. 5. The undertaking is not 
 difficult, if you (plur.) all approve. 6. The consul gives many 
 rewards to all who assist him in the undertaking. 7. You (sing.) 
 do not often assist a better cause. 8. I am summoned, you are 
 summoned, he is summoned; we are summoned, you are sum- 
 moned, they are summoned. 9. If there is need, I wonder at it. 
 
 10. We are protected, if the city is occupied by our legions. 
 
 11. If you (plur.) are armed, the camp is well protected. 12. I 
 am protected, and you (sing.) are encouraged. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. In this tense the personal endings are connected with 
 the verb-stem by the tense-sign -ba-. Notice in 1 that -ba- in some situations 
 becomes -ba-. 
 
 2. The Imperfect is to be translated by expressions denoting continuance ; 
 e.g. laudabam, / was praising, I used to praise, I was wont to praise, I was 
 in the habit of praising, often simply I praised. 
 
 3. The stem of do is da- (short -a-). 
 
 4. Translate suo more, in accordance with his custom ; quicquam potes- 
 tatis, any power. 
 
114 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 159. 
 
 1. Laudabam, lauddbds, lauddbat; laudabdmus, laudabatis, lau- 
 ddbant. 2. Si hoc sperabam, errabam. 3. Suo more 1 magna 
 patrum foedera laudabat. 4. Mercedes multas iuvenibus fidelibus 
 dabas. 5. Cur quicquam potestatis 2 trans Rhenum postulabamus? 
 6. Homines inimico animo agros vastabant. 7. Haeduos auxilium 
 flagitabatis. 8. Lauddbar, lauddbdris or laudabare, laudcibdtur ; 
 laudabamur, laudabamini, lauddbantur. 9. Et ego et tu saepe 
 laudabamur. 10. Et vos et ill! iure laudabamim. 11. Ego 
 Genava vocabar et consul 3 creabar. 12. Tu consul creabaris (-re), 
 quam rem 4 nemo mirabatur. 13. Proditionis accusabantur, id 
 quod 4 omues mirabantur. 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 1. Learn A. & G. : 1 253 and Note, first sentence ; Rule 53. 
 
 2 216, a, 3 ; Rule 16. 3 176, a and 6. 
 4 200, e. 
 
 H. : 1424 and Note 1 ; Rule XXIX. 2397 
 and 3 ; Rule XVI. 3 362, 1 and 2,1) 
 and 2) ; Rule I. 
 
 2. Notice that the Voice, Mood, and Tense of the paradigms given are 
 suggested by the headings of Exercises. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'bam Plur. 1. vocaba'mus 
 
 2. voca'bas 2. vocaba'tis 
 
 3. voca'bat 3. voca'bant 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'bar Plur. 1. vocaba'mur 
 
 2. vocaba'ris(-re) 2. vocaba'minl 
 
 3. vocaba'tur 3. vocaban'tur 
 
 160. 
 
 1. I used to summon, you used to summon, he used to summon ; 
 we used to summon, you used to summon, they used to summon. 
 2. If I was assisting the nobility, I was strengthening the con- 
 spiracy. 3. We were wont to demand chariots of the consul. 
 
 4. If you were expecting chariots from him, you were mistaken. 
 
 5. The soldiers were not in the habit of praising a consul 
 who was not assisting them. 6. I was showing the danger to 
 the consul, you were demanding of him assistance. 7. Why were 
 you expecting any assistance from him ? 8. I was summoned, 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 115 
 
 you were summoned, he was summoned ; we were summoned, you 
 were summoned, they were summoned. 9. If there was need, I 
 was wondering at it. 10. Both he and I used often to be sum- 
 moned to Koine. 11. I was not assisted by the consul, a thing at 
 which you (plur.) were all wondering. 12. You (sing.) were 
 being overpowered by the enemy, a thing at which no one was 
 wondering. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 161. 
 
 1. Laudabo, laudabis, lauddbit; laudabimus, laudabitis, laudcv- 
 bunt. 2. Si hoc sperabo, 1 errabo. 3. Tu consulem aliquod 2 
 bonum (aliquid 2 bom) flagitabis. 4. Quod navium 3 in eo loco 
 fuerit, armabit. 5. Si Caesar perfugam condonabit, eum Hberabo. 
 
 6. Si nos cohortes omnls comportabimus, vos urbem expugnabitis. 
 
 7. lus legatorum servo et servabam et servabo. 8. Laudabor, 
 lauddberis or lauddbere, laudabitur ; laudabimur, laudabimini, laur 
 ddbuntur. 9. Nos proditionis accusamur et E-omam vocabimur. 
 10. Tu magnitudinem Eomae mirabare (-ris), potestatem eiusdem 
 miraberis (-re). 11. Vos a nostris legionibus iuvabimim et a 
 hostibus non superabimim. 12. 111! Eomam vocabuntur et nos 
 superabimur. 13. Proditionis accusabar, id quod omnes mira- 
 buntur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : J 278, and b. 2 105, d and paradigm. 
 
 3 216, a, 3. 
 
 H. : !470, 2. 2 190, 2, 1), Notes 1 and 2. 
 3 397 and 3. 
 
 Sing. 1. vocS'bo Plur. 1. voca'bimus 
 
 2. voca'bis 2. voca'bitis 
 
 3. voca'bit 3. voca'bunt 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'bor Plur. 1. voca'bimur 
 
 2. vo ca'be ris (-re) 2. vocabi'mini 
 
 3. voca'bitur 3. vocabun'tur 
 
116 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 162. 
 
 1. I shall summon, you will summon, he will summon; we 
 shall summon, you will summon, they will summon. 2. If I 
 assist the nobility, I shall strengthen the conspiracy. 3. If we 
 bring our legions together, the State will assist us. 4. I shall 
 demand assistance of the State. 5. You (plur.) were protecting 
 and will protect the rights of all the citizens. 6. Some will set 
 the slaves free, others will arm the allies. 7. You (sing.) will 
 encourage the auxiliaries. 8. I shall be summoned, you will be 
 summoned, he will be summoned ; we shall be summoned, you will 
 be summoned, they will be summoned. 9. If there is need, I 
 shall wonder at it. 10. If we are conquered, you (plur.) will be 
 accused of treason. 11. If I am set free, you (sing.) will be par- 
 doned. 12. If our forces are brought together, the city will be 
 captured. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Perfect Stem of laudo is lauddv-. The tense-sign 
 of the perfect active is -vi-. Notice in sentence 1 that the perfect active 
 has certain special personal-endings : Sing. 2, -sti ; Plur. 2, -stis ; 3, -erunt 
 or -ere. 
 
 2. This tense is translated (1) as a Perfect Definite, e.g. lauddvi, I have 
 praised ; or (2) as a Historical Perfect, e.g. lauddvi, I praised. Carefully dis- 
 tinguish (2) from I praised, meaning I was praising and expressed by lauda- 
 bam. Translate perfects in 163 both as historical perfects and perfect 
 definites. 
 
 3. The Perfect Passive is a compound tense formed by using the Perfect 
 Passive Participle, e.g. Zawdatus, having been praised (declined like bonus}, 
 with the present tense of sum. 
 
 4. luvo has an irregular perfect, inflected as follows : iuvl, iuviBtl, iuvit ; 
 iuvimua, iuvistis, iuverunt or iiivere. Its perfect participle is iiitua. 
 
 163. 
 
 1. Lauddvi, lauddvisti, lauddvit; lauddvimus, lauddvistis, lauda- 
 verunt or lauddvere. 2. Si hoc speravi, erravl. * 3. Agros Helvetic- 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 117 
 
 rum ferro iguique vastavimus. 4. Timor exercitum occupavit. 
 5. SI vos exsules iuvistis, erratis. 6. Socii nostri duo itinera de- 
 monstraverunt (-ere). 7. Ego hos milites, qui urbem servabant, 
 iuvi, tu eosdeni magnopere confirm a visti. 8. Laudatus (-a) (-um) 
 sum, laudatus (-a) (-um) es, laudatus (-a) (-um) est; laudati (-ae) 
 (-a) sumus, laudati (-ae) (-a) estis, laudati (-ae) (-a) sunt. 9. Con- 
 sul laudatus est. Legio laudata est. Concilium laudatum est. 
 10. luvenes iuti et servati sunt. Feminae iutae et servatae sunt. 
 Auxilia iuta et servata sunt. 11. Vos, qui iuti estis, in loco 
 idoneo collocati estis. 12. Agri, qui vastabantur, non servati 
 sunt. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'vi Plur. 1. voca'vimus 
 
 2. vocavi'sti 2. vocavi'stis 
 
 3. voca'vit 3. vocave'runt (-re) 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'tus sum Plur. 1. voca'ti su'mua 
 
 2. voca'tus es 2. voca'ti e'stis 
 
 3. vo ca'tus est 3. vo ca'ti sunt. 
 
 164. 
 
 1. I (have) summoned, you (have) summoned, he (has) sum- 
 moned; we (have) summoned, you (have) summoned, they (have) 
 summoned. 2. If I have assisted the nobility, I have strength- 
 ened the conspiracy. 3. We have equipped the ships which you 
 pointed out. 4. I have assisted the citizens who liberated the 
 slaves. 5. The fear which took possession of the army has as- 
 sisted the enemy. 6. You (plur.) have encouraged the enemy, 
 and they have laid waste our fields. 7. Why did you (sing.) 
 encourage the enemy? 8. I have been (was) summoned, you 
 have been (were) summoned, he has been (was) summoned; 
 we have been (were) summoned, you have been (were) sum- 
 moned, they have been (were) summoned. 9. If there has been 
 need, I have wondered at it. 10. You (sing.) have been very 
 much harassed, if your cities have been laid waste. 11. You 
 (plur.) have been pardoned, and we have been set free. 12. The 
 prisoner has been set free, a thing which I have very much 
 wondered at. 
 
118 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Pluperfect Active is formed by connecting the 
 verb-stem and the personal-endings by means of the tense-sign -vera-. Its 
 forms may easily be remembered by thinking of them as made up of the 
 imperfect tense of sum joined to the perfect stem; e.g. laudav-eram, laudav* 
 eras, etc. 
 
 2. The Pluperfect Passive is formed by using the Perfect Passive Parti- 
 ciple with the imperfect tense of sum ; e.g. laiidatus eram, I had been 
 praised. 
 
 165. 
 
 1. Laudaveram, laudaveras, laudaverat; laudaveramus, lauda- 
 veratis, lauddverant. 2. Ego hoc speraveram sed errabam. 
 3. Severitatem legum laudaveratis. 4. Nos praefectos saepe 
 confirmaveramus ; sed el nos nunquam iuverant. 5. Copias, quae 
 bono in populum Bomanum animo non erant, domum vocaveras. 
 6. Haeduos frumentum fla'gitaveram. 7. Orator Caesarem ma- 
 gnum appellaverat. 8. Laudatus (-a) (-urn) eram, laudatus (-a) 
 (-um) eras, laudatus (-a) (-um) erat; laudati (-ae) (-a) eramus, 
 laudatl (-ae) (-a) eratis, laudati (-ae) (-a) erant. 9. Consul iutus 
 erat. Legio iuta erat. Concilium iutum erat. 10. luvenes vocati 
 erant. Feminae vocatae erant. Auxilia vocata erant. 11. Lau- 
 dibus civium bonorum saepe confirmati eramus. 12. Ego amicus 
 populi Komani appellatus eram, tu proditionis accusatus eras. 
 13. Vos, qui vocati estis, uno in loco collocati eratis. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'veram Plur. 1. vocavera'mus 
 
 2. voca'veras 2. vocavera'tis 
 
 3. voca'verat 3. voca'verant 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'tus e'ram Plur. 1. voca'tl e ra'mus 
 
 2. vo ca'tus e'ras 2. vo ca'ti e ra'tis 
 
 3. vo ca'tus e'rat 3. vo ca'ti e'rant 
 
 166. 
 
 1. I had summoned, you had summoned, he had summoned ; we 
 had summoned, you had summoned, they had summoned. 2. I 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 119 
 
 had assisted the nobility, but I had not strengthened the con- 
 spiracy. 3. The strictness of the laws had especially assisted 
 our cause. 4. You (sing.) had encouraged my friends, and I 
 had protected yours. 5. We laid waste the fields, but you (plur.) 
 had captured the cities of the enemy. 6. How quickly have we 
 conquered the troops which they had brought together ! 7. We 
 had prepared for a great war. 8. I had been summoned, you had 
 been summoned, he had been summoned ; we had been summoned, 
 you had been summoned, they had been summoned. 9. There 
 has been need, but I had not wondered at it. 10. I had been 
 accused of treason, but you (sing.) had been called a friend of 
 the Roman people. 11. The city had been captured, and the 
 prisoners set free. 12. We had not expected assistance, but you 
 (plur.) had quickly brought together large forces. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD, FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The tense-sign of the Future Perfect Active is -veri-. 
 Notice that this tense has the perfect stem, and that the remaining part of 
 the verb is inflected like the future of sum, except that in Plur. 3, -i- is 
 retained before -nt. 
 
 2. This 'tense is used with great exactness in Latin ; in English, its place 
 is often supplied by the future or even the present tense. 
 
 3. The Future Perfect Passive is formed by using the Perfect Passive 
 Participle with the future tense of sum ; e.g. laudatua ero, / shall have 
 been praised. 
 
 167. 
 
 1. Lauddverd, laudaveris, lauddverit; laudaverimus,laudaveritis, 
 lauddverint. 2. Si hoc speravero, erravero. 3. Facilis turn erit 
 res, cum omnes probaverimus. 4. Nos turn in salute erimus, cum 
 in uno loco legiones collocaveritis. 5. Ut socios iuveris, ita tu 
 laude dlgnus eris. 6. Errabo, si in his locis copias non colloca- 
 vero. 7. Ut hie civls servaverit, ita se elves servabunt. 8. Lau- 
 ddtus (-) (-urn) ero, lauddtus (-a) (-um) eris, laudatus (-a) (-urn) 
 
120 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 erit; lauddti (-ae) (-a) erimus, lauddti (-ae) (-a) eritis, lauddti 
 (-ae) (-a) erunt. 9. Pons servatus erit. Urbs iuta erit. Iter 
 paratum erit. 10. Fines nostri servati erunt. 11. Vos turn forti- 
 tudinem hostium miraberis, cum ab illis superati eritis. 12. Si 
 nos proditionis accusatl erimus, amlci populi Roman! non appella- 
 bimur. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'vero Plur. 1. vocave'rimus 
 
 2. vo ca've ris 2. vo ca ve ri tis 
 
 3. vo ca've rit 3. vo ca've rint 
 
 Sing. 1. vocS'tuse'ro Plur. 1. vo ca'ti e'ri mus 
 
 2. voca'tuse'ris 2. vo ca'ti e'ri tis 
 
 3. vo ca'tus e'rit 3. vo ca'ti e'runt 
 
 168. 
 
 1. I shall have summoned, you will have summoned, he will 
 have summoned ; we shall have summoned, you will have sum- 
 moned, they will have summoned. 2. If I assist (shall have 
 assisted) the nobility, I shall strengthen (shall have strength- 
 ened) the conspiracy. 3. When we shall have given the scout 
 suitable assistance, then will he be more daring. 4. Then will 
 you (sing.) praise the strictness of the laws, when the nobility 
 shall have attempted a revolution. 5. If you shall have con- 
 quered the nobility, you will liberate Italy from great fear. 
 6. As you (plur.) shall have brought together great armies, so 
 will you assist the cause of liberty. 7. As I shall have harassed 
 the enemy, so will the undertaking be easy. 8. I shall have been 
 summoned, you will have been summoned, he will have been sum- 
 moned ; we shall have been summoned, you will have been sum- 
 moned, they will have summoned. 9. If there is (shall have 
 been) need, I shall wonder at it. 10. The young men will have 
 been assisted. The troops will have been assisted. The auxiliaries 
 will have been assisted. 11. As the Mediterranean Sea shall 
 have been protected, so will our revenues be safe. 12. If we 
 shall be (shall have been) encouraged by large revenues, I shall 
 be prepared for war. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 121 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The Present Subjunctive in both voices changes final -a- 
 of the verb-stem to -e-, which becomes -e- before the endings -m, -t, -nt ; -r, 
 -ntur. 
 
 169. 
 
 1. Si laudem, si laudes, si laudet; si laudemus, si laudetis, s! 
 laudent. 2. SI hoc sperem, errem. 3. Si me iuvetis, pecuniam 
 multam vobis dem. 4. Hie servos liberet, si omnes probent. 
 5. Servl sint fideles, si eos liberernus. 6. Si milites fortis dextro 
 in cornu collocemus, hostes nostros superemus. 7. Si Caesar per- 
 fugam condonet, laetus sim. 8. Si lauder, si lauderis or laudere, 
 si laudetur; si laudemur, si laudemim, si laudentur. 9. Si nos 
 armemur, vos non supereminT. 10. SI hostes superentur, eos 
 servem. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'cem Plur. 1. voce'mus 
 
 2. vo'ces 2. voce'tis 
 
 3. vo'cet 3. vo'cent 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'cer Plur. 1. voce'mur 
 
 2. vo ce'ris (-re) 2. voce'mini 
 
 3. voce'tur 3. vocen'tur 
 
 170. 
 
 1. If I should summon, if you should summon, if he should 
 summon ; if we should summon, if you should summon, if they 
 should summon. 2. If I should assist the nobility, I should 
 strengthen the conspiracy. 3. If we should assist the nobility, 
 you (plur.) would not approve. 4. If you (sing.) should encour- 
 age the exiles, you would go wrong. 5. If Caesar should demand 
 aid of me, I should bring together all our forces. 6. If I should 
 pardon the treachery of Dumnorix, he would be very glad. 7. If 
 they should approve the undertaking, they would not go wrong. 
 8. If I should be summoned, if you should be summoned, if he 
 should be summoned ; if we should be summoned, if you should 
 be summoned, if they should be summoned. 9. If there should 
 
122 A STKAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAE. 
 
 be need, I should wonder at it. 10. If you (sing.) should be pre- 
 pared for war, the citizens would be delighted. 11. If you (plur.) 
 should be assisted, I should be especially encouraged. 12. If a 
 bad man should be elected consul, we should be greatly harassed. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The connecting tense-sign of the Imperfect Tense in both 
 voices is -re-. This becomes -re- before the endings, -m, -t, -nt ; -r, -ntur. 
 
 171. 
 
 1. Si laudarerrij si laudares, si laudaret; si laudaremus, si lau- 
 daretis, si lauddrent. 2. Si hoc sperarem, errarem. 3. Si me 
 auxilium flagitaretis, legiones fortes in nostra urbe collocarem. 
 4. Si eos iuvaremus, nobis pecuniam multam darent. 5. Si omnes 
 probaretis, auxilia dextro in cornu collocarem. 6. Auxilia in 
 sinistro cornu collocaremus, si adessetis. 7. Laetus essem, si tfi 
 cornu dextrum iuvares. 8. Si laudarer, si laudareris, or laudarere, 
 si lauddretur ; si laudaremur, si laudaremini, silaudarentur. 9. Si 
 nos armaremur, vos non supereminl. 10. Si tu consul creareris, 
 ego a multis viiis fortibus iuvarer. 11. Ornne imperium consul! 
 nostro non daretur, si nos a viiis fortissimis iuvarernur. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'rem Plur. 1. vocare'mus 
 
 2. voca'res 2. vocare'tis 
 
 3. voca'ret 3. voca'rent 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'rer Plur. 1. vocare'mur 
 
 2. vocare'ris (-re) 2. vocare'minT 
 
 3. vocare'tur 3. vocaren'tur 
 
 172. 
 
 1. If I were summoning, if you were summoning, if he was 
 summoning ; if we were summoning, if you were summoning, if 
 they were summoning. 2. If I were assisting the nobility, I 
 should strengthen the conspiracy. 3. If we were liberating the 
 slaves, the populace would not approve. 4. If all were approv- 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 123 
 
 ing, I should assist the exile. 5. If I were ready, I should set 
 the captives free. 6. We should assist the unfortunate men, if 
 we were present. 7. If I were elected consul, I should strengthen 
 the cause of liberty. 8. If I were summoned, if you were sum- 
 moned, if he were summoned ; if we were summoned, if you were 
 summoned, if they were summoned. 9. If there were need, I 
 should wonder at it. 10. Good men would be encouraged, if you 
 (sing.) were assisted. 11. If we were armed, you (plur.) would 
 not be conquered. 12. If I were summoned, he would be pro- 
 tected. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, PERFECT AND PLUPER- 
 FECT TENSES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Perfect Subjunctive Active is inflected like the 
 Future Perfect Indicative with this exception, that in Sing. 1 final -i- of the 
 tense-sign is unchanged and the personal-ending -m is retained. 
 
 2. The Pluperfect Subjunctive has the tense-sign -visse-. Its final -e- 
 becomes -e- before the personal-ending -m, -t, and -nt. The inflection of this 
 tense may easily be remembered by thinking of its forms as made up of the 
 perfect stem, prefixed to the imperfect subjunctive of sum with its initial 
 vowel changed from e to i throughout ; e.g. lauddv-eBaem becomes laudav- 
 issem. 
 
 3. The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive are formed by using with the per- 
 fect participle the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum ; e.g. Perfect, 
 laudatua aim, etc. ; Pluperfect, laudatua essem, etc. 
 
 173. 
 
 1. (a) Si laudaverim, sllaudaveris, si lauddverit; si lauddveri- 
 mus, si lauddveritis, si lauddverint. (b) Si laudavissem, si laudd- 
 visses, si lauddvisset ; si lauddvissemus, si lauddvissetis, si lauddvis- 
 sent. 2. (a) Si hoc speraverim, errem. (6) Si hoc speravissem, er- 
 ravissem. 3. SI earn rem enuntiaverim, me graviter accuses. 4. Si 
 elves frumentum flagitavissemus, id comportavissent. 5. Si per- 
 fidiam Dumnorigis condonavissem, Caesar me graviter accusavis- 
 set. 6. SI eos iuvissemus, urbem expugnavissent. 7. SI perfidiam 
 Dumnorigis condonavisses, consilia Caesaris hostibus enuntiavis- 
 
124 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 ses. 8. (a) SI laudatus (-a) (-urn) sim, etc. (b) Si lauddtus (-a) 
 (-um) essem, etc. 9. Si legatus superatus sit, ego magnopere 
 mirer. 10. Si tu condonatus esses, nemo miratus esset. 11. Si 
 nostrae urbes vastatae essent, concilium principum convocavisse- 
 mus. 12. Si nos a legionibus veteranis iuti essemus, vos non 
 superatl essetls. 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'verim Plur. 1. voca ve'ri mus 
 
 2. voca'veris 2. voca ve'ri Us 
 
 3. voca'verit 3. voca'verint 
 
 Sing. 1. vocavis'sem Plur. 1. vocilvisse'mus 
 
 2. vocavis'ses 2. vocavis se'tis 
 
 3. vocavis'set 3. vocavis'sent 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'tus sim Plur. 1. voca'tl si'mus 
 
 2. voca'tus sis 2. voca'tl si 'tis 
 
 3. voca'tus sit 3. voca'ti sint 
 
 Sing. 1. voca'tus es'sem Plur. 1. voca'tl esse'mus 
 
 2. voca'tus es'ses 2. voca'ti es se'tis 
 
 3. voca'tus es'set 3. voca'ti es'sent 
 
 174. 
 
 1. (a) If I should summon (should have summoned), if you 
 should summon, if he should summon; if we should summon, 
 if you should summon, if they should summon, (b) If I had 
 summoned, if you had summoned, if he had summoned ; if we 
 had summoned, if you had summoned, if they had summoned. 
 2. (a) If I should assist (should have assisted) the nobility, I 
 should strengthen the conspiracy. (6) If I had assisted the 
 nobility, I should have strengthened the conspiracy. 3. If you 
 (sing.) should pardon treachery, the consul would severely cen- 
 sure you. 4. If I had revealed your plans, you (sing.) would 
 never have pardoned me. 5. If we had summoned the scout, he 
 would have revealed your plans. 6. If you (sing.) should cap- 
 ture the camp, we all should approve. 7. If the commander 
 had approved, we should have protected the bridge. 8. (a) If 
 I should be summoned, etc. (b) If I had been summoned, etc. 
 9. (a) If there should be (should have been) need, I should 
 wonder at it. (b) If there had been need, I should have wondered 
 at it. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 125 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. IMPERATIVES, INFINITIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Imperative endings are as follows : 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present : Sing. 2. , e.g. pard, prepare (thou, you) Plur. 
 
 2. -te, e.g. parate, prepare (ye, you). Future: Sing. 2. -to, e.g. parato, you 
 
 shall (thou shalt) prepare,- Sing. 3. -to, e.g. parato, he shall prepare,' Plur. 
 
 2. -tote, e.g. pardtote, you (ye) shall prepare ; Plur. 3. -nto, e.g. paranto, 
 
 they shall prepare. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. Present: Sing. 2. -re, e.g. pardre, be (thou, you) pre- 
 
 pared; Plur. 2. -mini, e.g. pardmim, be (you) prepared. Future: Sing. 2. 
 
 -tor, e.g. parator, you shall (thou shalt) be prepared; Sing. 3. -tor, e.g. para- 
 
 tor, he shall be prepared ; Plur. 3. -ntor, e.g. parantor, they shall be prepared. 
 
 2. The Infinitive endings are as follows : 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present : -re, e.g. llberdre, to set free ; Perfect : -visse, e.g. 
 liberdvi&se, to have set free ; Future : -turus (-tura, -turum) esse, e.g. libe- 
 raturus esse, to be about to set free. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. Present : -ri, e.g. liberal!, to be set free ; Perfect : -tus (-ta, 
 -turn) esse, e.g. llberdtua esse, to have been set free; Future: -turn m, e.g. 
 liberation iri, to be about to be set free. 
 
 3. In the change to the infinitive mood, after verbs such as respondet, 
 he replies, 
 
 f (Respondet) eum errare. 
 
 a. Errat becomes . ' ,. . , . 
 
 I (He replies) that he is going wrong. 
 
 c (Respondet) eum erravisse. 
 
 b. Erravit (errabat, errave- \ , TT p ; . , 
 
 { (He replies) that he went or 7&as gone (was 
 rat) becomes 
 
 going, had gone) wrong. 
 
 . , ^ t (Respondet) eum erraturum esse. 
 
 c. Brravent (errabrt, erret, ( ^ hf ^ ^ 
 
 erravent) becomes 
 
 ( (Respondet) eum erraturum fuisse. 
 
 d. Erraret (erravisset) be- I f ^ ^ was 
 
 comes 1 wrong. 
 
 ( (Responded) eum id mirari. 
 
 e. Miratur id becomes j ( ^ ^.^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ ft< 
 
 /. Miratus est id (miraba- f (Respondet) eum id mlratum esse. 
 
 tur, miratus erat) be- -j (He replies) that he (has) wondered, (was 
 comes (. wondering, had wondered) at it. 
 
126 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 175. 
 
 1. Laudd, 1 lauddte; laudato, laudato, lauddtote, laudanto. Lau- 
 ddre, 1 lauddmini; lauddtor, lauddtor, laudantor. 2. Laudare. 
 Lauddvisse. Lauddturus (-tura, -turum) esse. Lauddri. Lauddtus 
 (-ta, -turn) esse. Lauddtum in. 3. Praeterita 2 Divitiaco fratri 
 condono. Caesar dicit praeterita se Divitiaco fratri condonare. 3 
 4. Tutum iter per fines nostros dabimus. Respondent se tutum 
 iter per fines suos daturos esse. 3 5. Civitatem consuetudine mea 
 conservavi. Dicit se civitatem consuetudine sua conservavisse. 3 
 6. Minus dubitationis mihi datur. Caesar respondet sibi minus 
 dubitationis 4 dari. 7. Nostra consilia hostibus sunt enuntiata. 
 Liscus proponit nostra consilia hostibus enuntiata esse. 3 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : !110, c ; 112, c. 2 188 and Remark. 2335 ; 
 
 336, 1, and 2 first sentence ; 336, A, 
 and NOTE 1 first sentence. * 216, a, 2. 
 H. : !487, 1 and 2; Rule XL. 2 441 and 1. 
 8 522 and 1 ; 523 and 1 ; Rule LIII. I. 
 4 397 and 3. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. vo'ca 
 Plur. 2. vo ca'te 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. vo ca'to 
 Plur. 2. voca to'te 
 Plur. 3. vocan'to 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. vo ca're 
 Plur. 2. vo ca'mi ni 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. vo ca'tor 
 
 Plur. 2. 
 
 Plur. 3. vo can'tor 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present Tense. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 vo ca're | vo ca'rl 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 vo ca vis'se ] vo ca'tus es'se 
 
 Future Tense. 
 vocatu'rus es'se vo ca'tum I'ri 
 
 (vo ca'tus fo're) 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 127 
 
 176. * 
 
 1. Summon (thou, you), summon (ye, you) ; you shall (thou 
 shalt) summon, he shall summon, you (ye) shall summon, they 
 shall summon. Be (thou, you) summoned, be (ye, you) sum- 
 moned; you shall (thou shalt) be summoned, he shall be sum- 
 moned, they shall be summoned. 2. To summon. To have 
 summoned. To be about to summon. To be summoned. To 
 have been summoned. To be about to be summoned. 3. We 
 pardon the past for [the sake of] our friend. They say that they 
 pardon the past for [the sake of] their friend. 4. I have given 
 [them] a safe passage through my territory. He replies that he 
 had given [them] a safe passage through his territory. 5. We 
 shall spare the state in accordance with our custom. They say 
 that they will spare the state in accordance with their custom. 
 6. Less [of] doubt was given to us. They reply that to them- 
 selves less [of] doubt was given. 7. Our plans are disclosed to 
 the enemy. Liscus represents that our plans are disclosed to 
 the enemy. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. PARTICIPLES, ABLATIVE 
 ABSOLUTE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The following tables show the corresponding Latin 
 and English participles, also the Latin endings : 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 LATIN. ENGLISH. 
 
 Pres. -na, ProbdnB. Approving. 
 
 Perf. , (Wanting). Having approved. 
 
 Fut. -turns, Pro&aturus. (Wanting.} 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 LATIN. ENGLISH. 
 
 Pres. - , (Wanting). (Being) approved. 
 
 Perf. -tus, ProbdtuB. Having been approved. 
 
 Fut. -ndus, ProbanduB. (Wanting.) 
 
128 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 2. In the declension of probdna, -a- becomes -a- before -nt-. Decline it, 
 using dlligens, Exercise 85, as a model. The other participles are declined 
 like bonus. 
 
 3. The Present Active, and Perfect Passive, Participles are much used in 
 the construction called the Ablative Absolute: thus in the phrase monte 
 occupato, monte is in the ablative case, and occupato agrees with it. A. & G., 
 Rules 2 and 54; H., Rules XXXIV. and XXXII. It may be variously 
 translated: e.g. (literally) the mountain having been occupied; (by the miss- 
 ing participles) the mountain being occupied, having occupied the mountain ; 
 (by a clause) when, (since, as) the mountain had been occupied, when he had 
 occupied the mountain ; (by a phrase) after occupying the mountain, etc. So 
 me praesente may be translated (literally, I being present) , when I was 
 present ; in my presence, etc. 
 
 177. 
 
 1. Haec, me T praesente, 1 dicit. 2. Legatus, qui equitatm praeest, 
 tertium aciem laborantibus nostris subsidio mittit. 3. Gallia est 
 omnis divlsa 2 in partes tres. 4. Caesar, suos cohortatus, 3 proe- 
 lium committit. 5. Caesar, cum 4 oppidum expugnavit, centurio- 
 nes vehementer incusat. 6. Dum 4 paucos dies ad Vesontionem 
 moratur, 5 timor magnus omnem exercitum occupavit. 7. Caesar, 
 occupato 6 oppido, ibi praesidium conlocat. 8. Hostes, dato 
 signo, ex omnibus portis erumpunt. 9. Obsidibus datls, Caesar 
 ib! castra ponit. 10. AmbarrT, depopulatis agiis, non facile ab 
 oppidis suis vim hostium prohibent. 11. Data 7 facultate, 7 hostes 
 ab iniuria non temperabunt. 12. Me 8 invito, 8 iter per provinciam 
 temptavistis. 13. Orgetorix, M. (Marco) Messala 8 et M. Plsone 8 
 consulibus, 8 coniurationem nobilitatis facit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 255 ; Rule 54. 2 291, b. 3 135, a and b ; 
 
 290, <Z,1. 4 290, c. 5 276, e. 290, 
 d, 2. 7 310, a. 8 255, a. 
 
 H. : 1431; Rule XXXII. 2 471, 6, Note 1; 
 550, Note 2. 3 195, II. 2; 231. 
 * 550, Note 5. 6 467, 4. 6 550, Note 4. 
 ' 549, 2. 8 431? 4. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Pres. vo'cans; Fut. vocatu'rus. 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Perf. vo ca'tus ; Fut. vo can'dus. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. vo'cans Plur. vocan'tgs vo can'ti a 
 
 Gen. vo can' tis vo can'ti um 
 
 Dat. vo can'ti vo can'ti bus 
 
 Ace. vocan'tem vo'cans vo can'tis (es) vo can'ti a 
 
 Voc. vo'cans vo can 'tea vo can'ti a 
 
 Abl. vo can'ti or vo can'te vo can'ti bus 
 
 Decline vocd'tus and vocdtu'rus like aml'cus and iniml'cus, Exercise 29. 
 
 SUGGESTION. Italicized clauses and phrases below are to be translated 
 by the ablative absolute. 
 
 178. 
 
 1. He says this in the presence of many witnesses. 2. The cen- 
 turion brings assistance to his struggling soldiers. 3. The hill is 
 occupied by legions which are of service to the rear rank. 
 4. Caesar, having encouraged the soldiers, gives a signal for the 
 fight. 5. When the enemy have occupied the town, we shall be 
 in great danger. 6. While we delay many days on the march, 
 the enemy capture the town. 7. Caesar, after occupying the towns 
 of the enemy, sends his legions into winter [quarters]. 8. Our 
 forces at a given signal break forth from camp. 9. Many hostages 
 having been given, Caesar leads his army into Gaul by as long 
 marches as possible. 10. Since the fields have been devastated, the 
 enemy betake themselves into the forests. 11. If an opportunity 
 should be given, the enemy would not refrain from violence. 
 12. The Helvetii, against Caesar's will, attempt a march through 
 the territory of the Sequani. 13. The Helvetii prepare them- 
 selves for the journey in the consulship of L. (Lucius) Piso and A. 
 (Aulus) Oabinius. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. THE GERUNDIVE. 
 
 SUGGESTION. The Future Passive Participle has a peculiar adjective use 
 in which it is known as a Gerundive. In the Gerundive construction, such a 
 phrase as for transporting the legions takes the Latin form ad legidnes trdns- 
 portandds, in which legidnes is the accusative after ad, and trdnsportandas 
 agrees with legidnes. Notice that the nearest approach to a literal translation 
 of this Latin phrase is the expression for the about-to-be-transported legions. 
 
 THIS CONSTRUCTION IS VERY COMMON. 
 
130 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 179. 
 
 1. Galli vitandi l aestus causa 2 plerumque silvarum ac fluminum 
 propinquitates petunt. 2. Galli subito proelii 3 renovandi 4 consi- 
 lium capiunt. 3. German! magnam navium copiam ad transpor- 
 tandum 4 exercitum 5 mittunt. 4. Caesar C. (Caium) Trebonium 
 cum legionibus tribus ad earn regionem depopulandam mittit. 
 5. Caesar in his locis navium parandarum causa moratur. 6. Tern- 
 pus rebus 6 administrandis 4 non dabatur. 7. Caesar ad hostis 
 consectandos equitatum mittit. 8. Tern pus ad Insignia accom- 
 modanda defuit. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 297 ; 298. 2 245, c. 3 Rule 14. Rule 2. 
 
 - 5 152. Rule 21. 
 
 H. : !543 and Note. 2 416 and foot-note 2. 
 3 Rule XVI. 4 Rule XXXIV. 6432; 
 433. 6 Rule XII. I. 
 
 THE GERUNDIVE (Fut. Pass. Participle). 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 vo can'dus 
 
 vo can'da 
 
 vo can'dum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 vo can'di 
 
 vo can'dae 
 
 vo can'di 
 
 Dat. 
 
 vo can'do 
 
 vo can'dae 
 
 vo can'do 
 
 Ace. 
 
 vocan'dum 
 
 vo can'dam 
 
 vo can'dum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 vo can'de 
 
 vo can'da 
 
 vo can'dum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 vo can'dS 
 
 vo can'da 
 
 vo can'do 
 
 Complete the plural as suggested by the singular. 
 
 180. 
 
 1. Caesar chooses the plan of renewing the war. 2. We delay 
 in the province to prepare (for the sake of preparing) an army. 
 3. The consul sends ships to transport (for transporting) our 
 legions. 4. The consul sends two legions to devastate (for 
 devastating) the fields of the enemy. 5. Time was not given 
 for (dative) putting on our helmets. 6. Caesar sends soldiers to 
 pursue (for pursuing) the deserters. 7. Time is lacking for 
 executing our plans. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 131 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. THE GERUND. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Gerund is a verbal noun of the second declension, 
 neuter gender. Its plural and nominative singular are wanting, and it is 
 declined as follows : 
 
 Gen. postula.ud.1, of demanding. Ace., postulandum, demanding. 
 
 Dat., postulando, to (or for} demanding. Abl., postulauAo, by demanding. 
 
 2. Sentences 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 show the common use of the gerund. When 
 the gerund would have an object, the gerundive construction has preference, 
 but such constructions as those in 6, 7, 8, and 9 are not uncommon. Com- 
 pare them with sentences 1, 2, 5, and 6 in the preceding exercise. 
 
 3. The Supines are verbal nouns of the fourth declension, in the ace. and 
 abl. singular ; e.g. rogratum, rogatu., to ask. 
 
 4. Notice that gerundives, gerunds, and supines denote a purpose. The 
 infinitive must not be used in Latin to express a purpose, as in English. 
 
 181. 
 
 1. Spes praedandi 1 studiumque bellandi 2 hostls ab agricultura 
 revocabat. 2. Animus hostium ad dimicandum 3 paratus est. 
 3. Germ am in Galliam praedandi causa veniunt. 4. Caesar hos- 
 tibus potestatem pugnandi facit. 5. Caesar in his locis legionem 
 hiemandi causa conlocat. 6. Galli vitandi aestum causa plerum- 
 que silvarum ac fLuminum propinquitates petunt. 7. Galli subito 
 bellum renovandi consilium capiunt. 8. Caesar in his locis navis 
 parandi causa moratur. 9. Tempus res administrando 4 non 
 dabatur. 10. Facultas sui 5 Hberandi hostibus non datur. 11. Hae- 
 dui legates ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum 6 auxilium. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : !295. 2 298. 3 300. 4 299 and a. 
 
 5 298, a. 6 302 ; Rule 66. 
 H. : !541. 2 542 and I. 3 542 and III. 
 4 542 and II. & 542, Note 1. 6 545, 
 and Note 2 ; 546 ; Kule LIX. 
 
 THE GERUND. 
 N. Gen. vocan'di ; Dat. vocan'do ; Ace. vocan'dum ; Abl. vocan'do. 
 
 THE SUPINES. 
 Former Supine, voca'tum ; Latter Supine, voca'tu. 
 
132 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 182. 
 
 1. The enemy cross the line to plunder (for the sake of 
 plundering). 2. An opportunity of fighting is given to the 
 enemy. 3. Caesar leads his army into [the country of] the 
 Sequam to pass (for the sake of passing) the winter. 4. The 
 time is suitable for (ad) renewing the battle. 5. We prepared 
 for (ad) [decisive] fighting. 6. The enemy delay many days 
 for the sake of preparing war. 7. Caesar remains in the same 
 place to avoid (for the sake of avoiding) danger. 8. The enemy 
 have an opportunity of freeing themselves. 9. Ambassadors are 
 sent to Caesar to ask aid. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS. 
 
 Verbs which, like laudo, have -a- before -re in the present infinitive (lau- 
 da-re) are of the First Conjugation. To inflect a verb throughout it is neces- 
 sary to know (1) to what conjugation it belongs, and (2) its three stems. 
 The Principal Parts of a verb are therefore : 
 
 1. The Present Indicative, showing the present stem. 
 
 2. The Perfect Indicative, showing the perfect stem. 
 
 3. The Supine or Perfect Participle, showing the supine stem. 
 
 4. The Present Infinitive, showing the conjugation. 
 Thus, laudo, lauddvl, lauddtum, lauddre. 
 
 Learn, from the Vocabulary, the principal parts of the following verbs of 
 the first conjugation: appello, anno, colloco, comporto, conddno, confirmo, 
 convoco, creo, delecto, demonstro, enuntio, erro, existimo, expugno, flagito, 
 impero, laudo, libero, occupo, oppugno, paro, postulo, probo, pugno, servo, 
 spero, supero, tempto, vasto, vexo, vocd ; and of the irregular verbs do, iuvo. 
 Repeat these till they are mastered. 
 
 Sum is an irregular verb. Its principal parts are sum, fui, futurus, esse. 
 
 SYNOPSES. 
 Give synopses of the above verbs, in all persons, throughout both voices. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES, 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. TENSES WITH PRESENT STEM. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Verb-stems of the Second Conjugation end in -e-; e.g. 
 mone- (stem of moneo, I warn}, vere- (stem of vereoi, I fear}. Notice that 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 133 
 
 in the forms moneo and vereor, -e- is shortened and retained before -6 and 
 -or ; otherwise the changes of -e- correspond to those of final -a- in verb- 
 stems of the first conjugation. 
 
 2. The paradigms begun in sentence 1 in this and the following Latin 
 Exercises, are to be completed, compared with A. & G. 130, pp. 96 ff., or 
 H. 207, pp. 90 ff., and translated. Sentences 2 and 3 may be developed in 
 the various tenses for practice in verb inflection. For the synopsis of vereor, 
 see A. & G. 135, II. 
 
 183. 
 
 1. Moneo. Monebam. Monebo. Moneor. Monebar. Monebor. 
 2. Si collem teneo, hostis pabulatione prohibeo. 3. Si hostis 
 vereor, amicus populi Komani 11611 habeor. 4. Nationes multae 
 ea, quae ad efteminandos animos l pertinent, important. 5. Caesar 
 alias civitates territando, 2 alias cohortando, 2 in officio tenebat. 
 
 6. Legatus, qui loci natura continetur, munitione prohibebitur. 
 
 7. In castiis remanebamus, quod 3 (because) milites paucos habe- 
 batis. 8. In Italia reman ebimus, quod msueti navigandi 4 mare 
 timemus. 9. Inopia frumenti est, quod agricultura prohibemur. 
 10. Caesar inopiam verebatur, quod German! agriculturae non 
 student. 11. Vim hostium ab oppido non prohibebam, quod 
 nostrae naves tempestatibus detinebantur. 12. Hostes oppido 
 remanebunt, quod pabulatione prohibentur. 13. Monte occupato, 
 hostis non verebimur. 14. Hostis video, et mihf 5 parati ad pu- 
 gnandum non videntur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 296 ; 300 and NOTE. 2 301 (1) . 3 321 ; 
 
 Rule 77, first clause. 4 Rule 18. 5 232,c. 
 H. : i 543 ; 544, I. 2 542 and IV. 3 516, I. ; 
 Rule XL VII. I. 4 Rule XVII. 5 384,I. ; 
 Rule XII. I. 
 
 Video, / see (Passive, I seem} . 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 Sing. 1. vi'deo Plur. 1. vide'mus 
 
 2. vi'des 2. vide'tis 
 
 3. vi'det 3. vi'dent 
 
134 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'bam Plur. 1. videba'mus 
 
 2. vide'bas 2. videba'tis 
 
 3. vide'bat 3. vide'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'bo Plur. 1. vide'bimus 
 
 2. vide'bis 2. vide'bitis 
 
 3. vide'bit 3. vide'bunt 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'deor Plur. 1. vide'mur 
 
 2. vide'ris (-re) 2. vide'mim 
 
 3. vide'tur 3. viden'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'bar Plur. 1. videba'mur 
 
 2. videba'ris (-re) 2. videba'minl 
 
 3. videba'tur 3. videban'tur 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'bor Plur. 1. vide'bimur 
 
 2. vi de'be ris (-re) 2. vi de bi'mi ni 
 
 3. vide'bitur 3. videbun'tur 
 
 184. 
 
 1. I see. I was seeing. I shall see. I seem. I seemed. I shall 
 seem. 2. If you (sing.) remain in the army, the enemy will be 
 kept from our territory. 3. Many things tend to enfeeble our 
 minds. 4. You (sing.) are hemmed in by very rugged moun- 
 tains. 5. The mountains will be held by our forces. 6. You 
 (plur.) will keep the enemy from foraging and from fortifying. 
 
 7. I shall not remain at home, because I am afraid of danger. 
 
 8. All the Helvetii were desiring a revolution. 9. You (sing.) 
 were detained at home by a storm. 10. We were kept from 
 foraging, because the enemy were in sight. 11. If an oppor- 
 tunity of fighting is given (abl. abs.), I shall not be afraid of 
 the enemy. 12. The victor seems to me worthy of all honor. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 135 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 
 REMAINING TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The perfect stem of moneo is monu-. The active 
 tense-signs are as follows: perf., -ul; pluperf., -wera- ; fut. perl, -weri-. 
 The tenses of the passive voice are formed as in the first conjugation. 
 
 2. The following have irregular perfects, and perfect participles ; re- 
 maned, perf., remdnsi, perf. part, wanting; persuaded, perf ., persuasi, perf. 
 part., persudauB ; faveo, perf., fdvl, perf. part, wanting; removed, perf., 
 removi, perf. part., remotus ; responded, perf., respondl, perf. part., respon- 
 BUB ; video, perf. , vidl, perf. part. , VIBUB. The principal parts of audeo 
 (semi-deponent, see A. & G. 136 ; H. 268, 3) are audeo, aiiBUB sum, au- 
 dere. 
 
 185. 
 
 1. Monul. Monueram. Monuero. Monitus (-a) (-urn) sum. 
 Monitus (-a) (-urn) eram. Monitus (-a) (-urn) era. 2. SI collem 
 tenui, hostis pabulatione prohibul. 3. SI hostis veritus sum, 
 amicus populi Roman! non habitus sum. 4. Nostris persuasi, et 
 I castra hostium oppugnare 1 ausi sunt. 5. Helvetiis propter 
 adflnitatem faveras. 6. Legibus parueramus et novis rebus non 
 studuimus. 7. SI equos ex conspectu removerimus, timidi vide- 
 bimur. 8. Neque equos ex conspectu removimus neque timidi 
 visi sumus. 9. SI in castris remanseris, timidus videberis. 
 10. SI mumtione prohibit! erimus, hostis magno opere verebi- 
 mur. 11. Praefectus territus est quod commeatu prohibitus erat. 
 12. Nos multos dies iter moramur 2 quod commeatu prohibit! 
 eramus. 13. Castra commeatus parandi (commeatum parand!) 
 causa remota erant. 14. Hostes, data facultate, castra sex pas- 
 suum milia ab oppido removerant. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 271 ; Rule 59. 2 276, a and NOTE 1, first 
 
 sentence. 
 
 H. : 1 533, and I. 1 and 2 ; Rule LVI. 2 467, 
 III. 2. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'di Plur. 1. vi'dimus 
 
 2. vidi'sti 2. vidi'stis 
 
 3. vi'dit 3. vl de'nmt (-re) 
 
136 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'deram Plur. 1. videra'mus 
 
 2. vl'deras 2. videra'tis 
 
 3. vi'derat 3. vi'derant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'dero Plur. 1. vlde'rimus 
 
 2. vi'deris 2. vide'ritis 
 
 3. vi'derit 3. vi'derint 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'sus sum Plur. 1. vl'si su'mus 
 
 2. vi'sus es 2. vi'si e'stis 
 
 3. vi'sus est 3. vi'si sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'sus e 'ram Plur. 1. vi'siera'mus 
 
 2. vi'sus e'ras 2. vi'si e ra'tis 
 
 3. vi'sus e'rat 3. vl'si e'rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'sus e'ro Plur. 1. vi'sie'rimus 
 
 2. vi'sus e'ris 2. vi'sie'ritis 
 
 3. vi'sus e'rit 3. vl'si e'runt 
 
 186. 
 
 1. I saw (have seen). I had seen. I shall have seen. I 
 seemed. I had seemed. I shall have seemed. 2. You (sing.) 
 had persuaded the legions, and they have dared to storm the 
 enemy's camp. 3. You (sing.) have favored the Helvetii on 
 account of relationship. 4. You (plur.) had not obeyed the 
 laws, and you (plur.) have desired a revolution. 5. They will 
 have seemed cowardly, if they shall have removed the horses 
 out of sight. 6. Neither had they seemed cowardly, nor had 
 they removed the horses. 7. They have been regarded [as] 
 brave because they have not seemed cowardly. 8. If I shall 
 have been kept from foraging, I shall greatly fear hunger. 9. I 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 137 
 
 had feared greatly, because I had been kept from supplies. 
 10. I have delayed (pres.) in town many days, because I have 
 been kept from fortifying. 11. The fields having been devastated, 
 I have had no supplies. 12. Our allies have remained in camp 
 for the sake of avoiding danger. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 
 
 CLAUSES OP PURE PURPOSE. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Notice that, in the present subjunctive, final -e- of the 
 verb-stem becomes -ea-, which is shortened to -ea- before -m, -t, -nt ; -r and 
 -ntur. 
 
 2. The sentence remaned, ut laudem et moneam, may be variously 
 translated; e.g. I remain 
 
 (a) that (in order that} 1 may praise and warn / 
 
 (b) to (in order to) praise and warn ; 
 
 (c) for the purpose of praising and warning. 
 
 The sentence remanebam ut laudarem et monerem is similarly trans- 
 lated, using might for may if form (a) is employed. 
 
 The ut-clauses in these sentences, also those in 4 to 10, are called Clauses 
 of Pure Purpose. The singular of the verbs in these sentences should be 
 inflected in place. 
 
 3. When the verb of a subordinate clause is in the subjunctive, the tense to 
 be used is determined by a preceding verb with which the clause is connected ; 
 thus in suggestion 2, above, remaned, present indicative, is followed by 
 laudem and moneam, present subjunctives ; remanebam, imperfect indica- 
 tive, by laudarem and monerem, imperfect subjunctives. This principle 
 is called Sequence of Tenses. 
 
 187. 
 
 1. Si moneam. Si monerem. Si monuerim. Si monuissem. Si 
 monear. Si monerer. Si monitus (-a) (-urn) sim. Si monitus 
 (-a) (-um) essem. 2. Si collem teneam, hostis pabulatione pro- 
 hibeam. 3. Si hostis verear, amicus populi Roman! non habear. 
 
 4. Remaneo 1 (remanebo, remansero) ut 2 laudem 3 et moneam. 
 
 5. Remans! 4 ut laudem et moneam. 6. Remans! (remanebam, 
 
138 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 remanseram) ut laudarem et inonerem. 7. Castra removeo (re- 
 movebo, removero) ut tiinoris suspicionem vitem. 8. Castra 
 removebam (removi, removerain) ut tiinoris suspicionem vitarem. 
 9. Legionern in his locis colloco (collocabo, collocavero) ne pabu- 
 latione prohibear. 10. Legionem in his locis collocaveram (collo- 
 cabam, collocavl) ne pabulatione prohiberer. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 285, 1 and 2. 2 317 and 1 ; Rule 74. 
 
 3 286, also Note and Remark, Rule 
 62. *287,a. 
 
 II.: ilSS, I. 1, 2, 3, and 4, II. 1, 2, and 3; 
 490; 491. 2 497, II. ; Rule XLII. 
 II. 8 491; Rule XLI. 4 495, I.; 
 492, 2, Note 1. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'deam Plur. 1. videa'mus 
 
 2. vi'deas 2. videa'tis 
 
 3. vi'deat 3. vi'deant 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'rem Plur. 1. videre'mus 
 
 2. vidS'res 2. videre'tis 
 
 3. vide'ret 3. vide'rent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vl'derim Plur. 1. vide'rimus 
 
 2. vi'deris 2. vide'ritis 
 
 3. vi'derit 3. vl'derint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi dis'sem Plur. 1. vldisse'mus 
 
 2. vidis'ses 2. vldisse'tis 
 
 3. vidis'set 3. vldis'sent 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 139 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'dear Plur. 1. videa'mur 
 
 2. vi de a'ris (-re) 2. videa'mini 
 
 3. videa'tur 3. videan'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vide'rer Plur. 1. videre'mur 
 
 2. vi de re'ris (-re) 2. videre'mim 
 
 3. videre'tur 3. videren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vi'sus sim Plur. 1. vi'si svmus 
 
 2. vl'sus sis 2. vi'si si'tis 
 
 3. vl'sus sit 3. vi 'si sint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vl'sus es'seni Plur. 1. vi'si es se'mus 
 
 2. vi'sus es'ses 2. vi'si es se'tis 
 
 3. vi'sus es'set 3. vi'si es'sent 
 
 SUGGESTION. Sentences 2 to 8 inclusive may be inflected in the 
 plural, in both English and Latin. Watch carefully the sequence of 
 tenses, and use ne to express a negative purpose, not ut non. 
 
 188. 
 
 1. If I should see. If I were seeing. If I should see (should 
 have seen). If I had seen. If I should seem. If I were seem- 
 ing. If I should seem (should have seemed). If I had seemed. 
 2. We remain (shall remain, shall have remained) that we 
 may praise and warn. 3. We remained (were remaining, have 
 remained, had remained) to praise and warn. 4. We shall move 
 (are moving, shall have moved) camp in order to avoid suspicion 
 of fear. 5. We were moving (moved, have moved, had moved) 
 camp that we might avoid suspicion of fear. 6. We shall have 
 located (are locating, shall locate) a legion in these places that 
 
140 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 we may not be kept from foraging. 7. We had located (were 
 locating, located, have located) a legion in these places lest we 
 should be kept from foraging. 
 
 PURPOSE CLAUSES, RELATIVE AND SUBSTANTIVE. 
 ABRIDGED CONDITIONS. SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Sentences 1 and 2 are Relative Clauses of Purpose. 
 Sentences 3 to 8 inclusive are Substantive Clauses of Purpose. Sentences 
 9 to 12 inclusive are Abridged Conditional Sentences. 
 
 2. Translate quo in 2 like ut ; ut after adverb of fearing, e.g. 7, below, 
 that not; ne, 8, that or lest. Translate adsit arid adesset, 9 and 11, were 
 here; adfuerit and adfuisset, 10 and 12, had been here. The Latin 
 treats such conditions as Conditions Less Vivid, the English as Supposi- 
 tions Contrary to Fact. Translate operam dederant, 6, had taken pains. 
 
 3. Purpose clauses as a rule use only the present and imperfect subjunctive. 
 
 189. 
 
 1. Caesar equites habet qui 1 impetum hostium sustineat. 1 
 2. Consul legato legionem dedit quo? impetum Gallorum sus- 
 tineret. 2 3. Caesar tribums militum imperabit ut 3 equites pugna 
 prohibeant. 3 4. Exsules orant ut se iuvetis. 5. Caesar huic rei 
 studebit ut 4 ad urbem cum imperatore remaneas. 4 6. Legati 
 operam dederant ut 5 custodes quam maxime amlcos haberent. 5 
 7. Timemus ut 6 (ne non) satis praesid! habeas. 6 8. Timebant 
 ne 6 hostes exercitum magnum haberent. 6 9. Horreo (horrebo, 
 horrui, horruero) velut si Ariovistus adsit. 10. Horreo (horrebo, 
 horrui, horruero) velut si Ariovistus adfuerit. 11. Horrebam 
 (horrui, horrueram) velut si Ariovistus adesset. 12. Horrebam 
 (horrui, horrueram) velut si Ariovistus adfuisset. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : ^l? and 2; Rule 74. 2 317, b and 
 
 Note 2. 3 331. 4 331 and b. 
 5 331, e, 1. 6 331, /and Note. 
 H. : 1497, I. ; Rule XLII. I. 2 497, II. 2, 
 first sentence. 3 ' 4 498 and I. 
 5 498 and II. 6 498, III. and 
 Note 1. 
 
A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 141 
 
 190. 
 
 1. We had cavalry to (qui) sustain the attack of the enemy. 
 2. The consul gives the lieutenant a legion in order that (quo) 
 he may sustain the attack of the Gauls. 3. Caesar was com- 
 manding us that we keep the cavalry from battle. 4. The 
 wounded men were entreating us to assist them (that we assist 
 them). 5. We desire this thing, that you remain near town 
 with auxiliaries. 6. I shall take care that you have as friendly 
 companions as possible. 7. We shall fear that you will not 
 have sufficient protection. 8. The enemy were fearing that we 
 had had a large army. 9. We shall shudder (shudder, have 
 shuddered, shall have shuddered) as if Ariovistus were here. 
 10. We shall have shuddered (shall shudder, shudder, have 
 shuddered) as if Ariovistus had been here. 11. We had shud- 
 dered (were shuddering, shuddered) as if Ariovistus were here. 
 12. We had shuddered (were shuddering, shuddered) as if Ario- 
 vistus had been here. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION, BOTH VOICES, IMPERATIVE 
 
 AND INFINITIVE MOODS, PARTICIPLES, 
 
 GERUNDS AND SUPINES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The Imperatives, Infinitives, Participles, Gerund, 
 and Supines of this conjugation are formed by joining the endings 
 already given (Exercise 175) to the proper stem. 
 
 2. The table below exhibits the use of the infinitive when the apodo- 
 ses of the Latin sentences numbered 2 and 3 from Exercises 183 to 187 
 are made dependent on any past tense of a verb of Saying, Thinking, 
 Telling, Perceiving. 
 
 a. Frohibemus hostis, ( (Responderunt) eos hostis prohibgre, etc. 
 
 etc., becomes V (They replied) that they were keeping, etc. 
 
 b. Prohibuimus hos- j (Responderunt) eos hostis prohibuisse, etc. 
 
 tis, etc., becomes j (They replied) that they had kept, etc. 
 
142 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 c. Prohibebimus hos- 
 tis, etc., becomes 
 
 d. Frohiberemus hos- 
 tis, etc., becomes 
 
 (Responderunt) eos hostis prohibituros 
 
 esse, etc. 
 (They replied) that they would keep, etc. 
 
 (Responderunt) eos hostis prohibituros fu- 
 
 isse, etc. 
 (They replied) that they would have kept, etc. 
 
 e. Habgmur, etc., be- \ (Responderunt) eos haberi, etc. 
 
 comes V (They replied) that they were considered, etc. 
 
 /. Habit! sumus, etc., \ (Responderunt) eos habitos esse, etc. 
 
 becomes 1 ( They replied) that they had been considered, etc. 
 
 191. 
 
 1. Mone. Moneto. Monere. Monetor. 2. Monere, monuisse, 
 moniturus (-tura) (-turum) esse ; moneri, monitus (-ta) (-turn) 
 esse, monitum in. 3. Ego eas res memoria teneo. Caesar dicit 
 sese 1 eas res memoria tenere. 4. Ob earn causam tacui. Liscus 
 proponit sese ob earn causam tacuisse. 5. Amore fraterno com- 
 moveor. Divitiacus dicit se amore fraterno commoveri. 6. Ego 
 obsidibus non tenebar. Divitiacus respondit se obsidibus non 
 tentum esse. 7. Fuga Gallorum nos non movebit. Responderunt 
 fugam Gallorum se non moturam esse. 8. NostrT, in castris 
 manentes, 2 hostis non verentur. 9. Dumnorix summam in spem 
 per Helvetios regni obtinendi venit. 10. Cupiditas haec ha- 
 bendi nostros confirmavit. 11. Vultus barbarorum nostris non 
 erat facilis visu. 3 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 336, I. and I. a, i. 2 292. 8 303 and 
 
 Remark; Rule 67. 
 
 H.: 1523, I.; Rule LIII. I. 2 549, 2 
 and 4. 8 547 and 2, first sen- 
 tence ; Rule LX. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. vi'dS 
 Plur. 2. vi d6'te 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Present Tense. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. vi de're 
 Plur. 2. vidg'minl 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 143 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. vide'to 
 Plur. 2. vi de to'te 
 Plur. 3. vi den 'to 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 vi de're 
 
 vi dis'se 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 I 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 visu'rus es'se 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. vi dg'tor 
 
 Plur. 2. 
 
 Plur. 3. vi den 'tor 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 vi de'ri 
 
 vi'aus es'se 
 
 vi'sum I'ri 
 (vi'sus fo're) 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Present, vi'dens ; Future, vi su'rus. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Perfect, vi'sus; Future, viden'dus (Gerundive). 
 
 Decline vi'dens like po'tens, Exercise 85; the other participles as sug- 
 gested by Exercises 177 and 179. 
 
 THE GERUND AND SUPINES. 
 
 N. Gen. vi den'di, Dat. vi den'do, Ace. vi den'dum, Abl. vi den'do. 
 Former Supine, vi'sum ; Latter Supine, vi'su. 
 
 192. 
 
 1. See (thou, you). See (ye, you). Seem (do thou, you). 
 Seem (do ye, you). 2. To see. To have seen. To be about to 
 see. To seem. To have seemed. To be about to seem. 3. We 
 hold our friends in memory. They say that they are holding 
 their friends in memory. 4. We shall be silent for a good rea- 
 son. They represent that they will be silent for a good reason. 
 5. He had been influenced by fraternal love. 6. Divitiacus says 
 that he had been influenced by fraternal love. We are not bound 
 (held) by hostages. They reply that they are not bound by 
 
144 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 hostages. 7. The flight of the Gauls has not moved us. They 
 replied that the flight of the Gauls had not disturbed (moved) 
 them. 8. While remaining in camp, I shall not fear the enemy. 
 9. I have the greatest hope (have come into the greatest hope) 
 of obtaining assistance (gerundive). 10. I have the greatest 
 hope of obtaining assistance (gerund). 11. The expression-of- 
 the-countenance is not always pleasant (easy to see). 
 
 RESULT CLAUSES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Sentences 1 and 2 are Pure Clauses of Result ; sen- 
 tence 3 is a Relative Clause of Result. Translate qui (ut is), 3, that he ; 
 qum (qui non), 4, that not or but that; quominus (ut eo minus, that the 
 less by this) pareret, 5, from obeying. Sentences 6, 7, and 8 are Clauses 
 of Characteristic. 
 
 2. Result and Characteristic Clauses take all tenses of (he subjunctive. 
 
 3. Teachers will note remark in Preface, page vii., at middle. 
 
 193. 
 
 1. Tantus 1 timor omnes occupavit, ut * nostri in castrls remane- 
 rent. 1 2. Sic fortuna versat ut alter alterl immlcus auxilio salii- 
 tique sit. 3. Nemo est tarn clarus qui 2 honoribus maioribus non 
 studuerit. 3 4. Nemo ad bellum tarn paratus crat qum 4 pacis 
 cupidus esset. 5. Mors consulem clarissimum non deterrebat 
 quominus 5 legibus pareret. 6. Sunt qui 6 civitati fideles sint. 
 7. Quis est qui 6 non gaudeat? 8. Tu es solus qui 7 non gavisus 
 sis. 9. Dignus est qui 8 imperet. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 319 and 1, also 3, Remark. 2 319 
 
 and 2. ' 287, b. 4 319,^/. 5 3 i 9)C; 
 Rule 75. 6 320 and a. 7 320, b. 
 8 320, /; Rule 76. 
 
 H. : 1 500, II. and Note 1 ; Rule XLIII. IT. 
 2 500, and I.; Rule XLIII. I. 
 3 492, 1 and 2. 4 504 and I. 
 5 505, II. 1. 6503,1. 7503,11.1. 
 8 503, II. 2. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 145 
 
 194. 
 
 1. So great terror seizes all, that our [forces] remain in camp. 
 2. Fortune so turned that one rival assisted and protected the 
 other (was to the other for assistance and safety). 3. No one 
 was so illustrious that he [did] not (who would not) desire 
 greater honors. 4. No one is so ready for war but that he is 
 desirous of peace. 5. Death [does] not hinder the illustrious 
 consul from obeying (the less by which he should obey) the laws. 
 6. There were those who had been faithful to the state. 7. Who 
 was [there] that had not rejoiced ? 8. We were the only [per- 
 sons] who did not rejoice. 9. You (plur.) were worthy to com- 
 mand (who should command). 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS AND SYNOPSES. 
 
 At this point write and give orally the principal parts and synopses of 
 all verbs of the second conjugation, thus far used. See Principal Parts, 
 page 132. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION, BOTH VOICES, INDICATIVE 
 MOOD, TENSES WITH PRESENT STEM. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Verb-stems of the Third Conjugation end in -e-; 
 e.g. tege- (stem of tego, I conceal), seque- (stem of the deponent se</uor, 
 I follow). Learn the inflection of tego in A. & G., pp. 98 and 99, or 
 of re go in H., pp. 94 if. 
 
 2. Sentence 1 in 195, 197, 199, may be developed in the common con- 
 ditional forms. 
 
 195. 
 
 1. Si hostis sequor, eos vinco. 2. Silva magna hostis tegit. 
 3. Duas legiones in citeriore Gallia conscribebam. 4. Oppida 
 nostra omnia, vicos, reliqua privata aedificia incendes. 5. Gall! 
 cum Germams bella multa gerebant. 6. Multos annos 1 de po- 
 tentatu contendemus. 7. Num. Dumnorigi 2 custocles ponitis? 
 8. Ego Caesarem ex urbe amicitiae causa sequor. 9. Tu finibus 
 patriis expellebaris (-re). 10. Gallia pacata, noster exercitus in 
 
146 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Britaiiniam mittetur. 11. Nos ad oppidum expugnandum deligi- 
 mur. 12. Alacritate 3 magna et studio iitemim. 13. Eo itinere 
 vix singuli cam ducebantur. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : *256; Rule 55. 2 225; Rule 21. 
 
 3 249; Rule 49. 
 
 H.: 1379; Rule IX. 2384,11.; Rule XII. 
 II. 3421,1.; Rule XXVI. I. 
 
 Pono, I place (Passive, / am placed). 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'no Plur. 1. po'nimus 
 
 2. po'nis 2. po'nitis 
 
 3. po'nit 3. po'nunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. pone'bam Plur. 1. p6neba ; mus 
 
 2. pone'bas 2. poneba'tis 
 
 3. ponS'bat 3. pone'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'nam Plur. 1. pone'mus 
 
 2. po'nes 2. pone'tis 
 
 3. po'net 3. po'nent 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'nor Plur. 1. ponimur 
 
 2. po'neris (-re) 2. poni'mini 
 
 3. po'nitur 3. ponun'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. pone'bar Plur. 1. poneba'mur 
 
 2. poneba'ris (-re) 2. poneba'mini 
 
 3. poneba'tur 3. ponebaii'tur 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 147 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'nar Plur. 1. po ne'mur 
 
 2. pone'ris (-re) 2. pone'mini 
 
 3. po ne'tur 3. po nen'tur 
 
 196. 
 
 1. I shall place a guard over Dumnorix. 2. You (sing.) will 
 contend many days for the chief command. 3. He is waging 
 war with the Gauls. 4. By this route we draw our wagons with 
 difficulty, one by one. 5. Will you (plur.) not select the tenth 
 legion for capturing the stronghold ? 6. They were driving us 
 out from our ancestral territory. 7. You (sing.) were concealed 
 by large forests. 8. I shall employ great activity. 9. A new 
 legion was being enrolled in Hither Gaul. 10. We are following 
 Caesar for friendship's sake. 11. Our villages were all being 
 burned. 12. You (plur.) will be sent into Britain when Gaul is 
 subdued. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION, BOTH VOICES, INDICATIVE 
 MOOD, REMAINING TENSES. 
 
 197. 
 
 1. SI hostls secutus sum, eos vicl. 2. Caesar suos cohortatus, 1 
 proelium coinmisit. 3. Helvetii in servitutem liberos Haedu- 
 orum abduxerunt. 4. Locum idoneum castris delegeramus. 
 5. Summum montis iugum ascendl. 6. Viros multos et fortissi- 
 mos eduxeras. 7. Tertiam Galliae partem incolueritis. 8. Mul- 
 titude Germanorum trans Bhenum transducta est. 9. Nos ad 
 flumen hiemandi causa collocati sumus. 10. Studio magno et 
 alacritate ad hostls consectandos usus eram. 11. Tu Dumnorigi 
 custodem positus eris. 12. Helvetii cum omnibus cams secuti 
 erant. 13. Vos cum legione decima conscript! eritis. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : x 111, b ; 135, a and b. 
 
 H. : 1 195, II. 2, and foot-note, first sentence. 
 
148 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'sui Plur. 1. posu'imus 
 
 2. posui'sti 2. posui'stis 
 
 3. po'su it 3. po su e'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. posu'eram Plur. 1. posuera'mus 
 
 2. posu'eras 2. posuera'tis 
 
 3. posu'erat 3. posu'erant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. posu'ero Plur. 1. posue'rimus 
 
 2. po su'e ris 2. po su e'ri tis 
 
 3. posu'erit 3. posu'erint 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'situs sum Plur. 1. po'siti su'mus 
 
 2. po'situs ea 2. po'siti e'stis 
 
 3. po'situs est 3. po'siti sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'situs e'ram Plur. 1. po'siti era'mus 
 
 2. po'situs e'ras 2. po'siti era'tis 
 
 3. po'situs e'rat 3. po'siti e'rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'situs e'ro Plur. 1. po'si ti e'ri mus 
 
 2. po'situs e'ris 2. po'si'ti e'ri tis 
 
 3. po'situs e'rit 3. po'siti e'runt 
 
 198. 
 
 1. The Helvetii having encouraged their (men) had joined 
 battle. 2. The children of the Haedui have been led away into 
 servitude by the Helvetii. 3. A suitable place will have been 
 selected for a camp. 4. We shall have ascended the highest 
 ridge of the hill. 5. I have led out many legions from winter 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 149 
 
 quarters. 6. You (plur.) have inhabited one part of Gaul. 
 
 7. You (plur.) will have been led over the bridge in company 
 with the remaining forces. 8. We had been located among the 
 Belgae for the sake of spending the winter. 9. I had employed 
 the same leaders for pursuing the enemy. 10. You (sing.) will 
 have placed a guard over Dumnorix. 11. You (sing.) have fol- 
 lowed the enemy to the fortifications. 12. Caesar had enrolled 
 three new legions. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION, BOTH VOICES, SUBJUNCTIVE, 
 IMPERATIVE, AND INFINITIVE MOODS, PAR- 
 TICIPLES, GERUNDS, AND SUPINES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The verbs in sentences 2 to 6 inclusive (except 
 petunt, 4) may be inflected in place. 
 
 2. The Sequence of Tenses should be carefully studied. 
 
 199. 
 
 1. Si hostis sequar, eos vincam. 2. Vereor ne 1 Divitiaci ani- 
 mum offendam. 3. Verebar ne Divitiaci animum offenderem. 
 4. Haedul petunt ut dementia in Bellovacos utar. 5. Vereor ut l 
 dementia digna maiestate populi Roman! usus sim. 6. Verebar 
 ut dementia usus essem. 7. Due 2 tecum reliquos obsides. 
 
 8. Caesar, petentibus Haeduis, 3 ut Boios in finibus suis collocent, 
 concedit. 9. Galba, castellis compluribus hostium expiignatis, 
 missis ad eum undique legatis, obsidibusque datls, cohortes duas 
 in Nantuatibus collocare constituit. JO. Divitiacus Haeduus 
 dixit Haeduos 4 omnem nobilitatem amisisse et se 4 Romam ad 
 senatum missum esse auxilium postulatum. 5 11. Caesar dicit se 
 hostis sequi et Haeduorum iniurias non neglecturum (esse). 6 
 12. Summa alacritas et cupiditas bell! gerend! (bellum gerendi) 
 innata est. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G.: !331, /and Note. 2 128, c. 3 Rule 
 
 21. 4 272; Rule 60. 5 302; 
 Rule 66. 6 293, a. 
 
 H. : 1 498, III. and Note 1. 2 238. 3 Rule 
 XII. 4 Rule LIII. I. 5 546; 
 RuleLTX. 6 534, Note. 
 
150 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'nam Plur. 1 po na'mus 
 
 2. po'nas 2. po na'tis 
 
 3. po'nat 3. po'nant 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'ne rem Plur. 1. ponere'mus 
 
 2. po'ne res 2. ponere'tis 
 
 3. po'ne ret 3. po'ne rent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. posu'erim Plur. 1. posue'rimus 
 
 2. posu'eris 2. posue'ritis 
 
 3. posu'erit 3. posu'erint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. posuis'sem Plur. 1. posuisse'mus 
 
 2. posuis'ses 2. posuisse'tis 
 
 3. po.su is 'set 3. posuis'sent 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'nar Plur. 1. pona'mur 
 
 2. pona'ris (-re) 2. pona'mini 
 
 3. pona'tur 3. ponan'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'ne rer Plur. 1. ponere'mur 
 
 2. ponere'ris (-re) 2. ponere'mini 
 
 3. ponere'tur 3. poneren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'situs sim Plur. 1. po'sitl si'mus 
 
 2. po'situs sis 2. po'sitl si'tis 
 
 3. po'si tus. sit 3. po'si tl sint 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 151 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'situs es'sem 
 
 2. po'si tus es'ses 
 
 3. po'si tus es'set 
 
 Plur. 1. po'si ti esse'mus 
 
 2. po'si ti esse'tis 
 
 3. po'si ti es'sent 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. po'ne 
 Plur. 2. po'ni te 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. po'ne re 
 Plur. 2. po ni'mi ni 
 
 Feature Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. po'ui to 
 Plur. 2. po ni to te 
 Plur. 3. po nun'to 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. po'ni tor 
 
 Plur. 2. - 
 
 Plur. 3. po nun'tor 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present Tense. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 po'ne re | po'ni 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 posuis'se | po'situs es'se 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 po'si tu'rus es'se 
 
 po'si turn I'ri 
 (po'situs fo're) 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Pres. po'nens; Put. po si tu'rus. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Per/, po'situs; Put. po nen'dus (Gerundive). 
 
 THE GERUND AND SUPINES. 
 
 N. Gen. po nen'di, Dat. poneii'do, Ace. ponen'dum, Abl. ponen'do. 
 Former Supine, po'si turn ; Latter Supine, po'si tu. 
 
 200. 
 
 1. Caesar fears that he has hurt the feelings (sing.) of Divi- 
 tiacus. 2. Caesar feared that he had hurt the feelings of 
 Divitiacus. 3. I have often asked that you (sing.) exercise 
 
152 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 kindness worthy the majesty of the Roman people. 4. I used 
 to fear that you (plur.) [did] not exercise kindness towards 
 the Helvetii. 5. Place (plur.) faithful guards over Dumnorix 
 (dative). 6. Caesar has granted at my request (to me asking) 
 that we locate the Boii in our territory. 7. Caesar, many towns 
 of the Gauls having been captured, determined to wage war with 
 the Germans. 8. Divitiacus says that the state is losing all 
 the nobility and that he is sent to Rome to ask (supine) assist- 
 ance. 9. Caesar said that he had not neglected the wrongs of 
 the Haedui and that he would follow the enemy. 10. The lead- 
 ing men said that they were quite ready for (ad) waging war. 
 
 VERBS IN -IO, THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. These verbs differ from other verbs of this con- 
 jugation in certain tenses formed from the present stem. 
 
 2. The inflection of capio is to be carefully committed from A. & G., 
 page 100; H., Sections 218, 219. 
 
 3. Translate sementes faciam, 2, I shall sow; consilium facient, 7, 
 will adopt the plan; terga vertunt, 8, turn and flee. 
 
 201. 
 
 1. Si Caesarem interficio, nobilibus gratum facio. 2. Semen- 
 tes quam maximas faciam. 3. Allobroges qui trans Rhodanurn 
 vicos possessionesque habent, fuga se * ad Caesarem recipiunt. 
 4. Nos et Haeduis 2 et Allobrogibus satisfaciebamus. 5. Hostes 
 fugientes 3 capiuntur et in catenis coniciuntur. 6. Conantes 
 dicere in catenis coniciebamur. 7. Helvetii consilium itineris 
 faciendi (iter faciendl) per provinciam capient. 8. Hostes multa 
 volnera accipiunt turn cum 4 terga vertunt. 9. Praefectus, cum 
 triduum 5 iter fecimus, locum idoneum castiis deligit. 10. Praefec- 
 tus, cum iter faceremus, locum idoneum castris delegit. 11. Prae- 
 fectus, cum triduum iter fecissemus, locum idoneum castris dele- 
 git. 12. Postridie eius diel 6 Caesar, priusquam 7 se hostes ex 
 terrore ac fuga reciperent, in finis Suessionum exercitum dQxit. 
 13. Prmcipes Britanniae id optimum factii duxerunt. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 153 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : i"L96, Rule 7. 2 227, e, 2. 3 292. 4 325; 
 
 Rule 78. s Rule 55. 6 223, c. 7 327. 
 
 11.: '448; 449. 2 384, 4, Note 1. 3 549, I. 
 
 4 521, L; Rule LIT. I. ^Rule IX. 
 
 6398, 5. 7 520, I. 1 ; Rule LI. I. 1. 
 
 Recipid, Itakeback (Passive, is taken back). 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. re ci'pio Plur. 1. reci'pimua 
 
 2. re'ci pis 2. re ci'pi tis 
 
 3. re'ci pit 3. re ci'pi unt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. re ci pi e'bam Plur. 1. re ci pi e ba'mus 
 
 2. recipie'bas 2. re ci pi e ba'tis 
 
 3. recipie'bat 3. recipie'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. re ci'pi am Plur. 1. recipie'mus 
 
 2. re ci'pi es 2. recipie'tis 
 
 3. re ci'pi et 3. re ci'pi ent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. rece'pi Plur. 1. rece'pimus 
 
 2. recepi'sti 2. recepi'stis 
 
 3. rece'pit 3. recepe'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. rece'peram Plur. 1. re ce pe ra'mus 
 
 2. rece'peras 2. re ce pe ra'tis 
 
 3. rece'perat 3. rece'perant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. rece'pero Plur. 1. recepe'rimus 
 
 2. rece'peris 2. recepe'ritis 
 
 3. rece'perit -3. rece'perint 
 
154 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'pior PJur. 1. reci'pimur 
 
 2. re ci'pe ris (-re) 2. recipi'minl 
 
 3. reci'pitur 3. recipiun'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. recipie'bar Plur. 1. re cipieba'mur 
 
 2. re ci pi e ba'ris (-re) 2. re ci pi e ba'mi ni 
 
 3. re ci pi e ba'tur 3. re ci pi e ban'tur 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'piar Plur. 1. recipie'mur 
 
 2. recipig'ris (-re) 2. re ci pi e'mi 111 
 
 3. recipie'tur 3. recipien'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. recep'tus sum Plur. 1. recep'ti su'rnus 
 
 2. recep'tus es 2. recep'ti e'stis 
 
 3. recep'tus est 3. recep'ti sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. recep'tus e'ram Plur. 1. recep'tl era'mus 
 
 2. recep'tus e'ras 2. recep'ti era'tis 
 
 3. recep'tus e'rat 3. recep'ti e'rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. recep'tus e'ro Plur. 1. recep'ti e'rimus 
 
 2. re cep'tus e'ris 2. re cep'tl e'ri tis 
 
 3. recep'tus e'rit 3. recep'ti e'runt 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'piam Plur. 1. recipia'mus 
 
 2. reci'pias 2. recipia'tis 
 
 3. reci'piat 3. reci'piant 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 155 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'perem Plur. 1. recipere'mus 
 
 2. reci'peres 2. recipere'tis 
 
 3. reci'peret 3. reci'perent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. rece'perim Plur. 1. recepe'rimus 
 
 2. rece'peris 2. recepe'ritis 
 
 3. rece'perit 3. rece'perint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. recepis'sem Plur. 1. recepisse'mus 
 
 2. re ce pis'sgs 2. re ce pis se'tis 
 
 3. recepis'set 3. recepis'sent 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'piar Plur. 1. recipia'mur 
 
 2. re ci pi a'ris (-re) 2. re ci pi a'mi ni 
 
 3. recipia'tur 3. recipian'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. reci'perer Plur. 1. recipere'mur 
 
 2. re ci pe re'ris (-re ) 2. re ci pe re'mi ni 
 
 3. re ci pe re'tur 3. re ci pe ren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. re cep'tus sim Plur. 1. re cep'ti si'mus 
 
 2. re cep'tus sis 2. re cep'ti sl'tis 
 
 3. re cep'tus sit 3. re cep'ti sint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. re cep'tus es'sem Plur. 1. re cep'ti esse'mus 
 
 2. re cep'tus es'ses 2. re cep'ti es se'tis 
 
 3. re cep'tus es'set 3. re cep'ti es'sent 
 
156 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. re'ci pe 
 Plur. 2. re ci'pi te 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. re ci'pe re 
 Plur. 2. re ci pi'mi ni 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. re ci'pi to 
 Plur. 2. recipito'te 
 Plur. 3. re ci pi un'to 
 
 Sing. 2 and -3. re ci'pi tor 
 
 Plur. 2. - 
 
 Plur. 3. recipiun'tor 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 re ci'pe re 
 
 re ce pis'se 
 receptu'rus es'ae 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 I 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 I 
 Future Tense. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 re'ci pi 
 
 recep'tus es'se 
 
 recep'tum I'ri 
 recep'tus fo're 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Pres. re ci'pi ens; Fut. receptu'rus 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Perf. recep'tus; Fut. recipien'dus (Gerundive). 
 
 THE GERUND AND SUPINES. 
 
 N. Gen. re ci pi en'di, Dat. recipien'do, Ace. re ci pi en'dum, Abl. 
 re ci pi en'do. 
 
 Former Supine, recep'tum. Latter Supine, recep'tu. 
 
 202. 
 
 1. The enemy are making as long marches as possible. 
 2. You who had possessions beyond the Ehine were betaking 
 yourselves to Caesar. 3. I shall make amends to Caesar. 
 4. The ambassadors, endeavoring to do this which they had 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 157 
 
 determined [upon], are thrown into chains. 5. Caesar adopts 
 the plan of making a march through Gaul. 6. Then you will 
 receive many wounds, when you turn and flee (fut. perl). 7. The 
 enemy, when they have made a three days' march, select a 
 suitable place for a camp. 8. The enemy, when they had made 
 a three days' march, selected a suitable place for a camp. 
 9. The lieutenants who had led their legions into the territory 
 of the Suessiones betook themselves to Caesar before the enemy 
 had recovered from the fright. 10. This is not easy to do 
 (supine). 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS AND SYNOPSES. 
 
 At this point review and commit thoroughly the principal parts and 
 synopses of all verbs of the Third Conjugation thus far used. Let noth- 
 ing interfere with complete mastery of the verb forms. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION, BOTH VOICES, INDICATIVE 
 
 MOOD. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Verb-stems of the Fourth Conjugation end in -I-; 
 e.g. audl- (stem of audio, I hear}, experl- (stem ofexperior, I try}. The 
 inflection of audio is to be learned from A. & G., pp. 104 and 105, H., 98 ff. 
 
 2. Sentence 1, Exercises 203, 205, may be developed in the common 
 conditional forms. 
 
 3. Translate non solum . . . sed etiam, 4, not only . . . but also; in 
 contemptionem venietis, 4, you will incur the contempt; quam ob 
 rem, 5, why; per msidias, 10, treacherously; frumentum metiar, 12, 
 I shall distribute rations. 
 
 203. 
 
 1. Si venio, belli fortunam experior. 2. Quid de hac re audis 
 (audiebas, audies, audivisti, audiveras, audiveris) ? 3. Nostii 
 socii audientes quas iniurias hostes faciebant, ad Caesarem 
 veniebant. 4. Vos non solum hostibus sed etiam nostris 1 in 
 contemptionem venietis. 5. Quam ob rem legatus castra non 
 muriivit? 6. Cum ego venero, 2 castra vallo fossaque muniam. 
 7. Nos iarn per angustias et finis Sequanorum nostras copias tra- 
 
158 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 duxeramus et in Haeduorum finis perveneramus eorumque agros 
 populabamur. 8. Quod 3 ubi auditum est, conclamavit omnes 
 victoriam. 9. Ego copias nieas cum C. Fabio partiar. 10. No- 
 stii per msidias circumveniebantur. 11. Totms Galliae imperio 
 potiti sumus. 12. Cum copias partiti eritis, frumentum metiar. 
 13. Quam ob rem frumentum imlitibus non mensus eras ? 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 225, 6,2. 2 281 and Remark. 3 201,e. 
 H.: 1384,4. 2 473? i. 8453. 
 
 Muiiio, I fortify (Passive, is fortified) . 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'nio Plur. 1. muni'mus 
 
 2. mu'nis 2. mu ni'tis 
 
 3. mu'nit 3. mu'niunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. munig'bam Plur. 1. munieba'mus 
 
 2. munie'bas 2. munieba'tis 
 
 3. munig'bat 3. munie'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'ni am Plur. 1. munie'mus 
 
 2. mu'ni gs 2. munie'tis 
 
 3. mu'ni et 3. mu'ni ent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE (1st form). 
 
 Sing. 1. mu ni'vi Plur. 1. mum'vimus 
 
 2. munivi'sti 2. mumvi'stis 
 
 3. mu ni'vit 3. mu ni vS'runt (-re) 
 
 PERFECT TENSE (2d form). 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'ni I Plur. 1. muni'imus 
 
 2. munii'sti 2. munii'stis 
 
 3. mu'ni it 3. muni e'runt (-re) 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 159 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'veram Plur. 1. mu nl ve ra'mus 
 
 2. muni'veras 2. mu nl ve ra'tis 
 
 3. muni'verat 3. mu n I've rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'vero Plur. 1. mum ve'ri mus 
 
 2. mum'veris 2. muni ve'ri tis 
 
 3. munl'verit 3. muni'verint 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'nior Plur. 1. muni'mur 
 
 2. muni'ris (-re) 2. muni'mini 
 
 3. mu ul'tur 3. mu ni un'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu ni e'bar Plur. 1. mu ni e ba'mur 
 
 2. mu ni e ba'ris (-re) 2. mu ni e ba'mi ni 
 
 3. munieba'tur 3. munieban'tur 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'niar Plur. 1. munie'mur 
 
 2. mu ni e'ris (-re) 2. munie'minl 
 
 3. munie'tur 3. munien'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'tus sum Plur. 1. muni'ti su'mus 
 
 2. muni'tus es 2. muni'ti e'stis 
 
 3. muni'tus est 3. muni'ti sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'tus e'ram Plur. 1. muni'ti e ra'mus 
 
 2. muni'tus e'ras 2. muni'ti e ra'tis 
 
 3. muni'tus e'rat 3. muni'ti e'rant 
 
160 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'tiiB e'ro Plur. 1. munl'ti e'rimus 
 
 2. muni'tuB e'ris 2. raunl't! e'ritis 
 
 3. muni'tus e'rit 3. muni'ti e'runt 
 
 204. 
 
 1. The enemy are surrounding us treacherously. 2. We were 
 reaching the vicinity of (ad) Vesontio. 3. You (sing.) will hear 
 concerning (de) this thing. 4. I have fortified my house by a 
 rampart. 5. You (plur.) will have surrounded our forces on 
 (ex) the march. 6. The day which Caesar had determined with 
 the ambassadors came. 7. When Caesar arrives, I shall have 
 obtained possession of the town. 8. You (sing.) had tried the 
 same fortune of war. 9. No voice was heard unworthy of the 
 majesty of the Eoman people. 10. We shall always measure 
 great men by valor, not by [good] fortune. 11. You (plur.) who 
 have remained in camp are surrounded by the enemy. 12. The 
 consuls have distributed the provinces among themselves. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION, REMAINING MOODS AND 
 FORMS. 
 
 205. 
 
 1. Si veniam, belli fort imam experiar. 2. Caesar hoc audiens 
 non exspectat dum l in Santones Helvetii perveniant. 3. Hoc 
 faciam dum modo 2 (dummodo) vos ab hostibus ne circumvenia- 
 mini. 4. Literas ad Caesarem misimus antequam 3 in Italiam 
 vemremus. 5. Literas ad Caesarem ante 4 mis! quam 4 in Italiam 
 venissem. 6. 111! non destiterunt priusquam totms Galliae 5 
 potlrentur. 7. Vos non prius destitistis quam rerum potiti es- 
 setis. 8. Tametsi 6 ab duce nostro deserebamur, tamen belli for- 
 tunam experiebamur. 9. Etsi res sit multae laboris, tamen fru- 
 mentum militibus metiamur. 10. Nisi perveneris, 7 castra muniam. 
 11. Caesar dlcit sese castra mumturum, nisi perveneris. 8 12. Cae- 
 sar dixit se potiundi (potiendi) oppidi causa venisse. 13. Hoc 
 est nefas etiam auditu. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 161 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * 328. 2 314 and a ; Rule 73. 8 327. 
 
 4 262. 5223, a. 6 313, c. 7 307,c. 
 8 336 and 2; Rule 80; 286, Re- 
 mark (6), last part. 
 
 H.: !519, II. 2; Rule L. II. 2. 2 513, L; 
 Rule XLV. I. 8520 and II. ; Rule 
 LI. II. 4 520, foot-note 1. 5 410, 
 V. and 3. 6 515, II. ; Rule XLVI. 
 7 508, 2. 8524 ; Rule LIV. ; 525, 2. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'niam Plur. 1. munia'mus 
 
 2. mu'nias 2. munia'tis 
 
 3. mu'niat 3. mu'niant 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'rem Plur. 1. munire'mus 
 
 2. mum'res 2. munire'tis 
 
 3. muni'ret 3. muni'rent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mum'verim Plur. 1. mu ni ve'ri mus 
 
 2. muni'veris 2. muni ve'ri tis 
 
 3. muni'verit 3. munl'verint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. munlvis'sem Plur. 1. muni vis se 'mus 
 
 2. mu ni vis'ses 2. mu ni vis se'tis 
 
 3. munivis'set 3. muulvis'sent 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. mu'niar Plur. 1. munia'mur 
 
 2. munia'ris (-re) 2. munia'mini 
 
 3. munia'tur 3. munian'tur 
 
162 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'rer 
 
 2. munire'ris (-re) 
 
 3. munlre'tur 
 
 Plur. 1. mu ni rg'mur 
 
 2. mu ni re'mi m 
 
 3. muniren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'tus sim 
 
 2. muni'tus sis 
 
 3. muni'tus sit 
 
 Plur. 1. muni'ti si'mus 
 
 2. muni'ti si'tis 
 
 3. muni'ti sint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. muni'tus es'sem 
 
 2. muni'tus es'sgs 
 
 3. muni'tus es'set 
 
 Plur. 1. muni'ti esse'mus 
 
 2. muni'ti esse'tis 
 
 3. muni'ti es'sent 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 Sing. 2. mu'ni 
 Plur. 2. munl'te 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. mu ni'to 
 Plur. 2. mu ni to'te 
 Plur. 3. muniun'to 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. mu ni're 
 Plur. 2. muni'mini 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. mu ni'tor 
 
 Plur. 2. 
 
 Plur. 3. mu ni un'tor 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present Tense. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 muni're | muni'ri 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 munivis'se I muni'tus es'se 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 munitu'rus es'se 
 
 muni'tum I'ri 
 muni'tus fo're 
 
A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 163 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Pres. mu'ni ens ; Fut. mu ni tu'rus 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Perf. muni'tus; Fut. munien'dus (Gerundive). 
 
 THE GERUND AND SUPINES. 
 
 N., Gen. munien'di, Dat. munien'do, Ace. munien'dum, Abl. 
 mu ni en'do. 
 
 Former Supine, muni'tum. Latter Supine, mu ni'tu. 
 
 206. 
 
 1. The enemy will not wait until I have reached [the country 
 of] the Santones. 2. We shall do this provided the camp is 
 fortified. 3. I sent a scout to Vesontio before I came into Gaul. 
 4. We sent scouts to Avaricum before we had come into the 
 province. 5. You (sing.) [did] not stop before (earlier than) 
 you had become masters of all Gaul. 6. Our consuls [did] not 
 stop before they had become masters of affairs. 7. Although 
 our forces were being abandoned by their leaders, still they tried 
 the fortune of war. 8. Even if the task had been great (if 
 the thing had been of great labor) we should have distributed 
 rations to the army. 9. Unless new legions arrive, we shall for- 
 tify the camp. 10. The commanders say that, unless new legions 
 arrive, they will fortify the camp. 11. Our leaders say that they 
 will try the fortune of war, unless they secure the authority. 
 12. Caesar says that he will come for the sake of obtaining 
 possession of the town. 
 
 POSSUM, VOLO, NOLO, MALO. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. In translating the forms of possum, can and 
 could should be commonly used ; e.g. prohibere possunt, 1, can keep 
 from. But translate plurimum poterat, 2, was the most powerful man 
 (was able the most}. 
 
 2. Find the inflection of these verbs at the end of Exercise 207. 
 
164 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 207. 
 
 1. Perpauci exercitum itinere facile prohibere possunt. 2. Dum- 
 norix apud Sequanos plurimum poterat. 3. Non est dubium 
 qum totlus Galliae plurimum Helvetii possint. 4. Nostri sequi l 
 non potuerunt. 5. Legati dicunt nostros sequi non potuisse. 
 6. Si quid voltis ad Id. 2 Apr. (Idus Aprllis) revertere. 7. Si 
 interfici non voltis, arma ponite. 8. Pugnare 3 quam servire malu- 
 mus. 9. Si veteris contumeliae 4 obllvisci volo, recentiuin iniuri- 
 arum memoriam deponere non possum. 10. Ego nulll iter per 
 provinciam dare possum, 5 si volam. 11. Caesar negat se posse 6 
 ulll iter per provinciam dare si velit. 7 
 
 DIRECTIONS. Learn A. & G. : 1 2TL ; Rule 59. 2 376, a, 6, c, d. 3 331, 
 
 b and 1. 4 219 ; Rule 19. 5 307, d. 
 6 304, c. 7 337, 1; Rule 80. 
 H.: !533 and I. 1, 2; Rule LVI. 2 642, 
 I. 1, 2, 3, II. 3 498) L and Note> 
 4 406, II. ; Rule XIX. II. 511 and 
 1. 6 527 and I. 7 524; Rule LIV. 
 
 Possum, I am able (I can). 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. pos'suni Plur. 1. pos'su mus 
 
 2. po'tes 2. pote'stis 
 
 3. po'test 3. pos'sunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'teram Plur. 1. potera'mus 
 
 2. po'teras 2. potera'tis 
 
 3. po'terat 3. po'terant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'tero Plur. 1. pote'rimus 
 
 2. po'te ris 2. po te'ri tis 
 
 3. po'te rit 3. po'te runt 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 165 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po'tui Plur. 1. potu'imus 
 
 2. potui'sti 2. potui'stis 
 
 3. po'tu it 3. po tu e'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po tu'e ram Plur. 1. po tu e ra'mus 
 
 2. potu'eras 2. potuera'tis 
 
 3. po tu'e rat 3. po tu'e rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. potu'ero Plur. 1. potue'rimua 
 
 2. potu'eris 2. potue'ritis 
 
 3. po tu'e rit 3. po tu'e rint 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. pos'sim Plur. 1. pos si'mus 
 
 2. pos'sis 2. poBBi'tis 
 
 3. pos'sit 3. pos'sint 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. pos'sem Plur. 1. posse'mus 
 
 2. pos'ses 2. posse'tis 
 
 3. pos'set 3. pos'sent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. po tu'e rim Plur. 1. potue'rimus 
 
 2. potu'eris 2. potue'ritis 
 
 3. po tu'e rit 3. po tu'e rint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. potuis'sem Plur. 1. potuisse'mus 
 
 2. potuis'ses 2. potuisse'tis 
 
 3. potuis'set 3. potuis'sent 
 
166 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 (No IMPERATIVE.) 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. pos'se Perf. po tu is'se 
 
 PARTICIPLE (as adjective). 
 Pres. po'tens 
 
 Volo, lam willing (I wish). 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'16 Plur. 1. vo'lu mus 
 
 2. vis 2. vol'tis (vul tis) 
 
 3. volt (vult) 3. vo'lunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vole'bam Plur. 1. voleba'mus 
 
 2. vole'bas 2. voleba'tis 
 
 3. vole'bat 3. vole'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'lam Plur. 1. vo le'mus 
 
 2. voles 2. vole'tis 
 
 3. vo'let 3. vo'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo'lu i Plur. 1. volu'imus 
 
 2. vo lu i'sti 2. vo lu i'stis 
 
 3. vo'lu it 3. vo lu e'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo lu'e ram Plur. 1. vo lu e ra'mus 
 
 2. volu'eras 2. voluera'tis 
 
 3. vo lu'e rat 3. vo lu'e rant 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 167 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo lu'e ro Plur. 1. vo lu e'ri mus 
 
 2. volu'eris 2. volue'ritis 
 
 3. volu'erit 3. volu'erint 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. ve'lim Plur. 1. ve IT'mus 
 
 2. veils 2. veli'tis 
 
 3. ve'lit 3. ve'lint 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vel'lem Plur. 1. velle'mus 
 
 2. vel'les 2. vellg'tis 
 
 3. vel'let 3. vel'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. vo lu'e rim Plur. 1. vo lu e'ri mus 
 
 2. volu'eris 2. volue'ritis 
 
 3. volu'erit 3. volu'erint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. voluis'sem Plur. 1. vo lu is s'mus 
 
 2. voluis'ses 2. voluisse'tis 
 
 3. voluis'set 3. voluis'sent 
 
 (No IMPERATIVE.) 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. vel'le Per/, vo lu is'se 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Pres. vo'lens 
 
168 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Nolo, / am unwilling. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no'16 Plur. 1. no'lumus 
 
 2. nonvis 2. nonvol'tis (vul'tis) 
 
 3. non volt (vult) 3. no'lunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. nole'bam Plur. 1. noleba'mus 
 
 2. nole'bas 2. noleba'tis 
 
 3. nole'bat 3. nole'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no'lam Plur. 1. nole'mus 
 
 2. no'les 2. nole'tis 
 
 3. no'let 3. no'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no'lui Plur. 1. nolu'imus 
 
 2. nolui'sti 2. nolui'stia 
 
 3. no'lu it 3. no lu e'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no lu'e ram Plur. 1. 116 lu e ra'mus 
 
 2. no lu 'eras 2. noluera'tis 
 
 3. no lu'e rat 3. no lu'e rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no lu'e ro Plur. 1. no lu e'ri mus 
 
 2. nolu'eris 2. nolue'ritis 
 
 3. nolu'erit 3. nolu'erint 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. no'lim Plur. 1. no li'mus 
 
 2. no'lis 2. noli'tia 
 
 3. no'lit 3. uo'lint 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 169 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. nol'lem Plur. 1. nol le'mus 
 
 2. nol'les 2. nollg'tis 
 
 3. nol'let 3. nol'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. nolu'erim Plur. 1. nSlue'rimus 
 
 2. nolu'eris 2. nolue'ritis 
 
 3. nolu'erit 3. nolu'erint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. noluis'sem Plur. 1. no lu is se'mua 
 
 2. noluis'ses 2. noluisse'tis 
 
 3. noluis'set 3. nolais'sent 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Sing. 2. no'H Plur. 2. no li'te 
 
 Put. Sing. 2 and 3. no ll'to Plur. 2. noli to 'te 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. nol'le Perf. no lu is'se 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Pres. no 'lens 
 
 Miilo, / wish rather (I prefer). 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. ma'15 Plur. 1. ma'lumus 
 
 2. ma'vis 2. mavol'tis (-vul'tis) 
 
 3. ma'volt (-vult) 3. ma'lunt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. male'bam Plur. 1. maleba'mus 
 
 2. malg'bas 2. ma le ba'tis 
 
 3. male'bat 3. male'baiit 
 
1TO 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Sing. 1. ma/lam 
 
 2. males 
 
 3. ma'let 
 
 Sing. 1. ma'lu I 
 
 2. malui'sti 
 
 3. ma'lu it 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. male'mus 
 
 2. male'tis 
 
 3. ma'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. malu'imus 
 
 2. malui'stis 
 
 3. ma lu e'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. malu'eram 
 
 2. malu'eras 
 
 3. malu'erat 
 
 Plur. 1. ma lu e ra'mus 
 
 2. maluera'tis 
 
 3. malu'erant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. malu'ero 
 
 2. malu'eris 
 
 3. malu'erit 
 
 Plur. 1. malue'rimus 
 
 2. malue'ritis 
 
 3. malu'erint 
 
 Sing. 1. malim 
 
 2. ma'lis 
 
 3. ma'lit 
 
 Sing. 1. mal'lem 
 
 2. mal'les 
 
 3. mallet 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. ma li'mus 
 
 2. mali'tis 
 
 3. ma'lint 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. mal le'mus 
 
 2. mal le 'tis 
 
 3. mal'lent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. malu'erim 
 
 2. ma lu'e ris 
 
 3. malu'erit 
 
 Plur. 1. ma lu e'ri mus 
 
 2. malue'ritis 
 
 3. malu'erint 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 171 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. maluis'sem Plur. 1. ma luis se'mus 
 
 2. maluis'ses 2. maluisse'tis 
 
 3. maluis'set 3. maluis'sent 
 
 (No IMPERATIVE.) 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. mal'le Perf. ma lu is'se 
 
 (No PARTICIPLES.) 
 
 208. 
 
 1. A very few could (were able to) keep our legions from the 
 journey. 2. Dumnorix has been the most powerful man (has 
 been able the most) among the Sequani. 3. There was no doubt 
 that the Helvetii had been the most powerful people of all Gaul. 
 
 4. The auxiliaries cannot (are not able to) follow the enemy. 
 
 5. The leader says that the auxiliaries cannot follow the enemy. 
 
 6. If you (sing.) wish anything, return on the thirteenth day of 
 April. 7. If you (sing.) [do] not wish to be put to death, lay 
 down your arms. 8. I prefer to fight [rather] than to turn and 
 flee. 9. If we shall be willing to forget the former insult, we 
 cannot (are not able to) lay aside the memory of recent injuries. 
 10. We can give (are able to give) no one a way through the 
 province, if we [shall] wish. 11. The commanders say that they 
 cannot give to any one a way through the province, if they wish. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. HISTORICAL INFINITIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTION. In connection with Impersonal Verbs, A. & G. 145, 
 146, a, b, c, and d ; H. 298, 300, 301 and 1 should be carefully studied. 
 
172 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 209. 
 
 1. Caesaris l maxime interest, manus hostium distineri. a 2. Ni- 
 hil 2 mea 3 intererat, manus hostium distineri. 4 3. Si volt mecum 
 conloqui, licet. 4. Si velim in Ubiorum fmibus considers, liceat. 
 5. Poenam, ut 5 igni cremaretur, eum damnatum 6 sequi a oporte- 
 bat. 6. Copiasne 7 adversum hostem ducere, an 7 castra def endere, 
 an 7 f uga salutem petere praestat ? 7. Diu cum esset pugnatum, 8 
 impedimentis castrisque nostri potiti sunt. 8. Nostri sese in 
 castra, ut erat imperatum, 9 receperunt. 9. Hanc Galliae partem 
 Gallos obtinere dictum est. 10. Id b aliquot de causis accidebat, 
 ut 10 subito Galli belli renovandl consilium caperent. 11. Ea res b 
 merito populT Komani non accidit. 12. Omnibus constat hiemari 11 
 in Gallia oportere. 12 13. Diem ex die ducere 13 Haedui. 14. Hae- 
 dui dicere frumentum adesse. 
 
 DIRECTION. Read A. & G. : a 29, c; 270 (1) and b. b !45 and 
 
 foot-note. 
 
 H.: ^42, Note; 538 and 1. b 298, foot- 
 note 5. 
 
 Learn A. & G. : !222. 2 238 and 6; Rule 31. 8 222, a. 
 4 270 ; Rule 58. 5 329. 6 292. '211. 
 8 145; 146, d. 9 230. 10 332, / 
 11 Rule 35. i 2 Rule 13. is 2 75. 
 H. : 1 406, III. ; Rule XIX. III. 2 378 ; Rule 
 VIII. 8 408, 1. 2. 4 538. 5 501 and 
 HI. 6 549, 1. 7 353, 1, 2 and Note 5. 
 8 298; 301 and 1. 9 384, 5. 10 501 
 and III. " 538 and 2. i 2 Rule III. 
 13 536, 1. 
 
 210. 
 
 1. It especially concerned the republic that (inf.) we come as 
 soon as possible. 2. It concerns you not at all that I have come. 
 
 3. If he wishes to try the fortune of war, [it] will be permitted. 
 
 4. If you (sing.) had wished to settle in the territory of the Ubii, 
 [it] would have been permitted. 5. [It] is fitting that (inf.) the 
 punishment of being burned to death (that he be burned by 
 
A STRAIGHT EOAD TO CAESAR. 173 
 
 fire) be inflicted upon him when condemned (to follow him con- 
 demned). 6. Was [it] better that I had led (to have led) the 
 forces against the enemy, or had sought safety in flight ? 7. You 
 (plu.) will obtain possession of the town when the engagement 
 shall have continued a long time (when [it] shall have been 
 fought a long time). 8. We are betaking ourselves to camp 
 according to command (as [it] has been commanded). 9. [It] 
 was evident to all that we ought to pass the winter in Gaul (the- 
 winter-to-be passed (inf.) in Gaul to behoove, was evident). 
 10. Caesar demands (inf.) corn of the Haedui. 
 
 FERO. EO. FIO. 
 
 211. 
 
 1. Equitatus, tripartite divisus, contra hostem it. 2. Nostrl 
 subsidio sociis ierunt. 3. Sequam hac via l propter angustias ire 
 non possunt. 4. Caesar Britanniae quoque 2 nationes 3 adire volt. 
 5. Nostri frumentandi causa trans Mosam ierant. 6. Hostes ne 
 unum quidem 4 nostroruin impetum ferunt. 7. Factum est, ut 
 hostes ne unum 4 quidem nostrorum impetum ferrent. 8. Nos 
 propter ea, quae ferebamus, onera irnpediebamur. 9. Nonnulli 5 
 ne voltum quidem hostium atque aciem oculorum ferre potuerant. 
 10. Helvetil non facile finitimis bellum Inferre poterant. 11. His 
 rebus fit, ut 6 Helvetil minus facile finitimis bellum Inferre pos- 
 sint. 12. His rebus fiebat, ut Haedui sese ab Helvetiis defendere 
 non possent. 13. Id si fiat, magno cum periculo provinciae sit, 
 ut (provincia) homines bellicosos locis patentibus maximeque 
 frumentariis fmitimos habeat. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : !258, g. 2 151, a. 3 228, a; 237, d. 
 
 4 151, e, second part. 5 150 and a. 
 6 332 and a, 2. 
 
 H. : !420, 1, 3); Rule XXV. 2 554, I. 4. 
 3 372. 4 569, III. 2. 5 553 and 1. 
 6 501, L 1. 
 
174 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR.. 
 
 Fero, / bear (I endure). 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'ro Plur. 1. fe'rimus 
 
 2. fers 2. fer'tis 
 
 3. fert 3. fe'runt 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fere'bam Plur. 1. fereba'mus 
 
 2. fere'bas 2. fereba'tis 
 
 3. fere'bat 3. fere'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'ram Plur. 1. fe re'mus 
 
 2. fe'res 2. fere'tis 
 
 3. fe'ret 3. fe'rent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. tu'li Plur. 1. tu'limus 
 
 2. tuli'sti 2. tuli'stis 
 
 3. tu'lit 3. tu le'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. tu'leram Plur. 1. tulera'mus 
 
 2. tu'leras 2. tulera'tis 
 
 3. tu'lerat 3. tu'lerant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. tu'lero Plur. 1. tule'rimus 
 
 2. tu'leris 2. tule'ritis 
 
 3. tu'lerit 3. tu'lerint 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'ror Plur. 1. fe'ri mur 
 
 2. fer'ris (-re) 2. feri'mim 
 
 3. fer'tur 3. ferun'tur 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 175 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fere'bar Plur. 1. fere ba'mur 
 
 2. f e re ba'ris (-re) 2. fe re ba'mi m 
 
 3. fereba'tur 3. fereban'tur 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'rar Plur. 1. fere'mur 
 
 2. fe re'ris (-re) 2. fe re'mi ni 
 
 3. fere'tur 3. feren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. la'tus sum Plur. 1. la'ti su'mus 
 
 2. la'tus es 2. la'ti e'stis 
 
 3. la'tus est 3. la'ti sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. la'tus e'ram Plur. 1. la'ti era'mus 
 
 2. la'tus e'ras 2. la'ti e ra'tis 
 
 3. la'tus e'rat 3. la'ti e'rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. la'tus e'ro Plur. 1. la'ti e'rimus 
 
 2. la'tus e'ris 2. la'ti e'ritis 
 
 3. la'tus e'rit 3. la'ti e'runt 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'ram Plur. 1. fe ra'mus 
 
 2. fe'ras 2. fe ra'tis 
 
 3. fe'rat 3. fe'rant 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. f er'rem Plur. 1. fer re'mus 
 
 2. fer'res 2. ferre'tis 
 
 3. fer'ret 3. fer'reut 
 
176 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. tu'lerim Plur. 1. tule'rimus 
 
 2. tu'leris 2. tule'ritis 
 
 3. tu'lerit 3. tu'le rint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. tulis'sem Plur. 1. tulisse'mus 
 
 2. tulis'ses 2. tulisse'tis 
 
 3. tulis'set 3. tulis'sent 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fe'rar Plur. 1. fe ra'mur 
 
 2. fe ra'ris (-re) 2. fe ra'mi ni 
 
 3. fera'tur 3. feran'tur 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fer'rer Plur. 1. ferre'mur 
 
 2. fer re'ris (-re) 2. f er re'mi 111 
 
 3. ferre'tur 3. fer ren'tur 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. la'tus sim Plur. 1. la'ti si'mus 
 
 2. la'tus sis 2. la'ti si'tis 
 
 3. la'tus sit 3. la'ti sint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. la'tus es'sem Plur. 1. la'ti es se'mus 
 
 2. la'tus es'ses 2. la'ti esse'tis 
 
 3. la'tus es'set 3. la'ti es'sent 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. Present Tense. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Sing. 2. fer I Sing. 2. fer'ri 
 
 Plur. 2. fer'te Plur. 2. fe ri'mi ni 
 
A STRAIGHT KOAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 177 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. fer'to 
 Plur. 2. fer to'te 
 Plur. 3. ferun'to 
 
 Sing. 2 and 3. fer'tor 
 
 Plur. 2. 
 
 Plur. 3. fe run'tor 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 fer're 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 \ 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 fer'ri 
 
 tu lis'se 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 I 
 
 la'tus es'se 
 
 latu'rus es'se 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 la'tum I'rl 
 la'tus fo're 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE, Pres. fe'rens, Put. latu'rus. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE, Perf. la'tus, Fut . fe ren'dus (Gerundive). 
 
 THE GERUND AND SUPINES. 
 
 N. Gen. feren'di, Dat. feren'do, Ace. feren'dum, Abl. feren'do. 
 Former Supine, la'tum. Latter Supine, la'tu. 
 
 Sing. 1. e'6 
 
 2. Is 
 
 3. it 
 
 Eo, I go. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. I'mus 
 
 2. I'tis 
 
 3. e'unt 
 
178 
 
 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 Sing. 1. I^bam 
 
 2. I'bas 
 
 3. I'bat 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. iba'mus 
 
 2. Iba'tis 
 
 3. I'bant 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. I'bo 
 
 2. I'bis 
 
 3. I'bit 
 
 Sing. 1. I' vi 
 
 2. Ivi'Btl 
 
 3. I'vit 
 
 Plur. 1. I'bimus 
 
 2. I'bitis 
 
 3. I'bunt 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 % etc.) 
 
 Plur. 1. I'vimus 
 
 2. Ivi'stis 
 
 3. Ive'runt (-re) 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. I've ram (i'e ram, etc.) Plur. 1. ivera'mus 
 
 2. I'verSs 2. ivera'tis 
 
 3. I've rat 3. I've rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. I've r6 (i'e ro, etc.) Plur. 1. Ive'rimus 
 
 2. I'veris 2. Ive'ritis 
 
 3. I'verit 3. I'verint 
 
 Sing. 1. e'am 
 
 2. e'as 
 
 3. e'at 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. ea'mus 
 
 2. ea'tis 
 
 3. e'ant 
 
 Sing. 1. I'rem 
 
 2. I'res 
 
 3. I'ret 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Plur. 1. Ire'mus 
 
 2. Ire'tis 
 
 3. I'rent 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 179 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. I've rim (i'e rim, etc.) Plur. 1. ive'rimus 
 
 2. I'veris 2. ive'ritis 
 
 3. I'verit 3. I'verint 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. ivis'sem (is'sem, etc.) Plur. 1. ivisse'mus 
 
 2. ivis'ses 2. ivisse'tis 
 
 3. Ivis'set 3. ivis'sent 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Sing. 2. I Plur. 2. I'te 
 
 Put. Sing. 2 and 3. I'tS Plur. 2. ito'te; 3. eun'to 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. I're Perf. ivis'se (is'se) Put. itu'rus es'se 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Pres. i'ens (gen. e un'tis). Put. i tu'rus 
 
 Gerund. Gen. e un'di, Dat. eun'do, Ace. eun/dum, Abl. eun'do. 
 Former Supine, i'tum. Latter Supine, i'tu. 
 
 FI5, / am made, I become. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fi'6 
 2. fis 
 3. fit 
 
 Plur. 1. fi'mus 
 2. fi'tis 
 3. fi'unt 
 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fie'bam 
 2. fie'bas 
 3. fig'bat 
 
 Plur. 1. fTeba'mus 
 2. fieba'tis 
 3. fie'bant 
 
180 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fi'am Plur. 1. fie'mus 
 
 2. fl'es 2. fie'tis 
 
 3. fi'et 3. fi'ent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fac'tus sum Plur. 1. fac'ti su'mus 
 
 2. fac'tus es 2. fac'ti e'stis 
 
 3. fac'tus est 3. fac'ti sunt 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fac'tus e'ram Plur. 1. fac'ti era'mus 
 
 2. fac'tus e'ras 2. fac'ti era'tis 
 
 3. fac'tus e'rat 3. fac'ti e'rant 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fac'tus e'ro Plur. 1. fac'ti e'rimus 
 
 2. fac'tus e'ris 2. fac'ti e'ri tis 
 
 3. fac'tus e'rit 3. fac'ti e'runt 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fi'am Plur. 1. fia'mus 
 
 2. fl'as 2. fia'tis 
 
 3. fl'at 3. fl'ant 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fi'erem Plur. 1. fiere'mus 
 
 2. fi'eres 2. fi e re'tis 
 
 3. fi'eret 3. fi'erent 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fac'tus sim Plur. 1. fac'ti si'mus 
 
 2. fac'tus sis 2. fac'ti si'tis 
 
 3. fac'tus sit 3. fac'ti sint 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 181 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sing. 1. fac'tus es'sem Plur. 1. fac'ti es se'mus 
 
 2. fac'tus es'ses 2. fac'ti es se'tis 
 
 3. fac'tus es'set 3. fac'ti es'sent 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Sing. 2. fi Plur. 2. fi'te 
 
 Put. Sing. 2 and 3. fi'to Plur. 3. fito'te; fiun'to 
 
 INFINITIVES. 
 Pres. fi'e ri Perf. fac'tus es'se Put. fac'tum I'ri 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Perf. fac'tus Put. facien'dus (Gerundive) 
 
 212. 
 
 1. The infantry, separated into three divisions, attack (go 
 against) the enemy. 2. We were going to reinforce the cavalry 
 (for a reinforcement to the cavalry). 3. I could not have gone 
 (was not able to have gone) by sea. 4. Why [do] you (sing.) 
 wish to visit the nations of Britain ? 5. I am going for the sake 
 of waging war. 6. You (plur.) will not endure even one attack 
 of the enemy. 7. It did not happen without reason that we 
 did not endure even one attack of the enemy. 8. I am hindered 
 by this load which I am carrying. 9. Some cannot (are not able 
 to) endure the enemies' expression-of-countenance and the glare 
 of their eyes. 10. We could have made (were able to have 
 made) war upon the enemy. 11. From these circumstances it 
 happens that we can easily make war upon our neighbors. 12. It 
 happened all along (imperfect tense) that we could not defend 
 ourselves from the enemy. 13. If this happens (shall happen), 
 it will be with great danger to the province that it has warlike 
 men as neighbors in an open and especially fertile country. 
 
182 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 QUESTIONS AND IMPERATIVE FORMS IN INDIRECT 
 DISCOURSE. FUTURE PASSIVE INFINITIVES. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. Cum, 1 and 2, is to be translated since; cum, 
 3, although; fecerunt ut profectio videretur, 2, they caused that the 
 departure seemed, or concisely, the departure seemed. 
 
 2. The second sentences in 9 and 10 show two ways of expressing the 
 future passive infinitive. The form in 10 is the common one. It is often 
 used to express the future active infinitive with the verb of the ut-clause 
 in the subjunctive active, and must be used when the verb has no future 
 active participle. Since deponent verbs have the participles of both 
 voices, the form given in 10, third sentence, may also be used with 
 deponents. 
 
 213. 
 
 1. Perf acile 1 est, cum 2 virtute omnibus praestemus, totius G-al- 
 liae imperid potni. 2. Cum quisque domum 3 pervenire prope- 
 raret, fecerunt ut 4 consimilis fugae profectio videretur. 3. Cum 2 
 ea ita sint, pacem Helvetils faciam. 4. Quid tib! 5 vis ? Ario- 
 vistus rogavit quid sib! 5 vellet. 6 5. Num. 7 recentium iniuriarum 
 memoriam deponere possum ? His Caesar respondit num 8 recen- 
 tium iniuriarum memoriam deponere posse ? fi 6. Sl 9 flumen no- 
 stri transirent, hostes exspectabaiit. 7. Finem orandi fac. 10 Cae- 
 sar dicit, finem orandi faciat. 11 8. Vercingetorix proditionis 
 accusatus est, quod castra propius Eomanos movisset, 12 quod sine 
 imperio copias reliquisset, quod ems discessu Romani celeriter 
 venissent. 9. Ea res longius 13 ducetur. Legatus longius earn 
 rem ductum iri exlstimabat. 10. Si opus erit, mirabor. Caesar 
 dicit fore 14 (futurum esse) ut 14 miretur, si opus sit. Caesar dicit 
 se miraturum (esse), si opus sit. 11. Si opus esset, mirarer. 
 Caesar dixit futurum fuisse 15 ut 15 mlraretur, si opus esset. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : * Rule 2. 2 326; Rule 79. 3 258, b. 
 
 4332,e. 5 2 35 and Note; 236; 
 Rule 20. e 338. ' 210, 1, 2 and c. 
 8 210, 2 and /, Remark. 9 334 
 and/. 10 128, c. n 339 ; Rule 82. 
 12321; 341 and d; Rule 83. 
 13 93, a. 14 288, /. 15 337, b and 3. 
 
A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 183 
 
 Learn H. : iRule XXXIV. 2517. Rllle XLVIIT. 3 380, II. 2, 1) ; 
 Rule X. 4 501, II. 1. 5 38 9. 6523, II. 1, 2 ; Rule LIII. 
 II. 1, 2. 7351, i f Xote 3. ^529, L, II. 1 and Note 3; 
 Rule LV., I. 9 529, II. 1 and Note 1. 10 238. "523, 
 III.; Rule LIII. III. i2 516) n . ; Rule XLVII. II. 
 13 444 and 1. 14 537, 3 and Note 1. 15 527, III. and 
 Note 1. 
 
 214. 
 
 1. It was very easy, since we excelled all in valor, to obtain 
 control of the entire province. 2. Since we are all hastening to 
 reach home, we make the departure seem (that the departure 
 seems) very much like a flight. 3. Although these things were 
 so, I made peace with them. 4. What do you want (for your- 
 selves)? I asked what they wanted (for themselves). 5. Can 
 we blot out the memory of our wrongs ? The consuls asked 
 whether they could blot out the memory of their wrongs. 6. We 
 are waiting [to see] if you will cross the river. 7. Don't wait 
 (make an end of waiting). Caesar asked [him] not to wait. 
 
 8. I am accused of treason because (as they say) I have moved 
 camp nearer the enemy, and have left the forces without control. 
 
 9. Ariovistus will be condemned. They say that Ariovistus will 
 be condemned. 10. If there should be need, I should wonder. 
 The lieutenants said that if there should be need, they would 
 wonder (express in two ways). 11. If there had been need, we 
 should have wondered. The commanders said that if there had 
 been need, they would have wondered. 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 1. The inflections of the periphrastic conjugations are 
 to be learned from A. & G. 129 ; H. 233, 234, and translated as suggested 
 by the following illustrations : laudaturus sum, / am (about) to praise, 
 I intend {propose) to praise ; laudandus sum, 1 am to be praised, 1 must 
 (ought to, need to) be praised. 
 
 2. The subjunctive of the first periphrastic conjugation is used in 
 Indirect Questions referring to future time. Learn A. & G. 333, 5, Note; 
 334 and a; H. 529, II. 4; e.g. Scio quid facturus sim, etc., I know what 
 I shall do, etc. Sclvl quid facturus essem, etc., 1 knew what I should do, 
 etc. Sclvl quid facturus fuerim, etc., I knew what I should have done, etc. 
 
184 A STRAIGHT ROAD TO CAESAR. 
 
 3. Such sentences as hoc tlb'i faciendum est, this is to be (must be) done 
 by you, are best translated actively, you must do this. 
 
 215. 
 
 1. Eepraesentabo quod in longiorem diem conlaturus fui. Cae- 
 sar dicit se, quod in longiorem diem conlaturus fuerit, repraesen- 
 taturum 1 (esse). 2. Scio quo iturus sim. 2 Scivl quo iturus essem. 
 Scivi quo iturus fuerini. 3. Caesari 3 omnia uno tempore agenda 
 erant; milites cohortandi, vexillum proponendum, signum tuba 
 dandum, acies Tnstruenda. 4. Militibus 3 de navibus erat desilien- 
 dum, 4 in fluctibus consistendum 4 et cum hostibus pugnandum. 4 
 5. Caesar concedendum 4 (esse) non putabat. 6. Caesar non ex- 
 pectandum 4 (esse) sib! 3 statuit. 7. Caesar partiendum (esse) 
 sib! 3 exercitum putavit, priusquam plures civitates conspirarent. 
 
 DIRECTION. Learn A. & G. : 1 336, 2; Rule 80. 2 338; Rule 81. 
 
 3 232 and Note, first sentence; 
 Rule 26. 4 Impersonal. 
 H. : 1 523, I. ; Rule LIU. I. ; 524 ; Rule 
 LTV. 2 523, IT. 1.; Rule LIU. 
 II. 1. 3 388. 4 Impersonal. 
 
 216. 
 
 1. I am about-to-go. This you (sing.) were to-do-at-once. We 
 have purposed-to-do this. They had intended-to-divide the army. 
 2. Caesar said that he would do-at-once what he had intended-to- 
 postpone to a more distant day. 3. We often wish to know what 
 will happen (will be). We have often wished to know what 
 would happen. We have often wished to know what would 
 have happened. 4. I must-be-protected. We ought-to-have-been 
 (perfect) selected. 5. We need to encourage the legions, hang 
 out the flag, give the signal with a trumpet, and arrange the 
 battle-line (the legions need-to-be-encouraged by us, etc.). 6. You 
 (plur.) will need to jump down from the ships, take position 
 in the waves, and fight with the enemy (it will need-to-be- 
 jumped-down by you, etc.). 7. Caesar [does] does not think that 
 a concession ought to be made (it ought-to-be-conceded). 8. I 
 think that I must divide the auxiliaries (that the auxiliaries 
 ought-to-be-divided by me) . 
 
VOCABULARIES. 
 
ABBKEVIATIONS. 
 
 a., 
 
 active (transitive). 
 
 N., 
 
 neuter gender. 
 
 abl., 
 
 ablative. 
 
 n., 
 
 neuter (intransitive). 
 
 ace., 
 
 accusative. 
 
 num., 
 
 numeral. 
 
 adj., 
 
 adjective. 
 
 ord., 
 
 ordinal. 
 
 adv., 
 
 adverb. 
 
 p., 
 
 passive. 
 
 aux., 
 
 auxiliary. 
 
 p.p., 
 
 perfect participle. 
 
 c., 
 
 common gender. 
 
 part., 
 
 particle. 
 
 card., 
 
 cardinal. 
 
 pass., 
 
 passive. 
 
 comp., 
 
 comparative. 
 
 perf., 
 
 perfect. 
 
 conj., 
 
 conjunction. 
 
 pers., 
 
 personal. 
 
 coor., 
 
 coordinate. 
 
 pl. 
 
 plural. 
 
 dat., 
 
 dative. 
 
 pluperf., 
 
 pluperfect. 
 
 dem., 
 
 demonstrative. 
 
 poss., 
 
 possessive. 
 
 dep., 
 
 deponent. 
 
 prep., 
 
 preposition. 
 
 dist., 
 
 distributive. 
 
 pres., 
 
 present. 
 
 F., 
 
 feminine gender. 
 
 pres. p., 
 
 present participle. 
 
 fut., 
 
 future. 
 
 pron., 
 
 pronoun. 
 
 gen., 
 
 genitive. 
 
 reflex., 
 
 reflexive. 
 
 imperf., 
 
 imperfect. 
 
 rel., 
 
 relative. 
 
 impers., 
 
 impersonal. 
 
 semi-dep., 
 
 semi-deponent. 
 
 ind., 
 
 indicative. 
 
 sing., 
 
 singular. 
 
 indecl., 
 
 indeclinable. 
 
 sub., 
 
 subordinate. 
 
 indef., 
 
 indefinite. 
 
 subj., 
 
 subjunctive. 
 
 interrog., 
 
 interrogative. 
 
 sup. 
 
 superlative. 
 
 irr., 
 
 irregular. 
 
 v., 
 
 verb. 
 
 M., 
 
 masculine gender. 
 
 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 ab (a, abs), prep., by, from. 
 abducuritur, 3. v. p., are led away. 
 a best, irr. v. n., is away. 
 absura, -ful, -futurus, -esse, irr. v. 
 
 n., be absent. 
 absunt, irr. v. n., are away. 
 
 ac, conj., and. 
 
 acceptus, -a, -um, adj., acceptable. 
 
 accido, -cidl, , -cidere, 3. v. n., 
 happen. 
 
 accipio, -cepi, -ceptum, -cipere, 3. v. 
 a., receive, take. 
 
 accipiunt, 3. v. a., take. 
 
 accommodo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. 
 a., put on. 
 
 accuse, 1. v. a., accuse. 
 
 acer, -cris, -ere, adj., active, violent. 
 
 acerrime, adv., sup., most (very) vio- 
 lently. 
 
 acerrimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 (very) active, violent. 
 
 acies, -el, F., (battle) line, glare. 
 
 acrior, -us, adj., comp., more (rather) 
 active, violent. 
 
 acriter, adv., violently, with spirit. 
 
 acrius, adv., comp., more violently. 
 
 ad, prep., to, towards, near. 
 adduco, -duxi, -ductum, -ducere, 
 
 3. v. a., lead to. 
 adeo, -h (-Tvi), -itum, -ire, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n., visit. 
 
 adfmitas, -tatis, F., relationship. 
 aditus, -us, M., approach. 
 administro, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 execute. 
 
 adsum, -ful, -futurus, -esse, irr. v. 
 n., be here. 
 
 adventus, -us, M., an arrival. 
 
 adversus, prep., against. 
 
 aedificium, -I, N., a building. 
 
 aequus, -a, -um, adj., fair. 
 
 aestas, -tatis, F., heat. 
 
 aetas, -tatis, F., age. 
 
 ager, agn, M., afield. 
 
 agit, 3. v. a., treats. 
 
 agmen, -minis, N., an army (on the 
 march), a column. 
 
 ago, egi, actum, agere, 3. v. a., do, 
 treat. 
 
 agricultura, -ae, F., agriculture. 
 
 alacritas, -tatis, F., activity. 
 
 alienus, -a, -um, adj., unfavora- 
 ble. 
 
 aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod), pron., 
 some, any. 
 
 aliquot, pron. indecl., several. 
 
 alius, -a, -ud, adj. pron., other, an- 
 other. 
 
 alius . . . alius, one . . . another; 
 alii . . . alii, some . . . others. 
 
 Allobroges, -um, M. pi., the Allo- 
 broges. 
 
 Alpes, -him, M. pi., the Alps. 
 
 alter, -era, -erum, the other. In pi., 
 the other party. Alter . . . alter, 
 the one . . . the other; alterl . . . 
 alter!, one party . . . the other. 
 
 altitudo, -inis, F., height, depth. 
 
 altus, -a, -um, adj., high, deep. 
 
 Ambarri, -orum, pi. of adj., the 
 Ambarri. 
 
 3 
 
VOCABULARIES. 
 
 amlcior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 (rather) friendly. 
 amicissimus, -a, -urn, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) friendly. 
 amicitia, -ae, F., friendship. 
 amlcus, -I, M., a friend. 
 ainicus, -a, -urn, adj., friendly. 
 amltto, -misl, -missum, -nilttere, 
 
 3. v. a., lose. 
 amor, -oris, M., love. 
 amplius, adv., comp., more (with 
 
 abl., more than). 
 an, interrog. particle, or (used with 
 
 second part of double question), 
 angustiae, -arum, F., narrowness of 
 
 passage. 
 
 animus, -I, M., disposition, mind, feel- 
 ings. 
 
 annus, -I, M., a year. 
 animus, -a, -um, adj., annual. 
 ante, prep., before. 
 antequam, adv., before. 
 appellantur, 1. v. p., are called. 
 appellat, 1 . v. a., calls. 
 appellatur, 1. v. p., is called. 
 appello, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., call. 
 Apr., see Aprllis. 
 Aprilis, -e, adj., April. 
 apud, prep., among. 
 Arar, -aris, M., the Saone. 
 arbor, -oris, F., a tree. 
 arduus, -a, -um, adj., rugged. 
 Ariovistus, -I, M., Ariovistus. 
 arma, -orum, N. pi., arms. 
 armant, 1. v. a., arm. 
 armantur, 1. v. p., are armed. 
 armat, 1. v. a., arms. 
 armatur, 1. v. p., is armed. 
 armo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., arm, 
 
 equip. 
 Arverni, -orum, pi. of adj., the 
 
 Arverni. 
 
 ascendit, 3. v. a., ascends. 
 ascendo, -scendi, -scensum, -scen- 
 
 dere, 3. v. a. and n., ascends. 
 
 at, conj., but. 
 atque, conj., and. 
 auctor, -oris, M., an adviser. 
 auctoritas, -tatis, F., authority, influ- 
 ence. 
 
 audacia, -ae, F., boldness. 
 audacior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 (rather) daring. 
 audacissime, adv., sup., most (very) 
 
 boldly. 
 audacissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) daring. 
 audacius, adv., comp., more (rather, 
 
 too) boldly. 
 
 audacter, adv., boldly. 
 audax, -acis, adj., daring. 
 audeo, ausus, audere, 2. v., semi- 
 
 dep., dare. 
 audio, -IvI, -Itum, -Ire, 4. v. a., 
 
 h ear. 
 
 Aulus, -I, M., Aulus. 
 auxilium, -I, N., assistance; pi., 
 
 auxiliary forces, auxiliaries. 
 Avaricum, -I, N., Avaricum. 
 
 B. 
 
 barbari, -orum, noun from adj., M., 
 
 barbarians. 
 
 Belgae, -arum, M. pi., the Belgians. 
 bellicosus, -a, -um, adj., warlike. 
 bello, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., male 
 
 war. 
 
 Bellovaci, -orum, M., Bellovaci. 
 bellum, -I, N., war. 
 bene, adv., well. 
 Boil, -orum, M., Boii. 
 bonus, -a, -um, adj., good. 
 Britannia, -ae, F., Britain. 
 Brutus, -I, M., Brutus. 
 
 C. 
 
 cado, cecidl, casurus, cadere, 3. v. 
 
 n.,fall. 
 cadunt, 3. v. n.,fall. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 caedes, -is, F., slaughter. 
 
 Caesar, -aris, M., Caesar. 
 
 calamitas, -tatis, F., misfortune. 
 
 calo, -onis, M., a servant (of a sol- 
 dier). 
 
 capio, cepi, captum, capere, 3. v. a., 
 take, capture, adopt. 
 
 captivus, -I, M., noun from adj., a 
 captive, prisoner. 
 
 carrum, -I, N., cart, wagon. 
 
 carrus, -I, M., cart, wagon. 
 
 Cassianus, -a, -um, adj., of Cassius. 
 
 castellum, -I, N., fortress. 
 
 Casticus, -I, M., Casticus. 
 
 castra, -orurn, N. pi., a camp. 
 
 catena, -ae, F., chain. 
 
 causa, -ae, F., cause, sake. 
 
 causa, for the sake of. 
 
 cautus, -a, -um, adj., careful. 
 
 celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift, Jleet. 
 
 celerior, -us, adj., comp., swifter. 
 
 celeriter, adv., siviftly, quickly. 
 
 celerius, adv., comp., more (rather) 
 swiftly. 
 
 celerrime, adv., sup., most (very) 
 swiftly. 
 
 celerrimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., swift- 
 est. 
 
 Celtae, -arum, M., Celts. 
 
 centurio, -onis, M., a centurion. 
 
 certus, -a, -um, adj., definite. 
 
 Cicero, -onis, M., Cicero. 
 
 circiter, adv., about. 
 
 circum, prep., around, about. 
 
 circumvenio, -veni, -ventum, -ve- 
 nire, 4. v. a., surround. 
 
 citerior, -us, adj., comp., hither. 
 
 citra, prep., this side. 
 
 clvis, -is, c., a citizen. 
 
 clvitas, -tatis, F., the state. 
 
 clarior, -us, adj., comp., more illus- 
 trious. 
 
 clarissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 (very) illustrious. 
 
 clarus, -a, -um, adj., illustrious. 
 
 classis, -is, F., a Jleet. 
 
 Claudius, -I, M., Claudius. 
 
 dementia, -ae, F., kindness. 
 
 cohors, -ortis, F., a cohort. 
 
 cohortor, -atus, -ari, 1. v. dep., ex- 
 hort, encourage. 
 
 collis, -is, M., a hill. 
 
 collocant (conlocant), 1. v. a., lo- 
 cate. 
 
 collocantur (conlocantur), 1. v. p., 
 are located. 
 
 colloco (conloco), -avi, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a., locate. 
 colloquium, see conloquium. 
 comes, -itis, c., a companion. 
 commeatus, -us, M., supplies. 
 committit, 3. v. a,., joins. 
 committo, -misi, -mlssum, -mlttere, 
 
 3. v. a., join. 
 commoveo, -movl, -motum, -movere, 
 
 2. v. a., influence. 
 communis, -e, adj., common. 
 complures, -plura (-pluria), adj., 
 
 very many. 
 comporto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 bring together. 
 concedo, -cessi, -cessum, -cedere, 3. 
 
 v. a. and n., concede, grant. 
 concldit, 3. v. a., cuts to pieces. 
 concldo, -cidi, -cisum, -cidere, 3. v. a., 
 
 cut to pieces. 
 
 concilium, -I, N., a council. 
 conclamo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 shout together. 
 condono, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 pardon. 
 confero, -tuli, -latum, -ferre, irr. 
 
 v. a., postpone. 
 
 confirmant, 1. v. a., encourage. 
 confirmantur, 1. v. p., are encour- 
 aged. 
 
 confirmat, 1. v. a., encourages. 
 confirmatur, 1. v. p., is encouraged. 
 confirmo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 encourage, strengthen. 
 
VOCABULARIES. 
 
 conicio, -ieci, -iectum, -icere, 3. v. a., 
 
 throw. 
 
 coniuratio, -onis, F., a conspiracy. 
 conloco, etc., see colloco, etc. 
 conloquium, -I, N., a conference. 
 conloquor, -locutus, -loqui, 3. v. 
 
 dep., confer. 
 
 conor, -atus, -an, 1. v. dep., endeavor. 
 conscius, -a, -um, adj., conscious. 
 conscribit, 3. v. a., enrolls. 
 conscribo, -scrips!, -scriptum, -scri- 
 
 bere. 3. v. a., enroll. 
 consector, -atus, -an, 1. v. dep., pur- 
 sue, overtake. 
 
 consensus, -us, M., consent. 
 conserve, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 spare. 
 
 Considius, -I, M., Considius. 
 consido, -sedl, -sessurus, -sidere, 
 
 3. v. n., settle. 
 consilium, -I, N., a plan. 
 consimilis, -e, adj., very much like. 
 consisto, -stitl, , -sistere, 3. v. n., 
 
 take position. 
 conspectus, -us, M., sight. 
 consplro, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 conspire. 
 constituo, -stitui, -stitutum, -stitu- 
 
 ere, 3. v. a. and n., determine. 
 consto, -stitl, -staturus, -stare, 1. v. 
 
 n., impers., is evident. 
 consuetude, -inis, F., custom. 
 consul, -ulis, M., a consul. 
 consulatus, -us, M., consulship. 
 contemptio, -onis, F., contempt. 
 contendit, 3. v. n., hastens. 
 contendo, -tendi, -tentum, -tendere, 
 
 3. v. n., hasten, contend. 
 continenter, adv. continually. 
 contineo, -tinui, -tentum, -tinere, 
 
 2. v. a., keep, restrain, hem in; 
 
 with reflexive, keep within. 
 continet, 2. v. a., keeps. 
 continuus, -a, -um, adj., successive. 
 contra, prep., against. 
 
 contumelia, -ae, F., insult. 
 convoco, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 call together, call. 
 copia, -ae, F., plenty, supply; pi., 
 
 troops, forces. 
 cornu, -us, (-u), N., a wing (of an 
 
 army). 
 
 corpus, -oris, N., body. 
 cotidie, adv., daily. 
 Cotta, -ae, M., Cotta. 
 creant, 1. v. a., elect. 
 creantur, 1. v. p., are elected. 
 creat, 1. v. a., elects. 
 creatur, 1. v. p., is elected. 
 cremo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 burn. 
 
 creo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., elect. 
 cultus, -us, M., civilization. 
 cum, prep., (in company) with (abl. 
 
 case). 
 
 cum, conj., although, since, when. 
 cupide, adv., eagerly. 
 cupidissime, adv., sup., most {very) 
 
 eagerly. 
 
 cupiditas, -tatis, F., desire. 
 cupidius, adv., comp., more (too, 
 
 rather) eagerly. 
 
 cupidus, -a, -um, adj., desirous of. 
 cur, adv., why*- 
 cura, -ae, F., care. 
 currus, -us, M., chariot. 
 custos, -odis, c., a guard. 
 
 D. 
 
 damno, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 condemn. 
 
 dant, 1. v. a., give. 
 dantur, 1. v. p., are given. 
 dat, 1. v. a., gives. 
 datur, 1. v. p., is given. 
 de, prep., concerning, for, from. 
 decem, card. num. adj., indecl., ten. 
 decimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj., 
 
 tenth. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 decretum, -I, N., a decree. 
 defendo, -fendi, -fensum, -fendere, 
 
 3. v. a., defend. 
 defendunt, 3. v. a., defend. 
 defessus, -a, -um, adj., wearied. 
 delectant, 1. v. a., delight. 
 delectantur, 1. v. p., are delighted. 
 delectat, 1. v. a., delights. 
 delectatur, 1. v. p., is delighted. 
 delecto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 delight. 
 
 deligit, 3. v. a., selects. 
 deligitur, 3. v. p., is selected. 
 deligo, -le'gi, -lectum, -ligere, 3. v. a., 
 
 select. 
 
 deligunt, 3. v. a., select. 
 deliguntur, 3. v. p., are selected. 
 demonstrant, 1. v. a., show. 
 demonstrantur, 1. v. p., are shown. 
 demonstrat, 1. v. a., shows. 
 dernonstratur, 1. v. p., is shown. 
 demonstro, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 show, point out. 
 depono, -posui, -posit um, -ponere, 
 
 3. v. a., lay aside, blot out. 
 depopulor, -atus, -arl, 1. v. dep., 
 
 devastate. 
 desero, -serui, -sertum, -serere, 3. v. 
 
 a., abandon. 
 desilio, -silui, -sultum, -silire, 4. v. n., 
 
 leap down. 
 desisto, -stiti, -stiturus, -sistere, 3. v. 
 
 n., stop. 
 desum, -fui, -f uturus, -esse, irr. v. n., 
 
 lack. 
 deterreo, -terrui, -territum, -terrere, 
 
 2. v. a., hinder. 
 detineo, -tinul, -ten turn, -tinere, 2. v. 
 
 n., detain. 
 devasto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 devastate. 
 dexter, -era, -erum, and -tra, -truin, 
 
 adj., right. 
 dico, dixi, dictum, dicere, 3. v. a. 
 
 and n., say. 
 
 dicor, dictus, did, pass, of dico, 
 
 3. v. p. impers., it is said. 
 dies, -el, M. (sometimes F.), a 
 
 day. 
 
 difficilis, -e, adj., difficult. 
 difficultas, -tatis, F., a difficulty. 
 dignior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 worthy. 
 dlgnissirnus, -a, -um, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) worthy. 
 dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy. 
 diligens, -entis, adj., diligent. 
 diligenter, adv., diligently. 
 diligentior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 diligent, more careful. 
 diligentissime, adv., sup., most (very) 
 
 diligently. 
 diligentissimus, -a, -um, adj., most 
 
 (very) diligent. 
 
 diligentius, adv., comp., more dili- 
 gently. 
 dimico, -avi, -aturus, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 fight (to the end), 
 discessus, -us, M., departure. 
 dispono, -posui, -positum, -ponere, 
 
 3. v. a., station. 
 distineo, -tinui, -tentum, -tinere, 
 
 2. v. a., keep apart. 
 diu, adv., a long time. 
 Divico, -on is, M., Divico. 
 dividit, 3. v. a., separates. 
 divide, -visi, -visum, -videre, 3. v. a., 
 
 separate. 
 
 dividunt, 3. v. a., separate. 
 divisus, -a, -um, p.p. as adj., 
 
 divided, separated. 
 Divitiacus, -i, M., Divitiacus. 
 do, dedi, datum, dare, 1. v. a., give. 
 domicilium, -i, N., an abode. 
 dominus, -i, M., a master, owner. 
 domus, -I (-us), F., a house, home. 
 dubitatio, -onis, F., doubt. 
 dubius, -a, -um, adj., doubtful. 
 ducit, 3. v. a., leads. 
 ducitur, 3. v. p., is led. 
 
VOCABULARIES. 
 
 duco, duxi, ductum, ducere, 3. v. a., 
 
 lead, draw. 
 
 ducunt, 3. v. a., lead. 
 ducuntur, 3. v. p., are led. 
 dum, conj., while, until. 
 dummodo, conj., provided. 
 Dumnorix, -igis, M., Dumnorix. 
 duo, -ae, -o, card. num. adj., two. 
 duodecim, card. num. adj., indecl., 
 
 twelve. 
 dux, duels, c., a leader. 
 
 ea, see is. 
 
 educit, 3. v. a., leads out. 
 
 educo, -duxi, -ductum, -ducere, 3. v. 
 
 a., lead out, lead away. 
 effemino, -avl, -aturn, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 enfeeble. 
 
 egeo, egul, , egere, 2. v. n., need. 
 euutitio, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 reveal, disclose. 
 eo, Ivi (ii), itum, Ire, irr. v. n., 
 
 go. 
 eques, -itis, M., a horseman; pi., 
 
 cavalry. 
 
 equitatus, -us, M., cavalry. 
 equus, -I, M., a horse. 
 erro, -avl, -aturus, -are, 1. v. n., be 
 
 mistaken, go wrong. 
 erumpo, -rupi, -ruptum, -rumpere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n., break forth. 
 es, see sum. 
 
 est, (he, she, it, there'} is. 
 et, conj., and. 
 et . . . et, both . . . and. 
 etiam, conj., even. 
 etsl, conj., even if. 
 ex (e), adv. and prep., /row, on. 
 exeo, -Ivi (-ii), -itum, -Ire, irr. v. n., 
 
 go forth. 
 
 exercitus, -us, M., an army (in train- 
 ing). 
 exeunt, irr. v. n., go forth. 
 
 exlstimo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 think, believe. 
 exit, irr. v. n., goes forth. 
 expellit, 3. v. a., drives out. 
 expellitur, 3. v. p., is driven out. 
 expello, -pull, -pulsum, -pellere, 
 
 3. v. a., drive out. 
 expellunt, 3. v. a., drive out. 
 expelluntur, 3. v. p., are driven out. 
 experior, -pertus, -peiiii, 4. v. dep., 
 
 try. 
 
 explorator, -oris, M., a scout. 
 expugnantur, 1. v. p., are captured. 
 expugno, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 capture. 
 exspecto, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 and n., wait. 
 exsul, -ulis, c., an exile. 
 
 F. 
 
 faber, -bri, M., an engineer (in an 
 
 army). 
 
 Fabius, -I, M., Fabius. 
 facile, adv., easily. 
 facilis, -e, adj., easy. 
 facilius, adv., comp., more easily. 
 facillime, adv., sup., most (very) 
 
 easily. 
 
 f acinus, -oris, N., a crime. 
 facio, feel, factum, facere, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n., make. 
 facit, irr. v. a. and n., makes; iter 
 
 facit, he makes a journey, marches. 
 faciunt, irr. v. a. and n., make. 
 factio, -onis, F., a faction. 
 factum, -I, x. of p.p., act; opus 
 
 facto, need of action. 
 facultas, -tatis, F., opportunity. 
 fames, -is, F., starvation, famine, 
 
 hunger. 
 
 favent, 2. v. n., favor. 
 faveo, favl, fauturus, favere, 2. v. n., 
 
 favor (with dat.). 
 favet, 2. v. n., favors. 
 
LATIN-EXGLISH. 
 
 femina, -ae, F., a icoman. 
 
 fero, tuli, latum, ferre, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n., bring. 
 ferrum, -I, N., iron, sword. 
 fert, irr. v. a. and n., brings. 
 ferunt, irr. v. a. and n., bring, bear, 
 
 carry, endure. 
 fidelior, -us, adj., comp., more faith- 
 
 ful 
 
 fidelis, -e, &&]., faithful. 
 fidelissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 
 {very} faithful. 
 filia, -ae, r., a daughter. 
 filius, -I, M., a son. 
 finis, -is, M., sing., a boundary, limit : 
 
 pi., territory. 
 
 finitimus, -a, -um, adj., adjacent. 
 flo, factus, fieri, pass, of facio, 
 
 happen. 
 
 fit, irr. v. p., is made, becomes. 
 fiunt, irr. v. p., are made, become. 
 flagitant, 1. v. a., (earnestly) de- 
 mand. 
 
 flagitat, 1. v. a., (earnestly) demands. 
 flagito, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 (earnestly) demand. 
 fluctus, -us, M., wave. 
 fluit, 3. v. n., flows. 
 flunien, -inis, N., a river. 
 fluo, fluxi, fiuxum, fluere, 3. v. n., 
 
 flow. 
 
 foedus, -eris., N., a treaty. 
 fortior, -us, adj., comp., more brave. 
 fortis, -e, adj., brave. 
 fortissimo, adv., sup., most (very} 
 
 bravely. 
 fortissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 
 (very} brave. 
 fortiter, adv., bravely. 
 fortitude, -inis, F., bravery. 
 fortius, adv., comp., more bravely. 
 fortuna, -ae, F., fortune. 
 fossa, -ae, F., a trench, ditch. 
 frater, -tris, M., a brother. 
 fraternus, -a, -um, adj., fraternal. 
 
 frigus, -oris, N., cold; pi., cold 
 weather, frosts. 
 
 frumentarius, -a, -um, adj., fer- 
 tile. 
 
 frumentor, -tatus, -tari, 1. v. dep., 
 gather grain. 
 
 frumentum, -I, N., grain, rations. 
 
 fuga, -ae, F., flight. 
 
 ftigio, fugi, fugiturus, fugere, 3. v. 
 a. and n., fly. 
 
 fui, see sum. 
 
 furor, -oris, M., frenzy. 
 
 G. 
 
 G., see Gaius. 
 Gains, -I, M., Gaius. 
 Galba, -ae, M., Galba. 
 galea, -ae, F., a helmet. 
 Gallia, -ae, F., Gaul. 
 Galli, -orum, M. pi., Gauls. 
 Gallicus, -a, -um, adj., Gallic. 
 gaudeo, gavisus, gaudere, 2. v. n., 
 
 rejoice. 
 
 Genava, -ae, F., Geneva. 
 genus, generis, N., a class. 
 Germani, -orum, adj. as noun, the 
 
 Germans. 
 
 Germania, -ae, F., Germany. 
 gero, gessi, gestum, gerere, 3. v. a., 
 
 carry on. 
 
 gerunt, 3. v. a., carry on. 
 gloria, -ae, F., glory, fame. 
 gratia, -ae, F., popularity, favor. 
 gratum, -I, N. of adj., favor. 
 gravior, -us, adj., 3., comp. of gravis; 
 
 greater, more advanced. 
 graviter, adv., severely. 
 
 H. 
 
 habent, 2. v. a. and n., have, treat, 
 
 regard. 
 habentur, 2. v. p., are treated (as), 
 
 are regarded (as). 
 
10 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 habeo, habui, habitum, habere, 
 
 2. v. a. and n., have, treat, re- 
 gard. 
 habet, 2. v. a. and n., has, treats, 
 
 regards. 
 habetur, 2. v. p., is treated (as), is 
 
 regarded (as). 
 Haedui, -orum, M., noun from adj., 
 
 the Haedui. 
 Haeduus, -a, -um, adj., of the 
 
 Haedui. 
 Helvetil, -orum, M., noun from adj., 
 
 the Helvetii. 
 hlbernus, -a, -um, adj., N. pi. as 
 
 noun, winter quarters. 
 hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron., this, he, 
 
 she, it. 
 hiemo, -avi, -aturus, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 pass the winter. 
 homo, -inis, M., a man. 
 honor (-os), -oris, M., honor. 
 horreo, horrui, , horrere, 2. v. n. 
 
 and a., shudder at. 
 hospes, -itis, M., a guest. 
 hostis, -is, c., an enemy. 
 
 1, see is. 
 
 iam, adv., already. 
 
 ibi, adv. L there. 
 
 Id., see Idus. 
 
 idem, eadem, idem, dem. pron., the 
 
 same. 
 
 idoueus, -a, -um, adj., suitable. 
 Idus, Iduum, F. pi., Ides. 
 ignis, -is, M., fire. 
 Ignotus, -a, -um, adj., unknown. 
 ille, ilia, illud, dem. pron., that, he, 
 
 she, it. 
 
 impedl men turn, -I, N., baggage. 
 impedio, -IvI, -Itum, -Ire, 4. v. a., 
 
 obstruct, hinder. 
 imperator, -oris, M., commander (in 
 
 chief). 
 
 imperium, -I, N., (military) power, 
 
 control, order. 
 irnpero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. and 
 
 n., command, order. 
 imperor, -atus, -an, pass, of impero, 
 
 1. v. p., impers., it is commanded. 
 impetus, -us, M., an attack. 
 importo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 import. 
 
 improbus, -a, -um, adj., wicked. 
 Imus, see Injimus. 
 in, prep., in, into, upon, towards. 
 incendo, -cendi, -censum, -cendere, 
 
 3. v. a., burn, set onjire. 
 incolo, -colul, , -colere, 3. v. a. 
 
 and n., inhabit. 
 
 incolimt, 3. v. a. and n., inhabit. 
 incommodum, -i, N., noun from 
 
 adj., disaster. 
 
 incredibilis, -e, adj., extraordinary. 
 incuso, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 upbraid. 
 
 indignus, -a, -um, adj., unworthy. 
 inferior, adj., comp., inferior. 
 Infero, intuli, illatum, Inferre, irr. 
 
 v. a., bring upon. 
 infert, irr. v. a., brings upon. 
 Infertur, irr. v. p., is brought upon. 
 Inferunt, irr. v. a., bring upon. 
 Inferuntur, irr. v. p., are brought 
 
 upon. 
 infimus (Imus), adj., sup., lowest 
 
 part of, foot of. 
 Influo, -flux!, -fluxum, -fluere, 3. v. 
 
 n.,flow into. 
 
 ingens, -entis, adj., enormous. 
 inimlcus, -a, -um, adj., unfriendly; 
 
 M. as noun, an enemy (personal), 
 
 rival. 
 j iniuria, -ae, F., injury, violence; pi., 
 
 wrongs. 
 ! innascor, -natus, -nascl, 3. v. dep., 
 
 spring up. 
 
 inopia, -ae, F., scarcity. 
 \ Insidiae, -arum, F. pi., treachery. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 11 
 
 insignis, -e, adj., N. as noun, decora- 
 tions. 
 Instruo, -uxi, -uctum, -uere, 3. v. a., 
 
 arrange, 
 
 insuetus, -a, -uni, adj., unaccustomed. 
 inter, prep., between, among. 
 intercludo, -clusi, -clusum, -cludere, 
 
 3. v. a., cut off. 
 interest, irr. v. n., intervenes. 
 interficio, -f eel, -fectum, -ficere, 3. v. 
 
 a., slay, put to death. 
 interim, adv., meanwhile. 
 intersum, -ful, -futurus, -esse, irr. 
 
 v. n., intervene; also impers., it 
 
 concerns. 
 
 intra, prep., within. 
 inutilis, -e, adj., unserviceable. 
 invitissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) unwilling. 
 invitus, -a, -um, adj., unwilling. 
 ipse, -a, -um, dem. pron., himself, 
 
 herself, itself. 
 is, ea, id, dem. pron., this, that, he, 
 
 she, it. 
 
 iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., this, that. 
 ita, adv., so. 
 Italia, -ae, F., Italy. 
 iter, itineris, N., journey, road, way, 
 
 march ; pi., routes, roads, marches. 
 iterum, adv., again. 
 iugum, -i, N., ridge. 
 iunior, -us, adj., comp., younger. 
 iure, adv., ablative of ius, rightly. 
 ius, iuris, N., right. 
 iustus, -a, -um, adj., just. 
 iuvant, 1. v. a., assist, aid. 
 iuvantur, 1. v. p., are assisted, are 
 
 aided. 
 
 iuvat, 1. v. a., assists, aids. 
 iuvatur, 1. v. p., is assisted, is aided. 
 iuvenis, -is, M., noun from adj., a 
 
 young man, youth. 
 iuvenis, -e, adj., young. 
 iuvo, iuvi, iutum, iuvare, 1. v. a., 
 
 assist, aid. 
 
 labor, -oris, M., labor, task. 
 
 laboro, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 struggle. 
 
 lac us, -us, M., a lake. 
 laetior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 glad. 
 laetissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 
 (very) glad. 
 
 laetus, -a, -um, adj., glad. 
 latro, -onis, M., a robber. 
 laudant, 1. v. a., praise. 
 laudantur, 1. v. p., are praised. 
 laudat, 1. v. a., praises. 
 laudatur, 1. v. p., is praised. 
 laudo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 praise. 
 
 laus, laudis, F., praise. 
 legatio, -onis, F., an embassy. 
 legatus, -I, M., a lieutenant, an am- 
 bassador. 
 
 legio, -onis, F., a legion. 
 Lemannus, -I, M., Lemannus. 
 lenitas, -tatis, F., gentleness. 
 lex, legis, F., a law. 
 Hbeii, -drum, M. pi., children. 
 libero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., set 
 
 free. 
 
 llbertas, -tatis, F., liberty. 
 licet, licuit (licitum est), licere, 2. v. 
 
 impers., is permitted. 
 Liger, -eris, M., the Loire. 
 lingua, -ae, F., language. 
 Liscus, -i, M., Liscus. 
 littera (litera), -ae, F., letter (of the 
 
 alphabet) ; pi., letter, epistle. 
 litus, -oris, N., a shore. 
 locus, -i, M. (pi. loci and neut. loca), 
 
 N. pi., places, country. 
 longe, adv.,/r. 
 
 longissime, adv., sup., farthest, very 
 - far. 
 
 longius, adv., comp.,/ar^er. 
 longus, -a, -um, adj., distant. 
 
12 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 Lucius, -i, M., Lucius. 
 lux, lucis, F., light. 
 
 M. 
 
 M., see Marcus. 
 
 magis, adv., more. 
 
 magistrates, -us, M., a magistracy, a 
 
 magistrate. 
 
 magnitude, -iriis, F., magnitude. 
 magnopere (magno opere), adv., 
 
 greatly ', very much. 
 magnus, -a, -um, adj., great, large. 
 maiestas, -tatis, F., majesty. 
 maior, -us, adj., comp., greater. 
 malo, rnalui, , malle, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n., prefer. 
 malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. 
 maneo, niansl, mansum, manere, 
 
 2. v. n., remain. 
 manus, -us, F., a hand, a band. 
 Marcus, -I, M., Marcus. 
 mare, -is, N., the sea. 
 mater, -tris, F., mother. 
 matrimonium, -I, N., marriage. 
 maturus, -a, -um, adj., ripe. 
 maxime, adv., sup., very, in the high- 
 est degree, especially. 
 maximus, -a,-um, adj., sup., greatest. 
 melior, -us, adj., comp., better. 
 melius, adv., cornp., better. 
 memoria, -ae, F., memory. 
 merces, -edis, F., a reward. 
 ineritum, -I, N., desert. 
 Messala, -ae, M., Messala. 
 metior, mensus, metirl, 4. v. dep., 
 
 distribute, measure. 
 metus, -us, M.,fear. 
 meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. pron., my, 
 
 mine. 
 
 miles, -itis, M., a soldier. 
 milia (millia), -ium, N., thousand. 
 mllitaris, -e, adj., military. 
 mille, card. adj. indecl. ; and neut. 
 
 noun, indecl. in sing., a thousand. 
 
 Minerva, -ae, F., Minerva. 
 minimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., least. 
 minor, -us, adj., comp., less; N. as 
 
 noun. 
 
 minus, adv., less. 
 miror, -atus, -ari, 1. v. dep., a. and 
 
 n., wonder (at). 
 
 miser, -era, -erum, adj., unfortu- 
 nate. 
 
 mittit, 3. v. a., sends. 
 mittitur, 3. v. p., is sent. 
 mitto, mlsl, missum, mittere, 3. v. 
 
 a., send. 
 
 mlttunt, 3. v. a., send. 
 mlttuntur, 3. v. p., are sent. 
 monent, 2. v. a., warn. 
 monentur, 2. v. p., are warned. 
 moneo, -ui, -itum, -ere, 2. v. a., warn. 
 monet, 2. v. a., warns, admonishes. 
 monetur, 2. v. p.. is warned. 
 mons, montis, M., a mountain. 
 moror, -atus, -art, 1. v. dep., delay. 
 mors, mortis, F., death. 
 mos, moris, M., a custom. 
 Mosa, -ae, M., Meuse. 
 moveo, mo vi, motum, movere, 2. v. 
 
 a., disturb, move. 
 multitude, -in is, F., a multitude. 
 multus, -a, -um, adj., much, many. 
 munio, -Ivi (-il), -Iturn, -ire, 4. v. a. 
 
 and n., fortify. 
 munltio, -onis, F., a fortification, 
 
 fortifying. 
 mums, -I, M., a wall. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nantuates, -um, M. pi., Nantuates. 
 
 natio, -onis, F., a nation. 
 
 natura, -ae, F., nature. 
 
 nauta, -ae, M., a sailor. 
 
 navigo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 navigate. 
 
 navis, -is, F., a ship. 
 ne, conj., lest, that . . . not, not. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 13 
 
 -ne ... an ... an, or ... or. 
 
 -ne, enclitic, asks a question, did, 
 
 etc., do, etc. 
 
 ne ... quidem, adv., not . . . even. 
 nefas, indecl., N., crime. 
 negiego, -lexi, -lectum, -legere, 3. v. 
 
 a., neglect. 
 nego, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. and 
 
 ii., say . . . not. 
 nemo, ne minis, c., no one. 
 neque, adv., neither. 
 neque . . . neque, adv., neither . . . 
 
 nor. 
 
 uex, necis, F., death. 
 nihil, indecl., N., as adv., not at all. 
 nisi, conj., unless. 
 nix, nivis, F., snow. 
 nobilis, -e, adj., 3. pi. as M., noun, 
 
 nobles. 
 
 nobilitas, -tatis, F., the nobility. 
 nolo, nolul, , nolle, irr. v. a. arid 
 
 n., be unwilling. 
 nouien, -minis, N., a name. 
 non, adv., not. 
 
 non . . . modo, adv., not only. 
 non modo . . . sed etiain, not only 
 
 . . . but also. 
 non . . . solum, sed . . . etiarn, adv., 
 
 not only . . . but also. 
 nonne, interrog. part., asks a ques- 
 tion, did not, etc., do not, etc. 
 nonnullus (non nullus), -a, -um, 
 
 adj., some. 
 noster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. pron., 
 
 our. 
 
 notus, -a, -um, adj., well-known. 
 novem, card. num. adj. indecl., nine. 
 novissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., new- 
 est, rear. ^ 
 novus, -a, -um, adj., new. 
 nullus, -a, -um, gen. nullms, dat. 
 
 null!, adj. as M. noun, no one. 
 nurn, interrog. part., does ? is f it is 
 
 not, is it f 
 numerus, -I, M., a number. 
 
 numquam (nunquam), adv., never. 
 
 nunc, adv., now. 
 
 nuntius, -I, M., a messenger. 
 
 O. 
 
 O. exclamation, o. 
 
 ob, prep., on account of. 
 
 oblltus, -a, -um, adj., forgetful. 
 
 obliviscor, -litus, -liviscl, 3. v. dep., 
 
 forget. 
 
 obses, -idis, c., a hostage. 
 obtineo, -tiuui, -tentum, -tinere, 2. v. 
 
 a., obtain, hold, possess. 
 oceupo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 occupy, take possession of, seize. 
 octo, card. num. adj. indecl., eight. 
 oculus, -I, M., eye. 
 offendo, -fendi, -fensum, -fendere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n., hurt. 
 officium, -I, N., duty. 
 omnis, -e, adj., all, every. 
 onus, -eris, N., load. 
 opera, -ae, F., care. 
 oportet, -uit, , -ere, 2. v. impers., 
 
 it behooves, is fitting. 
 oppidum, -I, N., town (^walled), strong- 
 hold. 
 
 oppilgnat, 1. v. a., storms. 
 oppugno, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 storm. 
 
 optime, adv., sup., best. 
 optimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., best. 
 opus, operis, N., need. 
 oratio, -onis, F., oration. 
 orator, -oris, M., an orator. 
 orbis, -is, M., a circle. 
 ordo, -inis, M., a rank, company. 
 Orgetorix, -igis, M., Orgetorix. 
 ornamentum, -I, N., an adornment. 
 oro, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. and n., 
 
 entreat. 
 
 P. 
 
 pabulatio, -onis, F., a foraging. 
 pabulum, -I, N., fodder. 
 
14 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 paco, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., sub- 
 due. 
 
 paene, adv., almost. 
 
 parant, 1. v. a., prepare. 
 
 parantur, 1. v. p., are prepared. 
 
 parat, 1. v. a., prepares. 
 
 paratior, -us, adj., corap., better pre- 
 pared. 
 
 pavatur, 1. v. p., is prepared. 
 
 paratus, -a, -urn, p.p. as adj., pre- 
 pared, ready. 
 
 pareo, parul, pariturus, pare re, 2. v. 
 n., obey. 
 
 paro, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., pre- 
 pare. 
 
 pars, partis, F., a part, some. 
 
 partior, -Itus, -irl, 4. v. dep., divide. 
 
 parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, little. 
 
 passus, -us, M., a pace. 
 
 patens, -entis, pres. p. as adj., 
 open. 
 
 pater, -tris, M., father; pi., ances- 
 tors. 
 
 patrius, -a, -um, adj., ancestral. 
 
 paucus, -a, -um, adj.,/ew. 
 
 pax, pacis, F., peace. 
 
 peciinia, -ae, F., money. 
 
 pedes, -itis, M., foot-soldier ; pi., in- 
 fantry. 
 
 peior, -us, adj., comp., worse. 
 
 per, prep., through. 
 
 perducit, 3. v. a., constructs. 
 
 perduco, -duxl, -ductum, -ducere, 
 3. v. a., construct. 
 
 pereo, -h (-IvI), -iturus, -Ire, irr. v. 
 n., perish. 
 
 pereunt, irr. v. n., perish. 
 
 perfacilis, -e, adj., very easy. 
 
 perfidia, -ae, F., treachery. 
 
 perfuga, -ae, M., a deserter. 
 
 perlculum, -I, N., danger, peril. 
 
 perit, irr. v. n., perishes. 
 
 perltissimus, -a,-um, adj., sup., very 
 skilful. 
 
 perltus, -a, -um, adj., skilful. 
 
 perpaucus, -a, -um,adj., pi., very few. 
 
 persuadent, 2. v. a. and n., per- 
 suade. 
 
 persuadeo, -suasl, -suasum, -suadere, 
 2. v. a. and n., persuade. 
 
 persuadet, 2. v. a. and n., persuades. 
 
 pertineo, -tinul, , -tinere, 2. v. n., 
 tend. 
 
 pervenio, -vein, -ventum, -venire, 
 4. v. n., reach, arrive. 
 
 perveniunt, 4. v. n., arrive, reach. 
 
 pes, pedis, M., afoot. 
 
 pessimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., worst. 
 
 peto, petlvi, petltum, petere, 3. v. 
 a. and n., request, seek. 
 
 phalanx, -angis, F., a phalanx. 
 
 Piso, -onis, M., Piso. 
 
 plebs, -is, F., the populace. 
 
 plcnus, -a, -um, adj.,/w//. 
 
 plerutnque, adv., generally. 
 
 plurimum, adv., sup., the most. 
 
 plurimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most. 
 
 plus, pluris, adj., comp., more. 
 
 poena, -ae, F., punishment. 
 
 ponit, 3. v. a., places, pitches, lays 
 down. 
 
 pono, posul, positum, ponere, 3. v. 
 a., place, pitch, lay down. 
 
 pons, pontis, M., a bridge. 
 
 populor, -atus, -an, 1. v. dep., devas- 
 tate. 
 
 populus, -I, M., a people. 
 
 porta, -ae, F., gate. 
 
 possessio, -onis, F., possession. 
 
 possum, potul, posse, irr. v. n., be 
 able, can. 
 
 post, prep., after. 
 
 posterus, -a, -um, adj., the next. 
 
 postrld^, adv., the next day. 
 
 postulant, 1. v. a., demand. 
 
 postulat, 1. v. a., demands. 
 
 postulo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 demand. 
 
 potens, -entis, adj., powerful, influ- 
 ential. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 15 
 
 potentatus, -us, M., chief command. 
 potentior, -us, adj., comp., more 
 
 powerful. 
 potentissimus, -a, -urn, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) powerful. 
 potestas, -tatis, F., civil power. 
 potior, potltus, potlri, 4. v. dep., 
 
 obtain control of, become master of. 
 praeco, -orris, M., a herald. 
 praedor, -atus, -ari, 1. v. dep., 
 
 plunder. 
 
 praeest, irr. v. ri., in charge of. 
 praefectus, -I, M., a commander. 
 praeficio, -ieci, -fectum, -ficere, 3. v. 
 
 a., put (place) in charge of. 
 praeficit, 3. v. a., puts (places) in 
 
 charge of. 
 
 praemit.tit, 3. v. a., sends forward. 
 praesens, -entis, adj., present. 
 praesidium, -I, N., a garrison. 
 praesto, -stiti, -statum, -stare, 1. v. 
 
 a. and n., excel; impers., is better. 
 praesum, -fui, -esse, irr. v. n., be in 
 
 charge of. 
 
 praeter, prep., beyond. 
 praeterita, -orum, adj., N. pi. as 
 
 noun, the past. 
 prima lux, daybreak. 
 primus, -a, -um, adj., sup., first, 
 
 front. 
 princeps, -cipis, M. adj. as noun, 
 
 leading man, chief. 
 prlncipatus, -us, M., leadership. 
 prior, -us, adj., comp., the former. 
 priusquam, adv., before. 
 privatus, -a, -um, adj., private. 
 pro, prep., in place of, as. 
 probo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 approve. 
 
 proconsul, -ulis, M., a proconsul. 
 proditio, -onis, F., treason. 
 proelium, -I, N., a battle. 
 profectio, -onis, F., departure. 
 prohibent, 2. v. a., keep from. 
 prohibentur, 2. v. p., are kept from. 
 
 prohibeo, -hibul, -hibitum, -hibere, 
 
 2. v. a., keep from. 
 prohibet, 2. v. a., keeps from. 
 prope, adv. and prep., near. 
 propero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 and n., hasten. 
 
 propinqukas, -tatis, F., vicinity. 
 propior, -us, adj., comp., nearer. 
 propono, -posui, -positum, -ponere, 
 
 3. v. a., represent. 
 
 propter, prep., on account of. 
 
 provincia, -ae, F., the province. 
 
 proxirnus, -a, -um, adj., sup., near- 
 est, (very) near. 
 
 publicus, -a, -um, adj., public. 
 
 puer, -i, M., a boy. 
 
 pugna, -ae, F., a fight. 
 
 pugno, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. n., 
 
 fight. 
 pugnor, -atus, -ari, pass, of pugno, 
 
 1. v. p. impers., it is fought. 
 puto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 think. 
 
 Q. 
 
 quam, adv. and conj., than, as much 
 
 as possible, how. 
 quare, conj., why. 
 quartus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj., 
 
 fourth. 
 quattuor, card. num. adj. indecl., 
 
 four. 
 
 -que, conj., enclitic, and. 
 qui, quae, quod, cuius, etc., rel. 
 
 pron., who, which, that. 
 quibuscum, prep, phrase, with ivhom. 
 quin, conj., but that. 
 quindecim, card. num. adj. indecl., 
 
 fifteen. 
 quingenti, -ae, -a, card. num. adj., 
 
 Jive hundred. 
 quini, -ae, -a, dist. num. adj., five 
 
 (at a time), 
 quinque, card. num. adj. indecl., 
 
 five. 
 
16 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 quis (qul), quae, quid (quod), 
 cuius, etc., iuterrog. pron., who, 
 which, ivhat. 
 
 quis (qul), quae, quod (quid), 
 cuius, etc., indef. pron., anyone. 
 
 quisquam, quae-, quid-, cuius-, etc., 
 indef. pron., anyone, anything. 
 
 quisque, quae-, quid- (quod-), in- 
 def. pron., each one. 
 
 quo, rel. adv., whither ; conj., that, in 
 order that. 
 
 quod, conj., because. 
 
 quominus, conj., (the less by which), 
 from (with subj.). 
 
 quoque, conj., also. 
 
 recens, -entis, adj., recent. 
 
 recipio, -cepi, -ceptum, -cipere, 3. v. 
 a., with reflexive, betake himself 
 (themselves), recover, retreat. 
 
 recipiunt, 3. v. a., se recipiunt, be- 
 take themselves, retreat. 
 
 regio, -on is, F., a region. 
 
 regnum, -I, N., the throne. 
 
 rego, rexi, rectum, regere, 3. v. a., 
 rule. 
 
 relinquo, -liqui, -lictum, -linquere, 
 3. v. a., leave. 
 
 reliquus, -a, -um, adj., remaining. 
 
 remaneo, -mans!, -mansurus, -ma- 
 nere, 2. v. n., remain. 
 
 Remi, -orum, M. pi., Remi. 
 
 rernoveo, -movi, -inofcum, -movere, 
 2. v. a., remove. 
 
 renovo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 renew. 
 
 repraesento, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. 
 a., do at once. 
 
 res, rel, F., thing, affair, circum- 
 stance, undertaking, property. 
 
 rescindit, 3. v. a., destroys. 
 
 respondeo, -spondi, -sponsum, -spon- 
 dere, 2. v. n., to respond, reply. 
 
 respondet, 2. v. n., responds, replies. 
 
 res publica, rel publicae, F., corn- 
 won wealth, republic. 
 
 reverto, -verti, -versum, -vertere, 
 3. v. n., return. 
 
 revoco, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 call away. 
 
 rex, regis, M., a king. 
 
 Rhenus, -I, M., the Rhine. 
 
 Rhodanus, -I, M., the Rhone. 
 
 rogo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., ask. 
 
 Roma, -ae, F., Rome. 
 
 Roman us, -a, -urn, adj., Roman. 
 
 rumor, -oris, M., a rumor. 
 
 &. 
 
 saepe, adv., often. 
 
 saepissime, adv., sup., most often. 
 
 saepius, adv., comp., more (rather) 
 
 often. 
 
 salus, -utis, F., safety. 
 Sautoncs, -um (-1, -orum), M. pi., 
 
 Santones. 
 satis, adv., sufficiently; with gen., 
 
 sufficient. 
 satisfacio, -feel, -facturus, -facere, 
 
 irr. v. n., satisfy, make amends. 
 satisfactio, -onis, F., amends. 
 saucius, -a, -um, adj., wounded. 
 scapha, -ae, F., a boat. 
 scio, scivl, scitum, scire, 4. v. a., 
 
 know. 
 
 se (sese), see sul. 
 secum, prep, phrase, with him, 
 
 etc. 
 
 sed, conj., but. 
 sedecim, card. num. adj. indecl., 
 
 sixteen. 
 
 sedes, -is, F., a dwelling-place. 
 sementis, -is, F., a solving; sementls 
 
 facere, sow grain. 
 semper, adv., always. 
 senator, -oris, M., a senator. 
 senatus, -us, M., the senate. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 17 
 
 senex, senis, M. adj. as noun, an 
 
 old man. 
 senl, -ae, -a, dist. num. adj., six 
 
 each. 
 
 senior, -us, adj., older. 
 septem, card. num. indecl., seven. 
 Sequanl, -orum, M. pi. from adj., 
 
 the Sequani. 
 sequor, secutus, sequl, 3. v. dep., 
 
 follow, be inflicted upon. 
 sermo, -onis, M., conversation. 
 servant, 1. v. a., protect. 
 servantur, 1. v. p., are protected. 
 servat, 1. v. a., protects. 
 servatur, 1. v. p., is protected. 
 servio, -ii (-ivi), -Iturus, -Ire, 4. v. n., 
 
 to be a slave. 
 
 servitus, -utis, r., servitude. 
 servo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., pro- 
 tect. 
 
 servus, -I, M., a slave. 
 severitas, -tatis, F., strictness. 
 sex, card. num. adj. indecl., six. 
 sexcenti, -ae, -a, card. num. adj., 
 
 six hundred. 
 si, conj., if. 
 sic, adv., so. 
 signum, -I, N., signal. 
 silentium, -I, N., silence. 
 silva, -ae, r., a forest. 
 similior, -us, adj., comp., more like. 
 similis, -e, adj., like. 
 simillimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., most 
 
 like. 
 
 sine, prep., without. 
 singull, -ae, -a, dist. num. adj. pi., 
 
 single, one by one. 
 sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left. 
 socius, -I, M., an ally. 
 solus, -a, -um, adj., alone. 
 soror, -oris, F., o sister. 
 spatium, -I, N., space. 
 spero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. and 
 
 n., hope, expect. 
 spes, -el, F., hope. 
 
 statuo, -ul, -utum, -uere, 3. v. a., 
 v decide. 
 
 student, 2. v. n., desire. 
 studeo, studui, , studere, 2. v. n., 
 
 desire. 
 
 studet, 2. v. n., desires. 
 studium, -I, N., zeal. 
 sub, prep, with ace. and abl., under, 
 
 at the foot of. 
 subito, adv., suddenly. 
 subsidiurn, -I, N., re-enforcement. 
 Suessiones, -um, M. pi., Suessiones. 
 sui, sibi, se, reflex, pron., himself, 
 
 herself, itself, etc. 
 Sulla, -ae, M., Sulla. 
 sum, ful, futurus, esse, irr. v. n., 
 
 be. 
 
 sunt, are. 
 superior, -us, adj., cornp., higher, 
 
 superior. 
 supero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. and 
 
 n., conquer, overcome, overpower. 
 supersum, -fin, -futurus, -esse, irr. 
 
 v. n., survive, remain. 
 supplex, -icis, c., a suppliant. 
 supremus, -a, -um, adj., sup., high- 
 est, supreme. 
 
 susplcio, -onis, F., suspicion. 
 sustineo, -tinui, -tentum, -tinere, 
 
 1. v. a. and n., sustain. 
 SUMS, -a, -um, reflex, adj. pron., his, 
 
 hers, its, their ; his own, etc. 
 
 taceo, tacul, taciturn, tacere, 2. v. a. 
 
 and n., be silent. 
 tarn, adv., so. 
 tamen, adv., still, yet. 
 tametsl, adv., although. 
 tandem, adv., at length. 
 tantus, -a, -um, adj., so great. 
 tecum, prep, phrase, with you. 
 tego, texi, tectum, tegere, 3. v. a., 
 
 cover, conceal. 
 
18 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 tempero, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 refrain. 
 
 tempestas, -atis, F., storm. 
 temptant, 1. v. a., attempt, try. 
 tempto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 attempt, try. 
 tempus, -oris, N., time. 
 teneo, tenul, teritum, tenere, 2. v, a., 
 
 hold, keep, bind. 
 tergum, -I, N., back. 
 terra, -ae, F., land. 
 terreo, terrul, territum, terrere, 2. v. 
 
 a., terrify. 
 territo, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 frighten. 
 
 tertius, -a, -um, ord. num. adj., third. 
 testis, -is, c., a witness. 
 timed, -ui, , -ere, 2. v. a. and n., 
 
 be afraid (of). 
 
 timidus, -a, -um, adj., cowardly. 
 timor, -oris, M.,fear. 
 totus, -a, -um, adj., the whole (of), 
 
 entire. 
 
 trans, prep., beyond, across. 
 transducitur, 3. v. p., is led over. 
 transduce (traduco), -duxl, -duct urn, 
 
 -ducere, 3. v. a., lead over. 
 transducunt, 3. v. a., lead over. 
 transducuntur, 3. v. p., are led orer. 
 transeo, -ii, -itum, -Ire, irr. v. a. and 
 
 n., cross. 
 
 transeunt, irr. v. a. and n., cross. 
 transit, irr. v. a. and n., crosses. 
 transitur, irr. v. p., is crossed. 
 transporto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., 
 
 transport. 
 
 Trebonius, -i, M., Trebonius. 
 tres, tria, gen. trium, card. num. 
 
 adj., three. 
 
 Treveri, -orum, M. pi., the Treveri. 
 tribunus, -I, M., a tribune. 
 trlduum, -I, N., space of three days. 
 tripartite, abl. as adv., in three divis- 
 ions. 
 tuba, -ae, F., trumpet. 
 
 turn, adv., then. 
 turris, -is, F., a tower. 
 tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. 
 tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. pron., your, 
 yours. 
 
 U. 
 
 ubi, adv., when, where. 
 
 Ubii, -orum, M., the Ubii. 
 
 ullus, -a, -um, gen. ullms, dat. ulli, 
 
 adj., any ; as noun, anybody, any- 
 one. 
 
 undique, adv., /row every side. 
 unus, -a, -um, card. num. adj., one, 
 
 alone, only. 
 urbs, urbis, F., a city. 
 usus, -us, M., use. 
 ut (uti), conj. (with subj.), that, in 
 
 order that, so as to; (with iud.) 
 
 as. 
 
 ut . . . ita, as ... so. 
 utilior, -us, adj., comp.,?nore useful. 
 iltilis, -e, adj., useful. 
 utilissimus, -a, -um, adj., sup., 
 
 most (very) useful. 
 fitor, usus, uti, 3. v. dep., employ, 
 
 exercise, use. 
 uxor, -oris, F., a wife. 
 
 V. 
 
 vadum, -I, N., a ford. 
 
 vallum, -I, N., rampart, palisade. 
 
 vastant, 1. v. a., lay waste. 
 
 vastantur, 1 . v. p., are laid waste. 
 
 vastat, 1. v. a., lays waste. 
 
 vastatur, 1. v. p., is laid ivaste. 
 
 vasto, -avi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., lay 
 waste. 
 
 vectlgal, -alis, N., tribute : pi., reve- 
 nues. 
 
 vehementer, adv., severely. 
 
 velutsi, adv., (just) as if. 
 
 venio, veni, venturus, venire, 4. v. 
 n., come. 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH. 
 
 19 
 
 venit, 4. v. n., comes. 
 
 veniunt, 4. v. n., come. 
 
 vereor, -itus, -eri, 2. v. dep.,fear. 
 
 Vergobretus, -I, M., Vergobretus. 
 
 verso, -a vi, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., turn 
 
 (this way and that), 
 verto, verti, versum, vertere, 3. v. a., 
 
 turn; terga vertere, turn and 
 
 flee. 
 
 Vesontio, -onis, F., Vesontio. 
 vaster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. pron., 
 
 your, yours. 
 
 veteranus, -a, -urn, adj., veteran. 
 vetus, -eris, adj., former. 
 vexant, 1. v. a., harass. 
 vexillum, -I, N.,flag. 
 vexo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., harass. 
 via, -ae, F., way. 
 victor, -oris, M., a victor. 
 victoria, -ae, F M victory. 
 vlcus, -I, M., village. 
 video, vidi, vlsum, videre, 2. v. a., 
 
 see ; pass., videor, seem. 
 
 vinco, vici, victum, vincere, 3. v. a. 
 and n., conquer. 
 
 vir, viri, M., a man. 
 
 virtus, -utis, F., valor ; pi., virtues. 
 
 vis, vis, IF., force. 
 
 vita, -ae, F., life. 
 
 vlto, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., avoid. 
 
 vivo, vixi, victum, vlvere, 3. v. n., 
 live. 
 
 vix, adv., with difficulty. 
 
 vocant, 1. v. a., summon. 
 
 vocantur, 1. v. p., are summoned. 
 
 vocat, 1. v. a., summons. 
 
 vocatur, 1. v. p., is summoned. 
 
 voco, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a., sum- 
 mon. 
 
 volnus (vulnus), -eris, N., wound. 
 
 volo, voliri, , velle, irr. v. a. and 
 n., be willing, wish, want. 
 
 vox, vocis, F., a voice. 
 
 vulgus, -I, N., common people. 
 
 vultus, -us, M., expression of counte- 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 A. 
 
 A., see Aulus. 
 
 a, untranslated. 
 
 abandon, desero, -serui, -sertum, -se- 
 
 rere, 3. v. a. 
 
 able, possum, potul, posse, irr. v. n. 
 abode, domicilium, -I, 2. N. 
 about, circiter, adv. 
 about, circum, prep, with ace. 
 absent, absum, -ful, -fulurus, -esse, 
 
 irr. v. n. 
 acceptable, acceptus, -a, -urn, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 accomplish, ybezw, feel, factum, fa- 
 cere, 3. v. a. 
 
 accordance (in . . . with), abl. case. 
 
 account (on . . . of), ob, prep. 
 
 account (on ... of), causa with 
 gen. 
 
 accuse, accusO, -am, -atum, -are, 
 1. v. a. 
 
 across, trans, prep, with ace. 
 
 act, factum, -I, 2. N. 
 
 action, see act. 
 
 active, acer, acris, acre, 3. adj. 
 
 actively, acriter, adv. 
 
 activity, alacritas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 
 adjacent, flnitimus, -a,-um, 1. and 2. 
 adj. 
 
 admiral, praefectus classis. 
 
 adopt, capio, cepl, captum, capere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 adornment, ornamentum, -I, 2. N. 
 advanced, gravis, -e, 3. adj. 
 affair, see thing. 
 20 
 
 afraid of, timeo, -ul, , -ere, 2. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 
 again, iterum, adv. 
 against, contra, adversus, preps. 
 
 with ace. 
 
 against . . . will, see unwillingly. 
 age, aetas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 agriculture, agricultura, -ae, 1. F. 
 aid, see assist, 
 aid, praesidium, -I, 2. N. 
 alarmed, commotus, -a, -um, p.p. 1. 
 
 and 2. as adj. 
 all, omnis, -e, 3. adj. 
 all along, imperfect tense. 
 Allobroges, Allobroges, -um, pi., 3. M. 
 ally, socius, -l, 2. M. 
 almost, paene, adv. 
 alone, see one. 
 alone, solus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 Alps, Alpes, -ium, pi., 3. F. 
 already, iam, adv. 
 also, quoque, adv. 
 although, cum, etsl, tametsl, conjs. 
 always, semper, adv. 
 am, sum, ful, futurus, esse, irr. 
 
 v. n. 
 
 Ambarri, Ambarrl, -Drum, pi., 2. M. 
 ambassador, legdtus, -I, 2. M. 
 amends, satisfactio, -Onis, 3. F. 
 among, in, prep, with abl. 
 among, apud, prep, with ace. 
 among themselves, inter se. 
 ancestors, patres, -trum, pi., 3. M., 
 
 see father. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 21 
 
 ancestral, patrius, -a, -urn, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 and, et, -que, atque, ac, cob'r. conj. 
 and (both . . . and), et . . . et, -que 
 
 . . . -que. 
 
 announce, see reveal. 
 annually, annuus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 another, alius, alia, aliud, adj. pron. 
 another (one . . . another), see one. 
 any, aliquis, -qua, -quid, adj. pron. 
 any, ullus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 anybody, see anyone (ullus). 
 anyone (indefinite), quisquam, quae- 
 
 quam, quidquam, pron. 
 anyone (very indefinite), quis (qul), 
 
 quae, quid(quod), pron. 
 anyone, ullus, -a, -um, gen. ullius, 
 
 dat. ulll, adj. as mas. noun, 1. 
 
 and 2. 
 
 anything, see anyone. 
 anxiety, metus, -us, 4. M. 
 approach, aditus, -us, 4. M. 
 approve, probd, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 are, see am. 
 April, Aprllis, -e, M. adj. as noun, 
 
 3. 
 
 Ariovistus, Ariovistus, -I, 2. M. 
 arm, armd, -avl, -alum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 arm, armant, 1. v. a. 
 armed (are), armantur, 1. v. p. 
 armed (is), armatur, 1. v. p. 
 arms, armat, 1. v. a. 
 arms, arma, -drum, pi., 2. N. 
 army (in training), exercitus, -us, 
 
 4. M. 
 army (on the march), agmen, ag- 
 
 minis, 3. N. 
 arrange, Instrud, -struxl, -structum, 
 
 -struere, 3. v. a. 
 arrival, adventus, -us, 4. M. 
 arrive, pervenid, -veni, -ventum, -ve- 
 nire, 4. v. n. 
 Arverni, Arvernl, -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 
 as, mark of apposition, untrans- 
 lated. 
 
 as, see for. 
 
 as ... as possible, quam with sup. 
 
 as if, velut si, conj. 
 
 as ... so, ut . . . ita, conj. 
 
 ascend, ascendo, -cendl, -censum, 
 -cendere, 3. v. a. and n. 
 
 ask, rogo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 and n. 
 
 ask (as a right), flagito, -avl, -atum, 
 -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 assist, iuvo, iuvl, iutum, iuvare, 1. v. a. 
 
 assist, iuvant, 1. v. a. 
 
 assisted (are), iuvantur, 1. v. p. 
 
 assisted (is), iuvatur, 1. v. p. 
 
 assists, z'wyaf, 1. v. a. 
 
 assistance, auxilium, -I, 2. N. 
 
 at length, tandem, adv. 
 
 attack, impetus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 attempt, tempto, -acl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 Aulus, Aulus, -i, 2. M. 
 authority, auctoritas, -tdtis, 3. r. 
 auxiliary forces, auxilia, -drum, pi., 
 
 2. N. 
 
 auxiliaries, see auxiliary forces. 
 Avaricum, Avaricum, -I, 2. N. 
 avoid, vltd, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 away (to be), absum, -fui, -futurus, 
 -esse, irr. v. n. 
 
 back, tergum, -I, 2. N. 
 
 bad, malus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. ; 
 
 comp., peior ; superl., pessimus. 
 baggage, impedimenta, -drum, pi., 
 
 2. N. 
 
 band, manus, -us, 4. F. 
 barbarians, barbarl, -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 battle, proelium, -I, 2. N. 
 be, see am. 
 
 be able, possum, potul, posse, irr. v. n. 
 because, quod, conj. 
 
22 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 because of, abl. with or without a 
 
 prep, 
 become, fid, Jierl, factus, pass, of 
 
 facio. 
 become masters of, potior, potltus, 
 
 potlrl, 4. v. dep. 
 
 before, antequam, priusquam, conjs. 
 before, ante, prep, with ace. 
 behoove, oportet, -uit, , -ere, 2. v. 
 
 impers. 
 
 Belgae, Belgae, -arum, pi., 1. M. 
 believe, existimo, -dvl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. and n. 
 
 Bellovaci, Bellovacl, -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 best, optimus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2., 
 
 sup. of bonus. 
 
 best, optime, adv., sup. of bene. 
 betake themselves, recipio, -cepi, 
 
 -ceptum, -cipcre, with reflex, pron., 
 
 3. v. a. 
 better, melior, -us, 3. adj., coinp. of 
 
 bonus. 
 
 better, melius, adv., cornp. of bene. 
 better (is), praesto, -stitl, -stdtuin, 
 
 -stare, 1. v. a. and n. impers. 
 between, inter, prep, with ace. 
 beyond, praeler, prep, with ace. 
 bind, teneo, tenul, tentum, tenere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 bitter, see active. 
 
 blot out, depono, -posui, -positum, 
 
 -ponere, 3. v. a. 
 boat, scapha, -ae, 1. F. 
 body, corpus, -oris, 3. N. 
 Boii, Boil, -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 boldly, auddcter, adv. 
 boldness, auddcia, -ae, 1. F. 
 both, see and. 
 bound, teneo, tenul, tentum, tenere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 
 boundary, finis, -is, 3. M. 
 boy, puer, -erl, 2. M. 
 brave, fortis, -e, 3. adj. 
 bravely, fortiter, adv. 
 bravery, fortitudo, -inis, 3. F. 
 
 break forth, erumpo, -rupi, -ruptwn, 
 
 -rumpere, 3. v. a. and n. 
 bridge, pons, pontis, 3. M. 
 bring, fero, lull, latum, ferre, irr. 
 
 v. a. 
 bring together, comportd, -avi, -atum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. a. 
 bring upon, In fero, -tull, -latum, 
 
 -ferre, irr. v. a. 
 Britain, Britannia, -ae, 1. F. 
 brother, frater, -tris, 3. M. 
 Brutus, Brutus, -I, 2. M. 
 building, aedijicium, -I, 2. N. . 
 burn, incendo, -cendl, -censum, -cert* 
 
 dere, 3. v. a. 
 
 burn, cremo, -dvl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 burst out, erumpo, -rupi, -ruptum, 
 
 -rumpere, 3. v. n. 
 but, at, sed, COOT. conj. 
 but that, quin, rel. conj. 
 by, ab (a, abs), prep, with abl. 
 
 C. 
 
 Caesar, Caesar, -am, 3. M. 
 
 call, appello, -dvl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 call away, revoco, -dvl, -dturn, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 call together, convoco, -dvl, -atum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 camp, castra, -Drum, pi., 2. N. 
 can, possum, potui, posse, irr. v. n. 
 captive, captwus, -i, 2. M. 
 capture, see take. 
 capture (by storming), expugno, 
 
 -dvl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 care, cura, -ae, 1. F. 
 care, opera, -ae, 1. F. 
 careful, cautus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 carefully, diligenter, adv. 
 carry, fero, full, latum, ferre, irr. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 carry on, gero, gessl, gestum, gerere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 23 
 
 cart, carrus, -I, 2. M., also carrum, -I, 
 
 2. N. 
 
 Cassius (of), Cassidnus, -a, -um, 1. 
 
 and 2. adj. 
 
 Cassius, Cassius, -l, 2. M. 
 Casticus, Casticus, -l, 2. M. 
 cause, causa, ~ae, 1. F. 
 cavalry, equitdtus, -us, 4, M. 
 cavalry, equites, -um, pi., 3. M. ; see 
 
 horseman. 
 
 cease, flnem facer e ; see /ac/o. 
 Celts, Celtae, -drum, pi., 1. M. 
 censure, see accuse. 
 centurion, centurio, -onis, 3. M. 
 certain, certus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 chain, catena, -ae, 1. F. 
 charge of (to be in), praesum, -ful, 
 
 , -esse, irr. v. n. (with dak), 
 chariot, currus, -us, 4. M. 
 chief, prlnceps, -ipis, 3. M. 
 chief command, potentdtus, -us, 4. M. 
 children, llberl, -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 choose, deligo, -legl, -lectum, -ligere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 choose, capio, cepl, captum, capere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 Cicero, Cicero, -onis, 3. M. 
 
 circle, orbis, -is, 3. M. 
 
 circumstance, res, rel, 5. F. 
 
 citizen, clvis, -is, 3. c. 
 
 city, urbs, urbis, 3. F. 
 
 civilization, cultus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 class, genus, generis, 3. N. 
 
 Claudius, Claudius, -I, 2. M. 
 
 cohort, cohors, -hortis, 3. F. 
 
 cold, frlgus, frlgoris, 3. N. 
 
 collect, see locate. 
 
 column, agmen, -minis, 3. N. 
 
 come, venio, venl, venturus, venire, 
 
 4. v. n. 
 
 coming, see approach. 
 
 command, impero, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. and n. 
 commanded (it is), imperor, -dtum, 
 
 -an, pass, of impero, used impers., 
 
 1. v. p. 
 
 commander, praefectus, -l, 2. M. 
 commander (in chief), imperator, 
 
 -oris, 3. M. 
 
 common, communis, -e, 3. adj. 
 common people, vulgus, -I, 2. N. 
 commonwealth, res publica, rel pub- 
 
 licae, F. 
 
 companion, comes, -ids, 3. c. 
 company (of soldiers), ordo, -inis, 
 
 3. M. 
 
 company with (in), see with. 
 conceal, tego, text, tectum, tegere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 concede, concedo, -cessl, -cessurn, 
 
 -cedere, 3. v. a. and n. 
 concern (it concerns), intersum, -ful, 
 
 -futurus, -esse, irr. v. n., also 
 
 impers. 
 
 concerning, de, prep, 
 condemn, damno, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 confer, conloquor (colloquor), -locu- 
 
 tus, -loqul, 3. v. dep. 
 conference, colloquium (conloquium), 
 
 -l, 2. N. 
 
 conquer, supero, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 conquer, vinco, vlcl, victum, vincere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 conscious, conscius, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 consent, consensus, -m, 4. M. 
 consider, duco, duxl, ductum, ducere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 Considius, Considius, -I, 2. M. 
 conspiracy, coniurdtio, -onis, 2. F. 
 conspire, consplro, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 construct, perduco, -duxl, -ductus, 
 
 -ducere, 3. v. a. 
 consul, consul, -ulis, 3. M. 
 consulship, consuldtus, -us, 4. M. 
 contempt, contemptio, -onis, 3. F. 
 
24 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 contend, contendo, -tendl, -tentum, 
 
 -tendere, 3. v. n. 
 continually, continenter, adv. 
 control, imperium, -I, 2. N. 
 conversation, serrno, -onis, 3. M. 
 Cotta, Cotta, -ae, 1. M. 
 could, see can. 
 council, concilium, -I, 2. N. 
 counsel, consilium, -I, 2. N. 
 countenance (expression of), voltus 
 
 (vultus}, -us, 4. M. 
 country, loca, -Drum, pi., 2. N. 
 courage, virtus, -tutis, 3. F. 
 course, modus, -i, 2. M. 
 cover, tego, texl, tectum, tegere, 3. v. a. 
 cowardly, timidus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 crime, nefds, indecl., N. 
 crime, facinus, -oris, 3. N. 
 crops, frumentum, -I, 2. N. 
 cross, trdnseo, -wl (-u), -itum, -Ire, 
 
 irr. v. a. and n. 
 custom, consuetude, -inis, 3. r. 
 custom, mos, moris, 3. M. 
 cut off, intercludo, -clusl, -clusum, 
 
 -dud ere, 3. v. a. 
 cut to pieces, concldo, -cldl, -clsum, 
 
 -cider e, 3. v. a. 
 
 D. 
 
 daily, cotldie, adv. 
 
 danger, perlculum, -i, 2. N. 
 
 dare, audeo, ausus, audere, 2. v. 
 semi-dep. 
 
 daring, audax, -ads, 3. adj. 
 
 daughter, filia, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 dawn, see daybreak. 
 
 day, dies, diel (di-e'-l), 5. M. (some- 
 times F.). 
 
 daybreak, prlma lux, gen. prlmae 
 lucis, F. 
 
 death, mors, mortis, 3. F. 
 
 death (violent), nex, necis, 3. F. 
 
 decide, statud, -ul, -utum, -uere, 3. v. a. 
 
 decorations, Inslgnis, -e, 3. adj., N. 
 
 pi. as noun. 
 
 decree, decretum, -I, 2. N. 
 deep, altus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 defeat, vinco, vlcl, victum, vincerc, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 defend, defendo, -fendl, -fensuni. 
 
 -fendere, 3. v. a. 
 
 definite, certus, -a,-um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 delay, moror, -atus, -arl, 1. v. dep. 
 delight, delecto, -avl, -alum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 delight, delectant, 1. v. a. 
 delighted (are), delectantur, 1. v. p. 
 delighted (is), delectatur, 1. v. p. 
 delights, delectat, 1. v. a. 
 demand (earnestly), flagito, -avl, 
 
 -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 departure, discessus, -us, 4. M. ; pro- 
 
 fectio, -onis, 3. F. 
 depth, altitudo, -inis, 3. F. 
 desert, meritum, -I, 2. N. 
 deserter, perfuga, -ae, 1. M. 
 desire, studeo, -ul, , -ere, 2. v. n. 
 
 (with dat.). 
 desire, peto, petlvl, petltum, petere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 
 desire, cupiditds, -tatis, 3. F. 
 desirous, cupidus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 detain, detineo, -tinul, -tentum, -tinere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 
 determine, constituo, -stitul, -stitutum, 
 
 -stituere, 3. v. a. and n. 
 devastate, popular, -atus, -arl, 1. v 
 
 dep. 
 
 devastate, see lay waste. 
 did, see do. 
 
 difficult, difficilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 difficulty, difficultas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 difficulty (with), vix, adv. 
 diligent, dlligens, -entis, 3. adj. 
 disaster, incommodum, -I, 2. N. 
 disclose, enuntio, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 25 
 
 disposition, see spirit. 
 distant (to be), see away (to be~). 
 distant, longus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 distribute, metior, mensus, metlrl, 
 
 4. v. dep. 
 disturb, moved, movl, motum, movere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 
 ditch, fossa, -ae, 1. F. 
 Divico, Divico, -onis, 3. M. 
 divide, partior, -itus, -Irl, 4. v. dep. 
 divided, dlvlsus, -a, -urn, p.p. as 
 
 adj. 1. and 2. 
 
 Divitiacus, Divitiacus, -I, 2. M. 
 do, untranslated, when used instead 
 
 of the common form of the verb. 
 
 See -ne, -num, and nonne. 
 do, ago, egl, dctwn, agere, 3. v. a. 
 do a favor, grdtum facere. 
 do at once, repraesento, -avl, -alum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. a. 
 doubt, dubiwn, -l, 2. N. 
 doubt, dubitdtio, -onis, 3. F. 
 doubtful, dubius, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 draw, duco, duxl, ductum, ducere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 drive out, expello, -pull, -pulsum, -pel- 
 
 lere, 3. v. a. 
 
 Dumnorix, Dumnorix, -igis, 3. M. 
 duty, officium, -I, 2. N. 
 dwelling-place, sedes, -is, 3. F. 
 
 E. 
 
 each one, quisque, quae-, quid- 
 
 (quod-), indef. pron. 
 eagerly, cupide, adv. 
 eagerness, cupiditas, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 earnestly demands, see demands. 
 easily, facile, adv. 
 easy, facilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 eight, octo, card. num. adj. indecl. 
 elect, creo, credvl, creatum, credre, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 embassy, legdtio, -onis, 3. F. 
 
 employ, utor, usus, utl, 3. v. dep. 
 encourage, cohortor, -dtus, -drl, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 encourage, cdnfirmo, -avl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 encourage, cunjirmant, 1. v. a. 
 encouraged (are), conjirmantur, 1. 
 
 v. p. 
 
 encouraged (is), confirrnatur, 1. v. p. 
 encourages, conjirmat, 1. v. a. 
 end, finis, -is, 3. M. 
 endeavor, conor, -dtus, -drl, 1. v. dep. 
 endure, fero, lull, Idtum, ferre, irr. 
 
 v. a. and n. 
 
 enemy (in war), hostis, -is, 3. c. 
 enemy (personal), inimlcus, -I, 2. M. 
 enfeeble, effemino, -avl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 engagement continues, (it is fought), 
 
 pass, of pugno, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 
 engineer, faber, fabrl, 2. M. 
 enormous, ingens, -entis, 3. adj. 
 enroll, conscrlbo, -scrlpsl, -scrlptum, 
 
 -scrlbere, 3. v. a. 
 
 entire, totus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. adj. 
 entreat, Oro, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 
 equip, armo, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 especially, mdxime, adv. 
 even, etiam, conj. 
 even if, etsl, conj. 
 every, see all. 
 evident (is), consto, -stitl, -stdturus, 
 
 -stare, 1. v. n. impers. 
 excel, praesto, -stitl, -stitum, -stare, 
 
 1. v. a. and n. 
 execute, administro, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 exercise, utor, usus, utl, 3. v. dep. 
 exhort, cohortor, -dtus, -drl, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 exile, exsul, -idis, 3. c. 
 expect, spero, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 
26 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 expression (of countenance), voltus 
 
 (vultus*), -us, 4. M. 
 extent, see magnitude. 
 extraordinary, incredibilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 eye, oculus, -l, 2. M. 
 
 F. 
 
 Fabius, Fabius, -i, 2. M. 
 
 fact, see thing. 
 
 f action, factio, -onis, 3. F. 
 
 fair, aequus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 f aithf ul, Jidelis, -e, 3. adj. 
 fall, cado, cecidl, cdsiirus, cadere, 
 
 3. v. n. 
 
 fame, gloria, -ae, 1. F. 
 famine, fames, -is, F. 
 far, longe, adv. 
 father, pater, -tris, 3. M. 
 favor, gratia, -ae, 1. F. 
 favor, faveo, fdvi, fauturus, favere, 
 
 2. v. n. (with dat.). 
 fear, vereor, -itus, -erl, 2. v. dep. 
 fear, timor, -oris, 3. M. 
 feeble, Infirmus, -a, -urn, 1. and '2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 feelings, animus, -I, 2. M. 
 fertile, frumentdrius, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 few, paucus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 field, ager, agrl, 2. M. 
 fifteen, qulndecim, card. num. adj. 
 
 indecl. 
 
 fifteen hundred, mille et qulngentl. 
 fight, pugna, -ae, 1. F. 
 fight, pugno, -avi, -dtum, -are, 1. 
 
 v. a. 
 fight (decisively), dimico, -avi, -dtu- 
 
 rus, -are, 1. v. n. 
 fire, Ignis, -is, 3. M. 
 first, primus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 sup. 
 fitting (is), oportet, -uit, , -ere, 
 
 2. v. impers. 
 
 five, qulnque, card. num. adj. indecl. 
 five (at a time), qulnl, -ae, -a, pi., 
 
 1 . and 2. dist. num. adj . 
 five hundred, qulngentl, -ae, -a, pi., 
 
 1. and 2. card. num. adj. 
 flag, vexillwn, -I, 2. x. 
 flee, seey??/. 
 fleet, classis, -is, 3. F. 
 fleet, see swift. 
 flight, fuga, -ae, 1. F. 
 flow, fluo, flilxl, fluxurus, Jluere, 
 
 3. v. n. 
 flow into, influo, -fluxl, -fluxurus, 
 
 -Jluere, 3. v. a. 
 fly, fug id, fugl, fugiturus, fugere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 fodder, pabulum, -I, 2. N. 
 follow, sequor, seciitus, sequl, 3. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 following day, see next day. 
 foot, pes, pedis, 3. M. 
 foot of, infimus (imus), -a, -um, 1. 
 
 and 2. adj. sup. 
 foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, 3. M. ; pi., 
 
 infantry. 
 
 for, untranslated, dat. case, 
 for (the purpose of), see in order 
 
 that. 
 
 for (the sake of), causa with gen. 
 for, ob, prep. 
 
 foraging, pdbuldtio, -onis, 3. F. 
 force, vis, vis, 3. F., irr. 
 forced (march), maximus, -a, -um, 
 
 1. and 2. adj. sup. 
 forces, copiae, -drum, pi., 1. F. 
 ford, vadum, -I, 2. N. 
 forest, silva, -ae, 1. F. 
 forget, obllviscor, -lltus, -llviscl, 3. v. 
 
 dep. 
 forgetful, oblltus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 form, see make. 
 
 former, prior, prius, 3. adj. comp. 
 former, vetus, -eris, 3. adj. 
 fortification, munltio, -onis, 3. F. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 27 
 
 fortify, munio, -Ivl (-ii), -Hum, -ire, 
 
 4. v. a. and n. 
 
 fortifying, munltio, -vnis, 3. F. 
 fortress, castellum, -I, 2. N. 
 fortune, fortuna, -ae, 1. r. 
 fought (it is), pugnor, -at us, -drl, 
 
 pass, of pugno, impers. 1. v. p. 
 four, quattuor, card. num. adj. 
 
 indecl. 
 fourth, quartus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 ord. num. adj. 
 fraternal, frdternus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 frenzy, furor, -oris, 3. M. 
 friend, amlcus, -I, 2. M. 
 friendly, amlcus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 friendship, amlcitia, -ae, 1. F. 
 frighten, territo, -dvl, -dturn, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 from, quominus, (with subj.), conj. 
 from (away from), ab (a, a&s), 
 
 prep, with abl. 
 from (out of), ex (e), prep, 
 from every side, undique, adv. 
 front (front rank), primus, -a, -um, 
 
 1. and 2. adj. 
 frosts, frlgora, -um, 3. N. pi. of 
 
 frlgus. 
 full, plenus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 Gabinius, Gabinius, -I, 2. M. 
 
 gate, j9orta, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 gather grain, frumentor, -tdtus, -tdrl, 
 
 1. v. dep. 
 
 Galba, Galba, -ae, 1. M. 
 
 Gallic, Gallicus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 garrison, praesidium, -I, 2. N. 
 Gaul, Gallia, -ae, 1. F. 
 Gauls, Galll, -drum, pi. 2. M. 
 generally, plerumque, adv. 
 Geneva, Gendva, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 gentleness, lenitas, -talis, 3. F. 
 
 Germans, Germanl, -Drum, pi. 2. M. 
 
 Germany, Germdnia, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 give, </o, rfecft, datum, dare, 1. v. a. 
 
 give, dant, 1. v. a. 
 
 given (are), dantur, 1. v. p. 
 
 given (is), datur, 1. v. p. 
 
 gives, dat, 1. v. a. 
 
 give battle, see join battle. 
 
 glad, laetus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 gladly, Zaefws, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. adj., 
 
 as English adv. 
 glare, acies, -el, 5. F. 
 glory, gloria, -ae, 1. F. 
 go, eo, Ivl (u), itum, Ire, irr. v. n. 
 go forth, exeo, -Ivl (-it), -itum, -ire, 
 
 irr. v. n. 
 go over, trdnsed, -Ivl (-), -tVwrn, -tre, 
 
 irr. v. a. and n. 
 go wrong, erro, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 
 good, bonus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 government, imperia, -drum, pi. 2. N. 
 grain, frumentum, -I, 2. N. 
 grant, see give. 
 grant, concedo, -cessl, -cessum, -cedere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 great, mdgnus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. ; 
 
 comp. mdior, sup. mdximus. 
 greater, mdior, -us, 3. adj., comp. of 
 
 mdgnus. 
 greater (age), gravior, -us, 3. adj., 
 
 comp. of gravis. 
 greatest, mdximus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. sup. 
 
 greatly, see severely. 
 greatly, mdgnopere, adv. 
 guest, hospes, -itis, 3. M. 
 
 H. 
 
 had (aux.), pluperf. ind. or subj. 
 Haedui, Haedul, -Drum, pi. 2. M. 
 Haedui (of the), Haeduus, -a, -um, 
 1. and 2. adj. 
 
28 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 habit of (in the), imperf. tense. 
 
 hand, manus, -us, 4. F. 
 
 hang out, propono, -posul, -positum, 
 
 -ponere, 3. v. a. 
 happens (it happens), accid.it, -cidit, 
 
 , -cidere, 3. v. n. ; Jit, factum, 
 
 fieri, pass, of facio. 
 harass, vexo, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 hard pressed, laborans, -antis, 3., 
 
 pres. p. of laboro, as adj. 
 has (aux.), perf. ind. 
 hasten, contendo, -tendl, -tentum, 
 
 -tendere, 3. v. n. 
 hasten, propero, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. 
 
 v. n. 
 have, habed, habul, habitum, habere, 
 
 2. v. a. and n. 
 have (aux.), see has. 
 
 he (she, it), is (ea, id) ; hlc (haec, 
 hoc) ; ille (ilia, illud) ; often un- 
 translated. 
 
 hear, audio, -wl, -Hum, -ire, 4. v. a. 
 
 height, altitude, -inis, 3. F. 
 
 helmet, galea, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 Helvetii (Helvetians), Helvetii, 
 -drum, pi., 2. M. 
 
 hem in, contineo, -tinul, -tentum, 
 -tinere, 2. v. a. 
 
 her, see she. 
 
 herald, praeco, -onis, 3. M. 
 
 here (be), adsum, -ful, -futurus, -esse, 
 irr. v. n. 
 
 hers, see his, poss. pron. 
 
 herself (her-, it-), sul, sifc, se, reflex, 
 pron. 
 
 herself, see himself, intensive pron. 
 
 high, altus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 higher places, superiora, -um, pi., 
 
 3. N. 
 
 highest, summits, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 hill, collis, -is, 3. M. 
 him, see he. 
 himself (her-, it-), ipse, ipsa, ipsum, 
 
 intensive pron. 
 
 hinder, deterreo, -terrul, -territum, 
 
 -terrere, 2. v. a. ; impedio, -wl, 
 
 -Hum, -Ire, 4. v. a. 
 his, SUMS, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 his own (her, its), see his. 
 hither, citerior, -us, 3. adj. comp. 
 
 (no positive), 
 hold, teneo, tenul, tentum, tenere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 hold (against some one), obtineo, 
 
 -tinul, -tentum, -tinere, 2. v. a. 
 home, see house. 
 honor, honor, -Or is, 3. M. 
 hope, spes, spel (spe'-l), 5. F. 
 hope, spero, -am, -alum, -are, 1. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 
 horse, equus, -I, 2. M. 
 horseman, eques, -itis, 3. M. 
 hostage, obses, -idis, 3. c. 
 hostile, see unfriendly. 
 house, domus, -l (-us), 2. and 4. F. 
 how, quam, adv. 
 hundred, centum, card. num. adj. 
 
 indecl. 
 
 hunger, fames, -is, 3. F. 
 hurt, offendo, -fendi, -fensum, -fen- 
 
 dere, 3. v. a. and n. 
 
 I. 
 
 I, ego, pers. pron. 
 
 Ides, Idus, -uum, pi., 4. F. 
 
 if, si, conj. 
 
 illustrious, clarus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 import, importo, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 in, in, prep, with abl. 
 in (with names of towns and 
 
 small islands), locative case, 
 in charge of (to be), praesum, -ful, 
 
 -futurus, -esse, irr. v. n. 
 in company with, cum, prep, with 
 
 abl. 
 in front of, pro, prep, with abl. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 29 
 
 in order that, ut (uti), conj. 
 in order to, see in order that. 
 in regard to, de, prep, with abl. 
 in the highest degree, maxime, adv. 
 
 sup. 
 
 in three divisions, tripartite, adv. 
 infantry, see pedes. 
 inferior, Inferior, -us, 3. adj. coinp. 
 intiicted upon (be), sequor, secutus, 
 
 sequl, 3. v. dep. 
 
 influence, auctoritas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 influence, commoveo, -movl, -motum, 
 
 -movere, 2. v. a. 
 influential, see powerful. 
 inform, certiorem facere. 
 inhabit, incolo, -colul, , -colere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 injury, iniuria, -ae, 1. r. 
 insult, contumelia, -ae, 1. F. 
 intervene, intersum, -ful, -futurus, 
 
 -esse, irr. v. n. 
 into, in, prep, with ace. 
 iron, j err um, -I, 2. N. 
 is, see am. 
 it, see he. 
 Italy, Italia, -ae, 1. F. 
 its, see his. 
 itself, see himself, intens. or reflex. 
 
 J. 
 
 join (join battle), commltto, -mm, 
 
 -mlssum, -mlttere, 3. v. a. 
 journey, iter, itineris, 3. N. irr. 
 joyful, laetus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 jump down, desiliu, -silul, -sultum, 
 
 -silire, 4. v. n. 
 
 just, iustus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 justly, see rightly. 
 
 keep, see hold. 
 
 keep apart, divined, -tinul, -tentum, 
 -tinere, 2. v. a. 
 
 keep from, prohibeo, -bul, -bitum, 
 -here, 2. v. a. 
 
 keep together, confined, -tinul, -ten- 
 tum, -tinere, 2. v. a. 
 
 kindness, dementia, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 king, rex, regis, 3. M. 
 
 know, scio, sclvi, scltum, scire, 4. v. a. 
 
 known, notus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 L., Lucius, -l, 2. M. 
 
 labor, labor, -oris, 3. M. 
 
 lacking (is), desum, -ful, -futurus, 
 -esse, irr. v. n. 
 
 lake, lacus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 land, terra, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 language, lingua, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 large, see great. 
 
 law, lex, legis, 3. F. 
 
 lay aside, depdno, -posul, -positum, 
 -ponere, 3. v. a. 
 
 lay down, pono, posul, positum, po- 
 nere, 3. v. a. 
 
 lay waste, vasto, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 1. v. a. 
 
 lay waste, vastant, 1. v. a. 
 
 laid waste (are), vastantur, 1. v. p. 
 
 laid waste (is), vastatur, 1. v. p. 
 
 lays waste, vastat, 1. v. a. 
 
 lead, duco, duxl, ductum, ducere, 
 3. v. a. 
 
 lead away, abduco, -duxl, -ductum, 
 -ducere, 3. v. a. 
 
 lead out, educo, -duxl, -ductum, -du- 
 cere, 3. v. a. 
 
 lead over, transduco (traduco), -duxl, 
 -ductum, -ducere, 3. v. a. 
 
 lead to, adduco, -duxl, -ductum, -du- 
 cere, 3. v. a. 
 
 leader, dux, duds, 3. M. 
 
 leadership, prlncipatus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 leading man, see chief. 
 
 least, minimus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 adj., sup. of parvus. 
 
30 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 leave, relinquo, -llqul, -lictum, -lin- 
 
 quere, 3. v. a. 
 led on, inductus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 left, sinister, -tra, -trum, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 legion, leg id, -onis, 3. F. 
 Lemannus, Lemannus, -I, 2. M. 
 less, minor, -us, 3. adj., comp. of 
 
 parvus. 
 less, minus, -or is, N. of comp. as 
 
 noun, 3. 
 lest, ne, conj. 
 letter (of the alphabet), lltera, -ae ; 
 
 pi., a letter, an epistle, 1. F. 
 liberate, see set free. 
 liberty, llbertas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 lieutenant, see ambassador. 
 life, vita, -ae, 1. F. 
 light, lux, lucis, 3. F. 
 like, similis, -e, 3. adj. 
 limit, finis, -is, 3. M. ; pi., territory, 
 line (of battle), acies, aciel (aci-e'-l), 
 
 5. F. 
 line (on the march), agmen, -inis, 
 
 3. N. 
 
 line,/lm's, -is, 3. M. 
 Liscus, Liscus, -l, 3. M. 
 little, see small. 
 
 live, vivo, vlxl, vlctum, vlvere, 3. v. n. 
 load, onus, -eris, 3. N. 
 locate, colloco (con/oco), -avl, -atum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. a. 
 
 Loire, Liger, -eris, 3. M. 
 long time, diu, adv. 
 lose, amltto, -mm, -mlssum, -mlttere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 loud, see great. 
 love, amor, -or is, 3. M. 
 lowest part of, see foot of. 
 Lucius, Lucius, -l, 2. M. 
 
 M. 
 
 magistracy, magistratus, -us, 4. M. 
 magistrate, magistratus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 magnitude, magnitudo, -inis, 3. F. 
 majesty, maiestds, -tatis, 3. F. 
 make, facio, feel, factum, facere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 make amends, satis/acid, -feel, -fac- 
 
 turus, -facere, irr. v. n. (with dat.). 
 make upon, see bring upon. 
 make war, bello, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 
 man, vir, virl, 2. M. 
 man (human being), homo, -inis, 
 
 3. M. 
 
 many, multus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 many (\Qry^,compiures,-plura (-za), 
 
 pi. 3. adj. 
 march, see journey. 
 marriage, matrimonium, -I, 2. N. 
 master, dojninus, -I, 2. M. 
 may (aux.), pres. subj. 
 me, see /. 
 
 means (by . . . of), abl. case, 
 meanwhile, interim, adv. 
 measure, metior, mensum, metlrl, 4. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 Mediterranean Sea, mare nostrum. 
 memory, memoria, -ae, 1. F. 
 message, nuntius, -I, 2. M. 
 messenger, nuntius, -I, 2. M. 
 Meuse, Mosa,-ae, 1. M. 
 might (aux.), imp. subj. 
 mile, mllia passuum. 
 military, miUtdris, -e, 3. adj. 
 mind, see spirit. 
 mine, see my. 
 
 Minerva, Minerva, -ae, 1. F. 
 mistaken (to be), see go wrong. 
 money, pecunia, -ae, 1. F. 
 more, comparative degree, 
 more, plus, pluris, 3. N. ; pi. as adj. 
 more, magis, adv. 
 more, amplius, N. indecl. 
 more than, amplius with abl. 
 morning (in the), mane, adv. 
 most, plurimus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 31 
 
 most, pl&rimum, adv. 
 mother, mater, -tris, 3. F. 
 mountain, mons, montis, 3. M. 
 move, moved, movl, motum, movere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 
 much, multus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 multitude, multitude), -inis, 3. F. 
 my, meus, mea, meum, 1. and 2.poss. 
 
 pron. 
 
 N. 
 
 name, nomen, -inis, 3. N. 
 name a day, diem dicere. 
 Nantuates, Nantuates, -um, pi., 3. M. 
 narrowness of passage, angustiae, 
 
 -arum, pi., 1. F. 
 nation, ndtio, -dnis, 3. F. 
 native, ndtlvus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 nature, natura, -ae, 1. F. 
 navigate, ndvigo, -del, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 
 near, prope, prep, with ace. ; adv. 
 near (with names of places), ad, 
 
 prep, with ace. 
 
 nearer, propior, -us, 3. adj. comp. 
 nearest, proximus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj., sup. of propior. 
 need, eged, egul, , egere, 2. v. n. 
 
 with gen. or abl. 
 need, opus, operis, 3. N. 
 need of action, opus factu. 
 neglect, neglego, -lexl, -lectum, -legere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 neither, neque, conj. 
 
 neither . . . nor, neque . . . neque, 
 
 conj. 
 
 never, numquam (nunquam^), adv. 
 new, novus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 next, posterus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 next day, postridie, adv. 
 next day after that, postrldie eius 
 
 die!,. 
 no, see not any. 
 
 no one, nullus, -a, -um, gen. nulhus, 
 
 dat. nulll, adj. 1. and 2., M. as noun, 
 no one, nemo, -inis, 3. c. 
 nobility, nobilitds, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 noble, nobilis, -is, adj. 3., M. as 
 
 noun, 
 nobleman, nobilis, -is, noun from 
 
 adj., 3. M. 
 nobles, nobiles, 3. adj., M. pi. as 
 
 noun. 
 
 not, hon, adv. 
 not (with subj.), ne, adv. 
 not alone . . . but also, non solum 
 
 . . . sed etiam, conj. 
 not any, nullus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 not at all, nihil, N. indecl., ace. as 
 
 adv. 
 
 not even, ne . . . quidem, conj. 
 not only . . . but also, non modo 
 
 . . . sed etiam, conj. 
 now, nunc, adv. 
 number, numerus, -i, 2. M. 
 number (great), see multitude. 
 
 O. 
 
 O, exclamation, o. 
 
 obey, pared, pdrul, pdriturus, parere, 
 
 2. v. n. (with dat.). 
 obstruct, impedio, -divl, -dltum, -dire, 
 
 4. v. a. 
 obtain, obtineo, -tinul,-tentum,-tinere, 
 
 2. v. a. 
 obtain control (possession) of, po- 
 
 tior, potitus, potlrl, 4. v. dep. 
 occupy, occupo, -avl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 of, translated usually by gen. 
 
 of a father, patrius, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 often, saepe, adv. 
 oh, o, inter j. 
 
 old, senex, senis', 3. M. 
 
 older, senior, -us, 3. adj. comp. 
 
32 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 old man, see old. 
 
 on, in, prep, with abl. ; abl. case. 
 
 on, ex, prep. 
 
 on account of, ob, propter, preps. 
 
 on this account, ob, prep, with 
 
 ace. 
 one, unus, Una, Unum, 1. and 2. card. 
 
 num. adj. 
 one another, alius . . . alius, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. pron. 
 one (the one . . . the other), alter 
 
 . . . alter, 1. and 2. adj. pron. 
 one by one, singull, -ae, -a, pi. dist. 
 
 num. adj. 1. and 2. 
 only, solus, -a, -um; unus, Una, 
 
 unum, adjs. 1. and 2. 
 open, patens, -entis, pres. p. as adj. 
 
 3. 
 
 opportunity, facultas, -tatis, 3. F. 
 oration, oratio, -onis, 3. F. 
 orator, orator, -oris, 3. M. 
 order, impero, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. 
 
 v. a. 
 
 order, see line. 
 order, imperium, -I, 2. N. 
 Orgetorix, Orgetorix, -igis, 3. M. 
 other (another), alius, alia, aliud, 
 
 1. and 2. pron. 
 other (the other), alter, -era, -erum, 
 
 1. and 2. adj. pron. 
 others (some . . . others), alii . . . 
 
 alii, 1. and 2. adj. pron. 
 our, noster, -tra, -trum, 1. and 2. 
 
 poss. pron. 
 ours, see our. 
 
 over, trans, prep, with ace. 
 overcome, see conquer. 
 over, dative case, see Dumnorigl, 
 
 Ex. 195, sentence 7. 
 overpower, supero, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 overtake, consector, -atus, -an, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 own, see his own. 
 owner, see master. 
 
 pace, passus, -us, 4. M. 
 
 palisade, vallum, -I, 2. N. 
 
 pardon, condono, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 part, pars, partis, 3. F. 
 party, see faction. 
 pass the winter, hiemo, -avl, -atum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. 11. 
 
 passage, iter, itineris, 3. N. 
 past (the) , praeterita, N. pi. of adj. 
 
 as noun, 2. 
 
 peace, pax, pads, 3. F. 
 people, populus, -i, 2. M. 
 peril, see danger. 
 perish, pereo, -il (-ivl), -iturus, -Ire, 
 
 irr. v. n. 
 permitted (it is), licet, licuit (licitum 
 
 esC), licere, impers., 2. v. n. 
 persuade, persuaded, -suasl, -suasum, 
 
 -suadere, 2. v. a. and n. 
 phalanx, phalanx, -angis, 3. F. 
 Piso, Plso, -onis, 3. M. 
 pitch, see place. 
 place, pond, posul, positum, ponere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 place, locus, -l, 2. M., pi. loca, N. 
 place in charge of, see put in charge 
 
 of- 
 
 place of (in), pro, prep, with abl. 
 plan, see counsel. 
 pleasant, facilis with the latter 
 
 supine of video. 
 plenty, copia, -ae, 1. F. 
 plunder, praedor, -atus, -arl, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 point out, demonstro, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 populace, plebs, plebis, 3. F. 
 popularity, gratia, -ae, 1. F. 
 possess, obtineo, -tinul, -tentum, -ti- 
 
 nere, 2. v. a. 
 
 possession, possessio, -onis, 3. F. 
 possible, see as . . . as possible. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 33 
 
 postpone, confero, -tuli, -Icitum, -ferre, 
 
 irr. v. a. 
 
 power (civil) , potestds, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 power (military), imperium, -1,2. N. 
 powerful, potens, -ends, 3. adj. 
 praise, laudo, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 praise, laudant, 1. v. a. 
 praise, laus, laudis, 3. F. 
 praised (are), laudantur, 1. v. p. 
 praised (is), lauddtur, 1. v. p. 
 praises, laudat, 1. v. a. 
 pray, tandem, adv. 
 prefer, mdlo, mdlul, , mdlle, irr. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 
 prepare, paro, -avl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 prepare, parant, 1. v. a. 
 prepared (are), parantur, 1. v. p. 
 prepared (is), pardtur, 1. v. p. 
 prepared, pardtus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 prepares, parat, 1. v. a. 
 present (to be), adsum, -ful, -futu- 
 
 rus, -esse, irr. 1. v. n. 
 present, praesens, -entis, 3. adj. 
 prisoner, see captive. 
 private, privdtus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 proconsul, proconsul, -ulis, 3. M. 
 property, sua, sudrum, pi., 2. N., see 
 
 his; res, rel, 5. F. 
 
 protect, servo, -avl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 protect, servant, 1. v. a. 
 protected (are), servantur, 1. v. p. 
 protected (is), servdtur, 1. v. p. 
 protects, servat, 1. v. a. 
 protection, see garrison. 
 provided (that), dummodo, conj. 
 province, provincia, -ae, 1. F. 
 public, publicus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 punishment, poena, -ae, 1. F. 
 purchase, redimo, -emi, -emptum, 
 
 -imere, 3. v. a. 
 pursue, consector, -dtus, -drl, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 put in charge of, praejicio, -feel, 
 -fectum, -Jicere, 3. v. a. (with dat.). 
 
 put on, accommodo, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 1. v. a. 
 
 put to death, interfcio, -feel, -fectum, 
 -Jicere, 3. v. a. 
 
 Q. 
 
 quickly, celeriter, adv. 
 
 quite, adv., superlative degree. 
 
 R. 
 
 rampart, vallum, -l, 2. N. 
 
 rank (of soldiers), or do, -inis, 3. M. ; 
 
 agmen, -inis, 3. N. 
 rapid, see swift. 
 rations, frumentum, -I, 2. N. 
 reach, pervenio, -venl, -ventum, -ve- 
 nire, 4. v. n. 
 ready, see prepared. 
 rear rank, novissimum agmen, 3. N. 
 reason (for this), causa with gen. ; 
 
 hoc. 
 rebuke, accuso, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 receive, accipio, -cepl, -ceptum, -cipere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 recent, recens, -ntis, 3. adj. 
 recover, recipio, -cepl, -ceptum, -cipere, 
 
 with reflex., 3. v. a. 
 re-enforcements, subsidium, -I, 2. N. 
 refrain, tempero, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 regard, see have. 
 region, regio, -onis, 3. F. 
 rejoice, gaudeo, gavlsus, gaudere, 2. 
 
 semi-dep. 
 
 relationship, adflnitds, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 remain, maneo, mdnsl, mdnsurus, 
 
 manere, 2. v. n. ; supersum, -ful, 
 
 -futurus, -esse, irr. v. n. 
 remain, remaned, -mdnsl, -mdnsurus, 
 
 -manere, 2. v. n. 
 
34 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 remaining, reliquus, -a, -urn, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 remove, removed, -mdvl, -mdtum, -mo- 
 
 vere, 2. v. a. 
 
 renew,' renovd, -dvr, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 repent, paenitet, -nituit, -tere, 2. v. a. 
 
 impers. 
 reply, responded, -spondl, -spdnsum, 
 
 -spondere, 2. v. n. 
 represent, prdpdnd, -posul, -positum, 
 
 -pdnere, 3. v. a. 
 republic, respublica, relpublicae, 5. 
 
 and 1. F. 
 repulse, pelld, pepull, pulsum, pel- 
 
 lere, 3. v. a. 
 request, petd, petlvl, petitum, petere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 
 request (at my, thy, etc.), me 
 
 petente, see seek. 
 respond, responded, -spondl, -spdn- 
 
 sum, -spondere, 2. v. n. 
 rest of, see remaining. 
 restrain, see keep together. 
 retreat, s (me, te, etc.), recipere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 return, reverfd, -vertl, -versum, -ver- 
 
 tere, 3. v. n. 
 
 reveal, enuntid,-avl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 revenues, vectlgalia, -ium, pi., 3. x. 
 revolution, res novae, rerum nocd- 
 
 rum, F. 
 
 reward, merces, -edis, 3. F. 
 Rhine, Rhenus, -I, 2. M. 
 Rhone, Rhodanus, -I, 2. M. 
 ridge, iugum, -I, 2. N. 
 right, dexter, -era, -erum, and -tra, 
 
 -trum, 1. and 2. adj. 
 right, ius, iuris, 3. N. 
 rightly, iure, adv. 
 ripe, maturus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 rival, inijnlcus, -I, 2. M. 
 river, flumen, -inis, 3. N. 
 road, iter, itineris, 3. N. 
 robber, latrb, -onis, 3. M. 
 
 Roman, Romanus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 Rome, Rdma, -ae, 1. F. 
 routes, itinera, -um, 3. N., pi. of iter. 
 rugged, arduus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 rule, rego, rexl, rectum, regere, 3. v. a. 
 rumor, rumor, -oris, 3. M. 
 
 S. 
 
 safe, fti^Ms, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 
 safety, salus, -utis, 3. F. 
 
 sailor, nau/a, -ae, 1. M. 
 
 sake, causa, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 same, irfewi, eadem, idem, dem. adj. 
 
 pron. 
 Santones, Santones, -um (-1, -drum), 
 
 pi., 3. M. 
 
 Saone, ^4ra?', /I ram, 3. M. 
 satisfy, satisfacid, -feel, -facturus, 
 
 -facere, 3. v. n. (with dat.). 
 said (it is), dlcor, dictus, did, pass. 
 
 of died, used impers., 3. v. p. 
 say, died, dlxi, dictum, dlcere, 3. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 say . . . not, negd, -an, -alum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. and n. 
 scarcity, inopia, -ae, 1 . F. 
 scout, expldrdtor, -dris, 3. M. 
 sea, mare, maris, 3. N. 
 season, see time. 
 
 secure, potior, -Itus, -irl, 4. v. dep. 
 see, video, vldl, vlsum, videre, 2. v. a. 
 seek, peto, petlvl, petitum, petere, 
 
 3. v. a. and n. 
 seeking to gain, appetens, -entis, 
 
 3. adj. 
 seem, videor, vlsus, viderl, pass, of 
 
 video. 
 
 seize, occupd, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 select, deligd, -legl. -lectum, -ligere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 senate, sendtus, -us, 4. M. 
 senator, senator, -or is, 3. M. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 35 
 
 send, mitto, mini, mlssum, mittere, 3. 
 
 v. a. 
 
 send forward, praetmtto, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, -inlttere, 3. v. a. 
 separate, divido, -visi, -visum, -videre, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 separated, diinsus, -a, -urn, p.p. as 
 
 adj. 1. and 2. 
 
 Sequani, Sequani, -drum, pi., 2. x. 
 servant (soldiers'), cdlu, -onis, 3. M. 
 service, see assistance. 
 servitude, servitus, -tutis, 3. F. 
 set free, libero, -dvi, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 set on fire, incendo, -cendi, -censum, 
 
 -cendere, 1. v. a. 
 settle, consul u, -sedi, -sessurus,-sidere, 
 
 3. v. n. 
 
 several, aliquot, pron. indecl. 
 severe, durus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. adj. 
 severely, vehementer, adv. 
 severely, graviter, adv. 
 severity, see strictness. 
 shall (aux.), fut. ind., and future 
 
 imperative. 
 
 shall have (aux.), fut. perf. ind. 
 she, see he. 
 ship, ndvis, -is, 3. F. 
 shore, litus, -or is, 3. N. 
 should (aux.), pres. subj. 
 shout together, concldmo, -dvi, -dtum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. n. 
 show, demonstro, -dvi, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 show, demonstrant, 1. v. a. 
 shown (are), demunstrantur, 1. v. p. 
 shown (is), demdnstrdtur, 1. v. p. 
 shows, demunstrat, 1. v. a. 
 shudder, horreo, Tiorrul, , horrere, 
 
 2. v. a. and n. 
 
 sight, conspectus, -us, 4. M. 
 signal, slgnum, -I, 2. N. 
 silence, silentium, -I, 2. N. 
 silent, faced, tacul, taciturn, tacere, 
 2. v. a. and n. 
 
 since, cum, conj. (with subj.). 
 single, singuli, -ae, -a, pi. 1. and 2. 
 
 dist. num. adj. 
 sister, soror, sororis, 3. r. 
 six, sex, card. num. adj. indecl. 
 six (each), sent, -ae, -a, pi. 1. and 2. 
 
 dist. num. adj. 
 six hundred, sexcentl, -ae, -a, pi. 
 
 1. and 2. card. num. adj. 
 sixteen, sedecim, card. num. adj. 
 
 indecl. 
 skilful, peritus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 slaughter, caedes, -is, 3. F. 
 slave, servus, -I, 2. M. 
 slave (be a), servio, -h (-ivi), -llurus, 
 
 -Ire, 4. v. n. 
 slay, interjicio, -fed, -fectum, -Jicere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 small, parvus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. adj. ; 
 
 comp. minor ; sup. minimus. 
 snow, nix, nivis, 3. F. 
 so, ita, sic, tarn, advs. 
 so as to, ut (uti), sub. conj. 
 so great, tantus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. adj. 
 soldier, miles, -itis, 3. M. 
 some, aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid 
 
 (-quod), indef. pron. 
 some (some . . . others), alii . . . 
 
 alii, pi. 1. and 2. adj. 
 some, nonullus, -a, -um, M. adj. as 
 
 noun, 1. and 2. 
 son, filius, -i, 2. M. 
 sovereignty, see throne. 
 so\v,facio, with sementls. 
 sowing (a), sementis, -is, 3. F. 
 space, spatium,-i, 2. N. 
 space of three days, trlduum, -I, 
 
 2. N. 
 
 spare, conservo, -dvi, -dtum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 spend the winter, hiemo, -dvi, -dtum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. n. 
 spirit, animus, -i, 2. M. 
 spirit (with), see severely. 
 
36 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 spring up, inndscor, -natus, -nascl, 
 
 3. v. dep. 
 stand, consistd, -stitl, , -sistere, 3. 
 
 v. n. 
 
 starvation, fames, -is. 3. F. 
 state, cluitdx, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 station, dispono, -posul, -positum, 
 
 -ponere, 3. v. a. 
 stature, mdgnitudo carports. 
 still, tamen, adv. 
 stop, desisto, -stitl, -stiturus, -sister e, 
 
 3. v. n. 
 
 storm, tempestds, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 storm, oppugno, -del, -dtu?n, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 strength, vires, -iurn, pi., 3. F. 
 strengthen, confirmo, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 
 
 l.v. a. 
 
 strictness, severitds, -tdtis, 3. F. 
 stronghold, oppidum, -I, 2. N. 
 struggle, laburo, -dvl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. n. 
 
 subdue, pdco, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 successive, continuus, -a, -urn, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 successive, continens, -entis, 3. adj. 
 suddenly, subito, abl. as adv. 
 Suessiones, Suessiones, -um, pi., 3. M. 
 sufficient, satis with gen., adv. 
 sufficiently, satis, adv. 
 suitable, idoneus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 Sulla, Sulla, -ae, 1. M. 
 summit of, see top of. 
 summon, vocu, -dvl, -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 summon, vacant, 1. v. a. 
 summoned (are), vocantur, 1. v. p. 
 summoned (is), vocdtur, 1. v. p. 
 summons, vocat, 1. v. a. 
 superior, superior, -us, 3. adj. comp. 
 suppliant, supplex, -ids, 3. c. 
 supplies, commedtus, -us, 4. M. 
 supply, see plenty. 
 supreme, supremus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. sup. 
 
 surround, circumvenio, -venl, -ventum, 
 
 -venire, 4. v. a. 
 survive, superstim, -ful, -futUrus, -esse, 
 
 irr. v. n. 
 
 suspicion, susplcio, -onis, 3. F. 
 sustain, sustined, -tinul, -tentum, -ti- 
 
 nere, 2. v. a. and n. 
 swift, celer, -eris, -ere, 3. adj. 
 swiftly, celeriter, adv. 
 sword, ferrum, -I, 2. N. 
 
 T. 
 
 take, capio, cepl, captum, capere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 
 take a stand, see stand. 
 take away, tollo, sustull, sulldtum, 
 
 t oiler e, 3. v. a. 
 take care, do with opera. 
 take care to, euro, ut. 
 take position, consisto, -stitl, , -sis- 
 
 tere, 3. v. n. 
 take possession of, occupo-, -dvl, 
 
 -dtum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 task, labor, -oris, 3. M. 
 tend, pertineo, -tinul, , -tinere, 
 
 2. v. n. 
 tenth, decimus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 ord. num. adj. 
 terrify, terreo, terrul, territum, ter- 
 
 rere, 2. v. a. 
 territory, fines, -ium, 3. M., pi. of 
 
 finis. 
 
 than, quam, adv. 
 that, is, ea, id; ille, ilia, illud, dem. 
 
 prons. 
 
 that, see who, rel. pron. 
 that (in order that), ut, sub. conj. 
 that (in order that), quo, rel. adv. 
 that (of yours), iste, ista, istud, dem. 
 
 pron. 
 
 that not, ne, conj. (with subj.). 
 the, untranslated, 
 their, see his, etc. 
 them, see they. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 37 
 
 themselves, see himself, etc. 
 
 then, turn, adv. 
 
 there, ibt, adv. 
 
 there (there is, etc.), untranslated. 
 
 these, pi. of this. 
 
 they, pi. of he, she, it. 
 
 thing, res, rel, 5. F. 
 
 thing which, id quod or quae res. 
 
 think, exlstimo, -avl, -atum., -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 think, puto, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 third, tertius, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. ord. 
 
 num. adj. 
 this, hlc, haec, hoc ; sometimes is, ea, 
 
 id, dem. pron. 
 
 this side of, citra, prep, with ace. 
 those, pi. of that. 
 thousand, mille, indecl. card. num. 
 
 adj. and noun, N. 
 thousand, mllia, -ium, pi., 3. N. 
 three, ires, tria, 3. card. num. adj. 
 three days (space of), trlduum, -l, 
 
 2. N. 
 
 throne, regnum, -I, 2. N. 
 through, per, prep, with ace. 
 throw, conicio, -iecl, -iectum, -icere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 thus, see so. 
 
 time, tempus, -oris, 3. N. 
 
 to (place to which), ad, prep, with 
 
 ace. 
 
 to, dat. case, 
 top of, summus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 towards, in, prep, with ace. 
 towards, ad, prep, with ace. 
 tower, turns, -is, 3. F. 
 town (walled), oppidum, -I, 2. N. 
 transport, transports, -avl, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 treacherously, per Insidias. 
 treachery, Insidiae, -arum, pi., 1. F. 
 treachery, perjidia, -ae, 1. F. 
 treason, proditio, -onis, 3. F. 
 treat, see have. 
 
 treaty, foedus, -eris, 3. N. 
 
 tree, arbor, -oris, 3. F. 
 
 trench, fossa, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 Treveri, Treverl, -Drum, pi., 2. M. 
 
 tribune, tribunus, -i, 2. M. 
 
 tribute, vectlgal, -alis, 3. N. 
 
 troops, copiae, -arum, F., pi. of copia. 
 
 trumpet, tuba, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 try, experior, -pertus, -perlrl, 4. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 try, temptu, -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 turn, verto, vertl, versum, vertere, 
 
 3. v. a. 
 turn (this way and that), verso, 
 
 -avl, -atum, -are, 1. v. a. 
 turn and flee, verto with tergum. 
 twelve, duodecim, card. num. adj. 
 
 indecl. 
 two, duo, duae, duo, card. num. adj. 
 
 U. 
 
 Ubii, Ubil, -Drum, pi., 2. M. 
 unaccustomed, msuetus, -a, -um, 
 
 1. and 2. adj. 
 under arms, in armls. 
 undertaking, res, rel, 5. F. 
 unfavorable, alienus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 unfortunate, miser, -era, -erum, 1. 
 
 and 2. adj. 
 unfriendly, inimlcus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 unjustly, iniuste, adv. 
 unknown, lgndtus,-a, -vm, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 unless, nisi, conj. 
 unserviceable, inutilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 until, dum, conj. 
 unwilling (be), nolo, nolul, , nolle, 
 
 irr. v. a. and n. 
 unwilling, invltus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 unworthy of, indlgnus, -a, -um, 1. 
 
 and 2. adj. (with abl.). 
 
38 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 upbraid, incuso, -avi, -atum, -are, 
 
 1. v. a. 
 
 upon, in, prep, with abl. 
 use, us us, usus, 4. M. 
 use, utor, usus, uti, 3. v. dep. 
 used to, imp. ind. 
 useful, utilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 
 V. 
 
 valor, virtus, -utis, 3. F. 
 Vergobretus, Vergobretus, -I, 2. M. 
 very, mdxime, adv., or the sup. 
 
 degree. 
 
 very easy, perfacilis, -e, 3. adj. 
 very few, perpaucl, -ae, -a, pi., 1. 
 
 and 2. adj. 
 very many, complures, -plura (-plu- 
 
 ria), 3. adj. 
 very much, mdgnopere (niagno ope- 
 
 re), adv. 
 very much like, consimilis, -e, 3. 
 
 adj. 
 
 Vesontio, Vesontio, -onis, 3. F. 
 veteran, veterdnus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 vicinity, propinquitas , -tatis, 3. F. 
 vicinity of, ad. 
 victor, victor, -oris, 3. M. 
 victorious, see victor. 
 victory, victoria, -ae, 1. F. 
 village, vlcus, -I, 2. M. 
 violence, iniuria, -ae, 1. F. ; see also 
 
 force. 
 
 violent, see active. 
 virtues, virtutes, -urn, 3. F., pi. of 
 
 virtus. 
 visit, adeo, -il (~lvi), -iturus, -Ire, irr. 
 
 v. a. and n. 
 voice, vox, vocis, 3. F. 
 
 W. 
 
 wage, see carry on. 
 wagon, carrus, -l, 2. M. 
 
 wait, exspecto (expecto^), -avl, -atum, 
 
 -are, 1. v. a. and n. 
 wall, murus, -l, 2. M. 
 want, void, volul, velle, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n. 
 
 war, bellum, -i, 2. x. 
 warlike, bellicosus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 warn, moneo, monui, monitum, ino- 
 
 nere, 2. v. a. 
 wave, fluct us, -us, 4. M. 
 way, via, -ae, 1. F. ; iter, itineris, 3. N. 
 we, see I. 
 wearied, defessus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 well, bene, adv. 
 well-known, ndtus, -a, -um, 1. and 
 
 2. adj. 
 
 were, imp. ind. or subj. 
 were in the habit of, imp. ind. 
 were wont to, imp. ind. 
 what, see who, interrog. or rel. 
 when, ub't, cum, conjs. 
 where, ubi, conj. 
 whether, si, conj. 
 which, see who, interrog. or rel. 
 
 pron. 
 
 while, dum, conj. 
 whither, quo, conj. 
 who (what, which, that), qul, quae, 
 
 quod, rel. pron. 
 who (what, which), quis (qui), 
 
 quae, quid (quod), interrog. pron. 
 whole, totus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 whom, see who. 
 why, cur, quare, ad vs. 
 wicked, improbus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 wife, uxor, -dris, 3. F. 
 will (aux.), fut. ind. 
 will have (aux.), fut. perf . ind. 
 willing (be), void, volul, velle, irr. v. 
 
 a. and n. 
 wing, cornu, -us (-U), 4. N. 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN. 
 
 39 
 
 winter, hlbernus, -a, -urn, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 winter quarters, hiberna, -drum, pi., 
 
 2. x. 
 wish, void, volui, velie, irr. v. a. 
 
 and n. 
 
 with, cum, prep, with abl. 
 within (of time), abl. 
 within, tnfra, prep, with ace. 
 without, sine, prep, with abl. 
 with spirit, see actively. 
 witness, testis, -is, 3. c. 
 woman, femina, -ae, 1. F. 
 wonder at, mlror, -atus, -arl, 1. v. 
 
 dep. 
 
 wont (to be), imperfect tense, 
 work, opera, -ae, 1. F. 
 world, orbis terrae (terrarum}. 
 worse, peior, -us, 3. adj., comp. of 
 
 malus. 
 worst, pessimus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj., sup. of malus. 
 worthy of, dignus, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. (with abl.). 
 would, pres. subj. 
 
 would have, perf. subj. 
 
 wound, volnus (vulnus}, -eris, 3. N. 
 
 wounded, saucius, -a, -um, 1. and 2. 
 
 adj. 
 
 wretched, see unfortunate. 
 wrong, iniuria, -ae, 1. F. 
 
 Y. 
 
 year, annus, -I, 2. M. 
 
 yet, tamen, adv. 
 
 you, tu, gen. tul, pers. pron. 
 
 young, iuvenis, -e, 3. adj. 
 
 young man, see young. 
 
 younger, iunior, -ius, 3. adj. 
 
 your (sing.), tuus, tua, tuum, poss. 
 
 pron. 1. and 2. 
 your (pl.)> vester, -tra, -trum, poss. 
 
 pron. 1. and 2. 
 yours, see your. 
 youth, see young man. 
 
 Z. 
 
 zeal, studium, -l, 2. x. 
 
51